We’ve uncovered some details of the standard Galaxy S26 and S26 Plus, which suggest that these two flagships will align well with the Galaxy S26 Ultra, literally. Galaxy S26 and S26 Plus will align with S26 Ultra.
The Galaxy S25 Ultra transitioned from a pointy to curved corners, leaving the marquee Galaxy Note design behind. With this change, the difference between the S25 Ultra and the S24 Ultra becomes prominent. On the other hand, the S25 Ultra now aligns with the S25/Plus. This might be Samsung’s plan, but still incomplete.
Therefore, the Galaxy S26 Ultra is curving the frame further. At first glance, the S26 Ultra appears to be taking a more modern design approach. This is true, and the device is looking good, but my exploration of the frame could help us to understand the upcoming strategy.
Renders coming from famous tipster Evleaks have provided a look at the Galaxy S26/S26 Plus. The phone features a flat screen, slim frame, and a new camera island on the back.
What’s the difference?
The new standard and the Plus will bring a slightly reduced corner radius than the S25/S25 Plus. To show the difference, I’ve done a side-by-side comparison of the new and old devices and made some horizontal and vertical guidelines to measure the corner radius.
Check the meeting point of these lines and measure the distance from the bezel and frames.
The meeting point on the S26 ends inside the frame, while it goes to the very end of the frame on the predecessor. An overlap version between the Galaxy S26, S25, S24, and S23 will also draw a concise conclusion.
I thought that this could be a standalone change, but when I compared the S26 with the S26 Ultra render, the picture became even clearer.
The Galaxy S26 Ultra now has the same roundness as the S26, and the difference here is only the bezel size and frame, which is thinner in the Ultra. Besides, the corner curve for all three models is likely to be the same in the S26 series.
I get the bigger picture here: by forming identical corners, these phones will stop looking different. So the only difference will be the device sizes. The camera design and the design are also the same. The only difference maker was the shape of the top device, which may go away with the next lineup, aligning the symmetry of the Galaxy S26, S26 Plus, and the S26 Ultra.
The Suzuki Swift is the best-selling vehicle in the Netherlands in January.
The Dutch new car market retrogrades -13.1% year-on-year in January, an after-effect of artificially boosted December sales (amendment of BEV subsidies). HEVs hold 62% of the market thanks to 17,571 sales, BEVs are at 25.3% (7,165 sales), petrol at 11.8% (3,348), diesel at 0.9% (249) and LPG at less than 0.1% (14). Volkswagen (-15.4%) lodges a 4th consecutive monthly win at 8.4% share, albeit this is well below the 10.3% it held in December. Kia (-46.6%) is back up four spots on last month to #2 but craters year-on-year. It is followed by Hyundai (+6.3%) going against the grain with a positive result, BMW (-11.9%) up five ranks to #4 and Skoda (+18.4%) in excellent shape YoY but down from #2 in December. Citroen (+49.4%), Dacia (+33.2%) and Renault (+26.3%) also make themselves noticed below.
Model-wise, the ranking is now concentrated around small non BEV cars: the Suzuki Swift (+32.2%) is the new leader above the Hyundai i10 (+45.3%) and Toyota Aygo X (+16.3%). The Skoda Kodiaq (+4%) is up 34 spots on December to #4 wit the Hyundai Kona (+17%) rounding out the Top 5. Below, we find the Ford Kuga (+21.2%), Kia Sportage (+53.8%) and a freefalling VW Polo (-42%). Leaders over the Full Year 2025, the Skoda Elroq is down to #53 while the Kia EV3 (-82.1%) is down to #16 and the Tesla Model Y (-39.2%) is down to #22.
American figure skater Amber Glenn used musician Seb McKinnon's song "The Return" during her free skate at the 2026 Winter Olympics
Canadian artist Seb McKinnon used X to ask why the pro athlete allegedly used his music without his knowledge
The 26-year-old Texas skater won gold as a member of Team USA in the team event
Canadian musician Seb McKinnon called out ice skater Amber Glenn, claiming she used one of his songs during the 2026 Winter Olympics without his permission.
On Sunday, Feb. 8, Glenn, 26, skated to McKinnon's song "The Return" during the team event in Milan, Italy. Shortly after the event, which saw Team USA come out on top and win a gold medal, McKinnon accused Glenn of using his song without his permission.
Amber Glenn of the United States reacts to her score at the Milano Cortina Winter Olympic Games 2026
Tim Clayton/Getty
“So just found out an Olympic figure skater used one of my songs without permission for their routine,” the Canadian artist wrote on X on Sunday, Feb. 8. “It aired all over the world... what? Is that usual practice for the olympics?”
PEOPLE reached out to the Olympics for comment, but did not immediately receive a response. Reps for Glenn and McKinnon could not be reached.
McKinnon, who works as an illustrator, is also a producer for CLANN.
Competing skaters are responsible for making sure that their music meets all copyright criteria, NBC DFW reported on Monday, Feb. 9. Glenn has been using "The Return" for her free skate for the past two years, per the Associated Press.
In a follow-up tweet, McKinnon shared that the online community provided a bit of clarification.
“The deal I have with my label is that I alone can give the ok to license my music. I thought since this was on TV, that it fell under some kind of synching. But it seems to be the same thing as radio? Glad to understand it more,” he wrote, in part.
McKinnon later sent a third message, this time, sharing his support for the young sports star.
Amber Glenn on Feb. 8
Vittorio Zunino Celotto/Getty
“And plus she won Gold??? huge contratz,” he wrote, adding a red heart emoji.
Glenn is the first openly queer woman to represent the U.S. in Olympic figure skating. When asked about President Donald Trump's treatment of the LGBTQ community on Feb. 4, Glenn said it has been a "hard time" and she hoped to use her platform “to try and encourage people to stay strong.” On Feb. 7, Glenn said she received a "scary" number of threats and social media hate after making her comments.
Never miss a story — sign up for PEOPLE's free daily newsletter to stay up-to-date on the best of what PEOPLE has to offer, from celebrity news to compelling human interest stories.
Glenn is also not the first figure skater to come under fire for the use of licensed music.
Days before the 2026 Milan Cortina Winter Olympics began on Feb. 6, Spanish figure skater Tomàs-Llorenç Guarino Sabaté received "incredibly disappointing" news that his Minions music was not cleared for copyright issues, meaning he had to hurry to make changes to his pre-planned performance.
The 26-year-old claimed via social media that he "followed all required procedures and submitted my music through the ISU ClicknClear system back in August," ahead of his debut, noting that he "competed with this program throughout the entire season."
"Unfortunately, just days before the Olympic inauguration, I was informed that I am no longer permitted to use this program due to copyright clearance issues," Sabaté said.
To learn more about all the Olympic and Paralympic hopefuls, come to people.com to check out ongoing coverage before, during and after the games. Watch the Milan-Cortina Olympics and Paralympics, beginning Feb. 6, on NBC and Peacock.
2026 will be remembered as the year when sleeper trains became a major mode of travel once again. With an emphasis on sustainability, comfort, and affordability, these overnight train journeys are perfect for travellers looking to experience the world from a unique perspective. Whether you’re crossing continents or exploring remote regions, these sleeper trains promise an unforgettable ride. Let’s look at some of the best sleeper trains launching in 2026, offering incredible scenic views, convenient amenities, and the romance of train travel.
The Ghan: Outback Odyssey to the North
Australia’s iconic Ghan train will continue to captivate travellers in 2026 with its three-day journey from Adelaide to Darwin. The Ghan offers a chance to explore Australia’s rugged outback in comfort, with stops at key landmarks like Marla and Alice Springs. Travellers will enjoy gourmet meals, comfortable sleeper cabins, and off-train excursions to experience the beauty of Nitmiluk Gorge and Indigenous culture. Operating from March to November, the Ghan is the ultimate way to traverse Australia’s iconic desert landscapes and embrace the wilderness without compromising on comfort.
Ghan Expedition: Southbound Desert Explorer
For those looking for an extended adventure, the Ghan Expedition offers a four-day southbound journey from Darwin to Adelaide. Travellers will have the chance to explore Katherine, Alice Springs, and Coober Pedy, known for its unique underground homes. Passengers can enjoy a Nitmiluk Gorge cruise, dine under the stars in Alice Springs, and even tour the opal caves of Coober Pedy. This trip offers a deeper immersion into the outback’s culture, landscapes, and history. Meals are included, making this a complete and affordable adventure for anyone keen to explore Australia’s interior.
Great Southern (Southbound): Coastal Feast from Brisbane
The Great Southern is another iconic Australian train that will be operating in 2026. The southbound route from Brisbane to Adelaide offers a luxurious four-day experience through coastal Australia. Passengers will dine at beachside locations, visit Hunter Valley wineries, explore the Port Stephens and Newcastle regions, and take cultural tours in Melbourne. This journey is ideal for those who want to experience Australia’s vibrant coastal culture and picturesque scenery. Comfortable cabins, meals, and off-train experiences make this an affordable yet luxurious journey for anyone exploring Australia’s south-east.
Great Southern (Northbound): Grampians and Beyond
The northbound route of the Great Southern offers a different adventure, traversing regional New South Wales and exploring the Grampians and Venus Baths on the way from Adelaide to Brisbane. The journey includes stops for long lunches, cultural experiences, and scenic explorations. This journey is shorter than the southbound route but still offers plenty of opportunities to explore the diverse landscapes of Australia’s south-east. The Great Southern is perfect for travellers looking for a relaxing and affordable way to see both coastal and inland Australia.
Indian Pacific (Eastbound): Cross-Continent Epic
Australia’s Indian Pacific train is an epic journey that spans the entire country. In 2026, passengers can take the eastbound route from Sydney to Perth, crossing the Nullarbor Plain and witnessing breathtaking desert landscapes. The journey includes stops at Broken Hill, Adelaide, and Cook, with opportunities to explore art, wine, and local culture along the way. With panoramic viewing carriages, comfortable sleepers, and meals included, this four-day journey offers a unique way to experience Australia’s diverse landscapes. The Indian Pacific is perfect for those looking to experience the vastness of Australia in an affordable and unforgettable way.
Indian Pacific (Westbound): Ocean-to-Ocean Adventure
For those looking to go from the west to the east, the Indian Pacific’s westbound journey will continue to captivate travellers in 2026. The five-day trip from Perth to Sydney offers unforgettable experiences, from touring gold mines in Kalgoorlie to tasting wines in Barossa. Passengers will witness rugged desert and forest landscapes as they cross the world’s longest straight stretch of railway. Meals, comfortable sleeping cabins, and unique excursions make this journey an affordable way to explore Australia from ocean to ocean.
Coast Starlight: Pacific Coast Magic
America’s Coast Starlight offers one of the most spectacular train journeys, running from Los Angeles to Seattle along the Pacific coastline. The train offers beautiful views of Santa Barbara, San Francisco Bay, and Mount Shasta as it crosses California and Oregon. Passengers can enjoy Superliner roomettes, dining cars, and plenty of opportunities to relax and take in the scenery. This affordable journey is perfect for anyone looking to experience the magic of America’s west coast, with the comfort and charm of a sleeper train.
California Zephyr: Rocky Mountains and Sierra Splendour
Another American classic is the California Zephyr, running between Chicago and San Francisco. This scenic sleeper train takes passengers through the stunning Rocky Mountains and Sierra Nevada, passing through high plains, deserts, and snow-capped peaks. The journey offers Superliner roomettes, dining and observation cars, and accessible rooms. The California Zephyr is one of the most beautiful world train journeys, offering an affordable way to explore America’s heartland and two major mountain ranges in comfort.
The Ultimate Affordable Adventure
2026 is the year when sleeper trains reclaim their place in the spotlight. From India’s high-tech Vande Bharat Sleeper to Australia’s legendary Ghan and America’s iconic Coast Starlight, sleeper trains are offering an affordable, comfortable, and sustainable way to travel across the world. Whether you’re traversing Europe’s historic cities or exploring Australia’s outback, these sleeper journeys offer unbeatable experiences for travellers seeking comfort, romance, and adventure. With modern amenities, scenic routes, and affordable fares, these sleeper trains promise to be the adventure of a lifetime. Get ready for a new era of travel — it’s time to board the sleeper train renaissance!
In a move to create a niche for Himachal Pradesh as a global tourism destination leader, the state’s Chief Minister, Sukhvinder Singh Sukhu, has made a bold announcement to the effect that the state government is investing Rs 2,350 crore in a series of tourism development initiatives. This investment program, in conjunction with the Asian Development Bank (ADB), is geared towards enhancing tourism development in the state, thereby improving the Indian tourism industry significantly.
Tourism Infrastructure Expansion to Drive Economic Growth
The key focus of these initiatives is to elevate Himachal Pradesh’s tourism sector, which has long been a major contributor to the state’s economy. The investment will go towards building world-class infrastructure that improves the overall visitor experience and attracts a larger number of domestic and international tourists. With Rs 1,620 crore allocated under Tranche-1 and Rs 730 crore for Tranche-2, this substantial investment will fund a variety of projects aimed at making Himachal Pradesh a top-tier tourism destination.
The state’s tourism growth is further supported by the construction of heliports and the expansion of Kangra Airport, which will improve connectivity to remote regions. This will enable tourists to access the state’s pristine landscapes and historical landmarks more easily, enhancing the appeal of Himachal Pradesh as a global tourism hub.
Kangra District to Become Himachal’s Tourism Capital
A central component of the tourism strategy is the development of Kangra district into Himachal Pradesh’s tourism capital. Significant investments are being directed towards transforming Palampur and Nagrota Bagwan, with Rs 77.70 crore already allocated for the development of multi-level parking facilities, the renovation of Neugal Café, and the creation of modern amenities like a library-integrated café. These projects are designed to enhance the experience of visitors and residents, aligning with global tourism growth trends that emphasize modern infrastructure and sustainable development.
Catering to Spiritual and Adventure Tourism Growth
In line with its tourism growth objectives, the state is also investing in projects that cater to both spiritual tourism and adventure tourism. For instance, Rs 51.09 crore is being spent on developing the Shree Baba Balak Nath Temple complex in Hamirpur, enhancing the region’s appeal to religious tourists. These investments in pilgrimage tourism are expected to draw more visitors from across the country and the world.
Simultaneously, the government is investing Rs 33.78 crore in Dharamsala, where new ice-skating and roller-skating rinks will be built. These additions cater to the growing demand for adventure tourism in Himachal Pradesh, which is seeing an increase in interest for outdoor activities such as skiing, skating, and trekking. These projects highlight Himachal Pradesh’s focus on diversifying its tourism offerings to cater to a wide range of interests, ensuring that the state remains competitive in the global tourism market.
Tourism-Driven Employment and Self-Employment Opportunities
Beyond improving infrastructure, the Rs 2,350 crore investment is expected to have a positive impact on employment and self-employment within the state. As new projects come online, there will be increased demand for skilled labor, local services, and hospitality workers. This will provide significant employment opportunities, especially for young people in rural areas, driving economic growth across the state.
By focusing on tourism-driven employment, the state aims to create a sustainable model of development that not only attracts tourists but also ensures that local communities benefit from the growing tourism sector. These initiatives will promote a local economy that is increasingly reliant on sustainable tourism practices, contributing to long-term growth.
Sustainable Tourism and Environmental Responsibility
The tourism projects being implemented also focus on sustainability, ensuring that development goes hand in hand with environmental protection. The creation of heliports, expansion of airports, and improvement of tourism facilities will be carried out with eco-friendly technologies and designs that minimize the environmental impact of tourism. These projects aim to position Himachal Pradesh as a leader in sustainable tourism, appealing to eco-conscious travelers who prioritize destinations with a commitment to green practices.
Himachal Pradesh’s efforts in environmental sustainability align with the growing trend of eco-tourism, where tourists increasingly seek destinations that offer responsible tourism and low-impact travel options. The state’s focus on sustainable infrastructure will help boost its appeal to this important segment of the global tourism market.
Himachal Pradesh as a Key Player in India’s Tourism Growth
The development projects in Himachal Pradesh underscore the state’s strategic importance in India’s broader tourism growth. As one of the most picturesque states in the country, Himachal Pradesh is well-positioned to capitalize on the growing global demand for luxury, adventure, and cultural tourism. The government’s focus on tourism infrastructure, connectivity, and sustainability is designed to position the state as a top destination for travelers from across the globe.
With a focus on global tourism trends, local empowerment, and eco-friendly development, Himachal Pradesh is paving the way for long-term success in the tourism sector, driving both economic growth and sustainable development.
Himachal Pradesh’s Future as a Global Tourism Leader
With a plan to invest Rs 2,350 crore in tourism development, the government of Himachal Pradesh is gearing up for the development of the tourism industry in the state. These tourism initiatives not only promise the development of infrastructural facilities but also create avenues for employment, self-employment, and economic development. With a focus on sustainable tourism and variety in tourism products, Himachal Pradesh is waiting to take central stage in the tourism scenario of India and the world in the coming years.
In the lead-up to one of the most significant sporting events in history, international travel advisories for the United States are being meticulously updated by various foreign governments. As the 2026 FIFA World Cup preparations intensify across North America, a heightened focus is being placed on United States safety standards to ensure that fans from every corner of the globe are well-informed. The complexity of global tourism security is being addressed through these revised documents, which serve as essential guides for millions of prospective visitors. Visitor safety protocols are being highlighted to mitigate risks associated with urban crime, healthcare costs, and environmental factors that might differ significantly from the home countries of international travelers.
The Evolving Landscape of International Perceptions
The perception of safety within American borders is being re-evaluated by diplomatic agencies in Europe, Oceania, and Asia. While the United States remains a premier destination for global tourism, the specific nuances of its legal and social environment are being detailed with greater frequency. These updates are not merely routine; they are seen as a necessary response to the changing dynamics of public safety and the anticipated influx of millions of football enthusiasts. The narrative provided by foreign ministries is often centered on the paradox of a highly developed nation that simultaneously grapples with unique challenges regarding public security and social stability.
Detailed Safety Briefings from Key Allies
Specific attention is being directed toward the warnings issued by long-standing allies. Countries such as the United Kingdom, Australia, and Canada have refined their guidance to include more granular details about metropolitan areas. It is observed that tourists are frequently cautioned about the prevalence of petty crime, such as pickpocketing and vehicle break-ins, which are common in high-traffic tourist zones. Furthermore, the presence of more serious incidents is being noted, with foreign governments advising their citizens to maintain a high level of situational awareness. These advisories are structured to provide a realistic view of the environment without discouraging travel entirely, striking a balance between caution and the promotion of international exchange.
Healthcare Logistics and Financial Implications
A significant portion of the revised documentation is dedicated to the intricacies of the American healthcare system. It is pointedly mentioned by several nations that medical services in the United States are exceptionally expensive and are not provided free of charge to visitors. Travelers are being urged to secure comprehensive insurance policies that cover everything from minor illnesses to emergency medical evacuations. The risk of financial ruin due to unexpected medical emergencies is presented as a major concern, leading to a strong emphasis on administrative preparedness before departure. This focus on health security is a cornerstone of the updated guidelines, ensuring that the 2026 festivities are not overshadowed by personal financial crises.
Concerns Regarding Urban Crime and Public Safety
The issue of crime remains a central theme in the communications from foreign offices. Passive observations are made regarding the disparity in safety between different neighborhoods within the same city. Visitors are often encouraged to research their specific destinations and to avoid areas that are known for higher rates of violence. The unique nature of firearm regulations in the United States is also a recurring topic, with many advisories informing travelers that the presence of weapons is more common than in their home jurisdictions. These insights are intended to prepare the traveler for a cultural and legal landscape that may feel unfamiliar or unpredictable.
Transport and Infrastructure Considerations
As fans prepare to navigate between host cities, the logistics of American transportation are being scrutinized. The reliance on personal vehicles and the vast distances between venues are noted as potential challenges. Advisories are being expanded to include tips on road safety, the nuances of local traffic laws, and the reliability of public transit systems in various regions. Because the 2026 tournament is spread across such a vast geographical area, the coordination of travel is viewed as a vital component of the visitor experience. Information regarding the security of airports and the efficiency of border crossings is also being updated to reflect current technological and administrative standards.
Natural Disasters and Environmental Risks
Beyond human-related concerns, the natural environment of the United States is factored into the latest travel warnings. Depending on the season and the region, risks such as hurricanes, wildfires, and extreme heat are being highlighted. It is suggested that visitors monitor local weather reports and adhere to the instructions of emergency management officials. The diversity of the American climate means that a traveler might encounter vastly different environmental threats when moving from the East Coast to the West Coast, necessitated a comprehensive approach to environmental awareness in the official travel literature.
Cultural Sensitivity and Legal Compliance
The importance of adhering to local laws and respecting cultural norms is being reinforced. This includes information on the legal age for alcohol consumption, drug regulations which vary significantly by state, and the expected behavior when interacting with law enforcement. It is noted that misunderstandings regarding local statutes can lead to severe legal consequences for foreign nationals. By providing this information, foreign governments aim to shield their citizens from preventable legal entanglements while they enjoy the competitive spirit of the World Cup.
Preparing for the Influx of Global Fans
As the countdown to the 2026 FIFA World Cup continues, the collaboration between international security agencies and American authorities is expected to grow. The updates to travel advisories are part of a broader effort to ensure a seamless and safe experience for all participants. The collective goal remains the successful hosting of a global event where the focus can remain on the sport rather than on security failures or health emergencies. The proactive nature of these advisories reflects a global commitment to the safety of the international traveling public.
Samsung is getting ready to launch the Galaxy S26 series, probably on 25 February 2026. This series includes three models – Galaxy S26, Galaxy S26 Plus, and Galaxy S26 Ultra. The company has already started teasing its Galaxy Unpacked event, and people are curious about the cameras. But from what we know so far, the Galaxy S26 cameras may not be as exciting as some fans hope.
Reports suggest that Samsung will mostly rely on software tricks to improve photos. The Galaxy S26 and S26 Plus are expected to keep the same 50MP main camera used in previous models. This is the same sensor as before and is already considered a bit outdated.
Aside from this, the Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra is rumored to keep the same 200MP main camera as before, but it could get an improved telephoto lens. Most of its camera hardware will be similar to the Galaxy S25 Ultra, though minor changes in the camera aperture might help capture more natural-looking photos.
Source – DUXDUCIS
Some people might say that AI and software can make up for similar hardware, and that’s partly true. Samsung can improve photos using AI features, pixel binning, and other smart tricks. It will reportedly add new camera features to enhance photography. But software can only do so much. If the sensor isn’t advanced enough to capture detail, no AI can magically create it.
It seems like the Samsung Galaxy S26 series is leaning heavily on software and AI to improve photos, rather than making big camera hardware upgrades. Fans hoping for a major camera leap may be disappointed, but the new software tools could still improve photography.
Samsung is reportedly redesigning the camera module of the Galaxy S26 series, adopting the design of its latest foldable phones. At first, the company wanted to improve the camera, battery, and design on all S26 models, but some plans were reportedly scaled back to keep prices in check.
Official details are not out yet, so we’ll have to wait for Samsung’s announcements to see what the Galaxy S26 cameras can really do. Stay tuned for more information.
Oppo has officially started talking about the Find N6 foldable. In a recent Weibo post, Zhou Yibao, head of Oppo’s Find series, revealed that he attended an internal product event for the upcoming Oppo Find N6.
According to Zhou, the atmosphere inside the company is very confident. After sitting through the full product introduction, he said employees felt reassured about where Oppo’s foldable strategy is heading next.
The Find N6 is expected to debut after the Lunar New Year, and Zhou made it clear that Oppo isn’t just chasing incremental upgrades this time. Instead, the company wants the Find N6 to be “more powerful, yet still lightweight and thin.”
Oppo Find N6 could come with the shallowest crease in a foldable
During the internal showcase, Oppo also reportedly demonstrated its progress on reducing the foldable screen crease. Zhou used a blunt analogy to describe the issue, comparing the crease to the gap between two makeshift beds.
It’s not just a visual flaw, he argued, but something that disrupts the entire sensory experience of using a foldable phone. This focus on the crease is notable because it’s one of the biggest compromises users still make when buying a foldable.
OPPO Find N5
According to Zhou, Oppo has poured significant resources into research and development to tackle this problem head-on. Feedback from employees who saw the device firsthand suggests the results are hard to miss.
According to leaks, the Find N6 could feature the shallowest crease in the foldable phone industry. If that turns out to be true, it would give Oppo a clear visual advantage over rivals. For a foldable, reflections and touch feel can make or break the experience.
For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.
According to hardware insider Kepler_L2, the next PlayStation could ship with 30GB of GDDR7 RAM. That’s higher than earlier speculation pointing toward 24GB, and noticeably above the 16GB found in the current-generation PlayStation 5.
Why 30GB is a big deal
The leak claims Sony may use ten 3GB GDDR7 modules, delivering up to 640 GB/s of bandwidth on a 160-bit bus. For context, the PS5 tops out at 448 GB/s. On paper, that’s a serious increase in memory throughput.
What does that actually translate to? Potentially:
Larger, more detailed game worlds
Heavier ray tracing workloads
More consistent 4K performance
Better AI-based upscaling techniques
Extra headroom for developers over a long console cycle
It’s also worth noting that other rumors have mentioned a new AMD APU, possibly based on future Zen 6 CPU cores and next-gen RDNA graphics. While those details are still speculative, the memory configuration would fit that kind of hardware ambition.
The cost problem
Here’s where things get complicated. GDDR7 isn’t cheap right now. Demand from AI infrastructure and data centers has tightened supply, and memory pricing has been volatile. If Sony really commits to 30GB of high-speed memory, that adds up quickly.
Some community discussions argue that 20GB might be enough, especially if it helps keep the console’s launch price under control. A more aggressive memory configuration could mean pushing past the $600 mark, maybe even closer to $700 depending on market conditions at launch.
Of course, Sony also has to think long term. A console typically needs to stay relevant for six to seven years. Cutting memory early might save money upfront, but it could limit performance toward the end of the generation. That’s likely the internal balancing act happening behind the scenes.
For now, this is just a leak. Manufacturing timelines floating around suggest a possible 2027 or 2028 release, which means plenty can change between now and then. Still, if the 30GB figure turns out to be accurate, it would signal that Sony is prioritizing longevity and technical headroom, even if that comes with pricing pressure.
Sony’s next flagship earbuds, the WF-1000XM6, are officially launching on February 12, 2026, but thanks to a fresh leak, we already have a pretty solid idea of what’s coming.
The details come from well-known insider Billbil-kun, who has a strong track record with Sony launches. And if this leak holds up, the XM6 looks like a focused refinement rather than a dramatic overhaul, but with some meaningful upgrades where it matters.
The biggest change appears to be the new QN3e processor, which is reportedly three times faster than the chip used in the WF-1000XM5. That extra processing power should translate into smarter, more responsive active noise cancellation.
Sony is also increasing the microphone count from six to eight adaptive mics. Combined with an updated adaptive noise-canceling optimizer and three ambient sound modes, the XM6 should handle shifting environments more smoothly — whether you’re commuting, walking outdoors, or sitting in a café.
On the sound side, Sony seems to be refining the internal audio chain rather than reinventing it. The XM6 reportedly gets a new driver unit, along with an upgraded DAC and amplifier. The goal? Better clarity, improved dynamics, and more controlled bass response.
Support for Hi-Res Wireless via LDAC is expected to remain, along with DSEE Extreme for upscaling compressed tracks. Some reports also mention a 10-band EQ option in the app, giving users more control over tuning.
Featbone conductionures like 360 Reality Audio with head tracking and adaptive Ambient Sound are also expected to return, with improvements driven by the new processor.
Sony appears to be focusing on comfort as well. The earbuds are said to have a more ergonomic shape, improved airflow, and redesigned insulated ear tips for better passive isolation.
Battery life reportedly remains the same as the XM5: up to 8 hours with ANC on, plus another 16 hours from the charging case.
Sony is also improving call quality with beamforming microphones, bone conduction sensors, wind noise reduction, and AI-based voice processing. IPX4 water resistance and multi-device connectivity should carry over as well.
Qualcomm is said to be working on the next-generation Snapdragon 8-series chipsets. Reliable tipster Digital Chat Station has revealed that the brand is working on two variants with part numbers SM8950 and SM8975, which are tentatively dubbed Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 6 and Elite Gen 6 Pro, respectively. In a new Weibo post, the same source has revealed a few more details about the next-generation Snapdragon 8-series chips.
Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 6 to be support LPDDR6, carry expensive price tag
Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 6 and Elite Gen 6 Pro in works
According to the tipster, the Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 6 (SM8950) and Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 6 Pro (SM8975) chips are said to be manufactured using TSMC’s advanced N2P process node, which indicates a move toward improved efficiency and higher performance capabilities compared to current-generation silicon.
Among the two, Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 6 Pro is described as the more advanced variant, supporting LPDDR6 memory along with a fully enabled GPU configuration and a more complete cache setup. This suggests that Qualcomm could differentiate the two processors not only by performance but also by memory standards and graphics capabilities. The higher-end version is expected to carry a significantly higher cost due to the advanced hardware configuration.
The leak also mentions that several prototype devices currently being tested are equipped with the Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 6 chipset as a middle-tier flagship option, while there remains a small possibility that some models may shift to an N-1 generation chip identified as SM8850, which is nothing but last year’s Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5. This indicates that manufacturers may adopt a flexible approach depending on pricing and positioning.
In response to queries in the comments section of his Weibo post, the tipster added that sub-brand flagship devices are likely to receive the Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 6 Pro processor, hinting that premium offerings within subsidiary brands could adopt the highest-tier chipset. While the tipster did not specify the names of the phones, he could be talking about the likes of the Redmi K100 Pro Max, iQOO 16, Realme GT 9 Pro, and OnePlus 16.
Additionally, MediaTek is reportedly developing a single 2nm-based Dimensity 9600, internally expected to outperform Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 6,valthough real-world testing will ultimately determine its standing.
For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.
New foldable phones are expected to launch in the next few weeks across the world. While Honor is expected to announce the Honor Magic V6 equipped with the Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 at the upcoming MWC 2026 event in early March, the Oppo Find N6 is also expected to debut around the same time. In a new development, tipster Yogesh Brar has revealed the Find N6’s launch date for the global market.
Oppo Find N6 launch date (rumored)
OPPO Find N5
According to Brar, the Oppo Find N6 will launch on March 17 in China as well as select global markets, including Southeast Asian markets and Europe. He has specifically mentioned that the device will not be released in India. He added that the device will be available in Titanium and Orange color options.
Oppo Find N6 specifications (rumored)
According to reports, the Oppo Find N6 will arrive with an 8.12-inch foldable LTPO OLED screen on the inside, with support for 2K resolution and a 120Hz refresh rate. On the outside, it will have a 6.62-inch cover display, and both screens will have 20-megapixel front-facing cameras.
Under the hood, the Find N6 will feature the Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 and a roughly 6,000mAh battery with 80W wired and wireless charging support. Its rear camera setup will comprise a 200-megapixel camera accompanied by a pair of 50-megapixel sensors.
The Find N6 is also expected to arrive with up to 16GB of RAM, up to 1TB of storage, an AI-powered stylus, and satellite connectivity (only in China). The N6 is said to be thinner and lighter than its previous generation, but the exact measurements are not known yet. It is likely that the Chinese market may also receive an additional black edition of the device. At present, there is no information about its price.
For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.
Samsung is expected to release One UI 8.5 with the upcoming Galaxy S26 series later this month. It has been available to Galaxy S25 owners as a beta release for quite some time, and the stable release is now around the corner. There are dozens of Galaxy devices in line to receive the One UI 8.5 update, but many devices will miss out on this exciting upgrade that’s packed with many useful features and plenty of upgrades.
We’ve carefully curated a list of Samsung devices that are not eligible for the One UI 8.5 update. To keep the list short and relevant, we’ve only included Galaxy devices that received the Android 15 (One UI 7) update.
List of Galaxy devices that won’t receive the One UI 8.5 update
Galaxy S series
Galaxy S21
Galaxy S21+
Galaxy S21 Ultra
Older Galaxy S models
Galaxy Z series
Galaxy Z Fold 3
Galaxy Z Flip 3
Older Galaxy Z models
Galaxy A series
Galaxy A23
Galaxy A14
Galaxy A05
Galaxy A05s
Older Galaxy A models
Galaxy M series
Galaxy M14
Galaxy M05
Older Galaxy M models
Galaxy F series
Galaxy F14
Galaxy F05
Older Galaxy F models
Galaxy Tab series
Galaxy Tab Active 4 Pro
Older Galaxy Tab models
Galaxy XCover series
Galaxy XCover 6 Pro
Older Galaxy XCover models
If your Samsung device is on the list above, it is unlikely to receive the One UI 8.5 update. In that case, you may want to upgrade to a newer model to ensure your device has the latest features and upgrades. Check out the list of Samsung devices that are eligible for seven Android OS updates, six Android OS updates, or four Android OS updates to find an upgrade that will stay relevant for years to come.
Samsung has already released the One UI 8.5 beta for the Galaxy S25 series, which shows it’s a useful upgrade rather than just an incremental one with minor changes. While both are based on Android 16, the One UI 8.5 uses a newer QPR2 development build, allowing Samsung to include deeper system-level features.
The Quick Settings panel in One UI 8.5 is deeply customizable, allowing users to adjust the layout of every toggle and slider. The app icons (at least Samsung’s apps) have been updated to feature a subtle 3D effect. Some first-party apps also show a similar effect. The lock screen is now smarter and more personalized. It automatically adjusts the clock and date so they don’t cover the main subject of your wallpaper. Plus, the lock screen can show water visuals and features new fonts.
One UI 8.5 adds a partial-screen recording mode that captures a specific area of your phone rather than the entire screen. The Settings app features a few new options, including a failed authentication lock that automatically locks the device when it detects suspicious behavior, and an intelligent blocking feature that blocks apps that send too many ad notifications.
The new software also improves the Photo Assist feature to allow interrupted image generation without needing to save each iteration. There are a host of other improvements to One UI 8.5, making it a well-rounded package rather than just an incremental upgrade. So, One UI 8.5 is indeed a big upgrade, which will start rolling out to older Galaxy devices a few weeks after its initial release on the Galaxy S26 series later this month.
We’ll continue to update you with the latest developments around One UI 8.5 in the Samsung section on this website. Remember to visit that regularly. Also, join our Telegram channel to get instant notifications about the breaking news and software rollouts.
Honor Magic V6 and Oppo Find N6 are among the first foldable phones expected to hit the Chinese market. Both devices are anticipated to break cover in March. While there is still no clarity about Xiaomi’s foldable plans this year after it skipped the Xiaomi Mix Fold 5, Vivo is expected to announce the Vivo X Fold 6 in a couple of months. A new leak suggests that it could be equipped with the best set of cameras ever seen on a foldable phone.
Vivo X Fold 6 may arrive with a 200MP camera
Vivo X Fold 6 to feature 200MP camera
In the above leak, tipster Smart Pikachu claims that the Vivo X Fold 6 is being developed as the most imaging-focused foldable phone yet. He added that the device is reportedly being tested with a 200-megapixel camera and a multispectral sensor.
To recall, the Vivo X Fold 5 from last year featured a Sony IMX921 primary camera with OIS support in its rear camera setup. It was accompanied by a 50-megapixel ultra-wide sensor and a 50-megapixel periscope telephoto camera. The camera setup did not feature a multispectral sensor.
The multispectral sensor, which is expected to be available on the Vivo X Fold 6, will be responsible for color accuracy. At present, there is no clarity on whether the X Fold 6’s 200-megapixel camera will use a Samsung or an OmniVision sensor. It is also not known whether it will be used for the primary or periscope telephoto camera.
Vivo X Fold 5
Considering that the Vivo X Fold 5 was powered by the Snapdragon 8 Gen 3, it is likely that the Vivo X Fold 6 will be equipped with the Snapdragon 8 Elite. Unfortunately, there is no information available about its other specifications. As far as launch is concerned, it may debut in July this year, similar to the previous generation.
For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.
Ukraine's Vladyslav Heraskevych during the Men's Skeleton Training at the Cortina Sliding Centre.
Andrew Milligan/PA Images via Getty
NEED TO KNOW
Ukrainian skeleton racer Vladyslav Heraskevych wore a helmet decorated with images of people killed in the war in his home country during a training session at the 2026 Winter Olympics
The 27-year-old athlete shared that he had donned the helmet in an effort to speak out about Russia's war on Ukraine
Olympic rules prohibit political demonstrations during events, and the International Olympic Committee (IOC) had contacted Ukraine's Olympic Committee about the helmet
While taking part in a training session at the 2026 Winter Olympics, Ukrainian skeleton racer Vladyslav Heraskevych wore a helmet decorated with images of people killed in the war in his home country.
Speaking to Reuters on Monday, Feb. 9, the 27-year-old athlete shared that he had donned the helmet in an effort to speak out about Russia's war on Ukraine.
"Some of them were my friends," Heraskevych told the outlet.
Some of the people whose photos appeared on his helmet were athletes, including teenage weightlifter Alina Peregudova, boxer Pavlo Ishchenko and ice hockey player Oleksiy Loginov — all of whom were killed after Russia began its large-scale invasion on Feb. 24, 2022.
According to Heraskevych — Ukraine's first skeleton athlete to compete at the Olympics — the International Olympic Committee (IOC) had contacted Ukraine's Olympic Committee about the helmet, as the event's rulebook prohibits political demonstrations.
"It's still being processed," said the athlete, who served as flagbearer for Ukraine in the opening ceremony on Friday, Feb. 6.
Vladyslav Heraskevych of Team Ukraine participates during Skeleton Men's Singles training.
Richard Heathcote/Getty
The Olympic Charter states that "no kind of demonstration or political, religious or racial propaganda is permitted in any Olympic sites, venues or other areas," per Reuters.
Heraskevych has previously used his platform to speak out about the conflict in Ukraine. At the 2022 Beijing Olympics — his second-ever games — he held up a sign that read "No War in Ukraine," just days before Russia invaded the country.
At the time, the IOC stated that Heraskevych would not face repercussions for the sign, calling it a "general call for peace," Forbes previously reported.
Heraskevych told Reuters that he intends to respect Olympic rules, while still raising awareness about the war amid the Milan games.
Ukraine's athletes parade during the opening ceremony of the Milano Cortina 2026 Winter Olympic Games.
WANG Zhao / AFP via Getty
Russia and its ally Belarus have been overwhelmingly banned from international sport following the 2022 invasion of Ukraine, but the country's athletes have slowly begun to compete again. For the 2026 games, the IOC cleared 13 athletes from Russia to compete as Individual Neutral Athletes.
Heraskevych is not the first athlete to speak out about politics at this year's games.
Team USA freestyle skiers Chris Lillis and Hunter Hess acknowledged that wearing red, white and blue at this point in history comes with mixed emotions during a press conference on Friday, Feb. 6.
Lillis, 27, said that he loves the United States and “would never want to represent” any other country at the Games. Still, he acknowledged that he’s “heartbroken” over what’s happening in the U.S. amid President Donald Trump’s aggressive immigration crackdown.
“A lot of times, athletes are hesitant to talk about political views and how we feel about things. I feel heartbroken about what’s happening in the United States,” he said, adding, "I think that as a country, we need to focus on respecting everybody’s rights and making sure that we’re treating our citizens as well as anybody, with love and respect.”
Hess, meanwhile, said it “brings up mixed emotions” to represent the United States at the 2026 Games.
Never miss a story — sign up for PEOPLE's free daily newsletter to stay up-to-date on the best of what PEOPLE has to offer, from celebrity news to compelling human interest stories.
Hess noted that “just because I wear the flag, it doesn’t mean I represent everything that is going on in the U.S.”
To learn more about all the Olympic and Paralympic hopefuls, come to people.com to check out ongoing coverage before, during and after the games. Watch the Milan Cortina Olympics and Paralympics, beginning Feb. 6, on NBC and Peacock.
Lindsey Vonn moments before her crash at the 2026 Winter Olympics
IOC via Getty
NEED TO KNOW
Lindsey Vonn's dad spoke out after her scary crash during the 2026 Winter Olympics
Vonn's dad Alan Kildow said he wants this to be the end of her skiing career
The 41-year-old skier was airlifted to the hospital after her crash and underwent surgery for a fracture
Lindsey Vonn's dad wants her crash on Sunday to be a wake up call.
One day after the alpine skier, 41, suffered a terrifying crash during the women's downhill skiing final at the 2026 Winter Olympics, her father, Alan Kildow, told the Associated Press that he wants her to be done with the sport.
“She’s 41 years old and this is the end of her career,” Alan Kildow told the outlet on Monday, Feb. 9. “There will be no more ski races for Lindsey Vonn, as long as I have anything to say about it.”
Vonn was hoping for an incredible comeback on Sunday when she got to the starting gate. After two knee replacements and a retirement in 2019, the five-time Olympian and decided to compete one last time as the 2026 Games came to Cortina d'Ampezzo, one of her favorite courses. But a week before the competition, Vonn "completely" ruptured her ACL during a World Cup race.
Lindsey Vonn celebrates with her dad Alan Kildow in Dec. 2025
Jeff PACHOUD / AFP via Getty
Still, she decided to compete at the Olympics on Sunday, and 13 seconds into her run Vonn clipped a course marker with her ski pole, pushing her off balance and sending her flying through the air before hitting the mountain. Vonn was airlifted off the course and flown to a hospital in Treviso, where she underwent surgery to stabilize a fracture in the same leg where she tore her ACL.
"Lindsey sustained an injury, but is in stable condition and in good hands with a team of American and Italian physicians," the organization said.
Vonn's sister also shared her thoughts on the skier's crash with NBC, saying Sunday that the family is "hoping for the best" while waiting for further updates. "That definitely was the last thing we wanted to see. It happened quick. So when that happens you’re just immediately hoping she’s okay," Kildow said.
"It was scary because when you start to see the stretchers being put out, that is not a good sign."
To learn more about all the Olympic and Paralympic hopefuls, come to people.comto check out ongoing coverage before, during and after the games. Watch the Milan Cortina Olympics and Paralympics, beginning Feb. 6, on NBC and Peacock.
PlayStation 6 leak suggests HUGE memory capacity upgrade, but not much more bandwidth Thanks to KeplerL2, new PlayStation 6 specifications have leaked online, revealing the memory capacities of the system’s handheld and home console versions. The PS6 handheld will reportedly feature 24GB of LPDDR5X memory, while the PS6 console will feature 30GB of GDDR7 memory. […]
Unique Lanka Travels, one of Sri Lanka’s premier Destination Management Companies (DMC), made a remarkable presence at OTM 2026, Asia’s largest travel trade expo, held from February 5-7, 2026, at the Jio World Convention Centre in Mumbai, India. This participation highlights the company’s commitment to positioning Sri Lanka as a top travel destination for Indian outbound travelers while strengthening its ties with global travel suppliers and partners.
OTM 2026: A Major Hub for Global Travel Trade
OTM 2026 served as a significant platform for the travel industry, attracting over 60 countries and bringing together tourism boards, tour operators, and travel experts from across the globe. The event not only provided an opportunity for industry professionals to meet and exchange ideas but also facilitated business development and strategic collaborations on high-end projects in the tourism sector. As the largest B2B travel exhibition in Asia, OTM is known for its ability to connect key stakeholders in the travel industry, offering a venue for sharing insights and exploring potential business ventures.
Sri Lanka’s Hidden Gems on Display
At OTM 2026, Unique Lanka Travels took center stage by showcasing the beauty and diversity of Sri Lanka, a destination rich in natural wonders, culture, and history. Through a captivating video presentation, they highlighted the island’s stunning white-sand beaches, lush hill country, and ancient historical sites that speak to the country’s rich cultural heritage. The video was designed to entice Indian travelers with a visual journey through Sri Lanka’s most iconic and hidden gems, promoting the island as an all-encompassing destination for every type of vacationer.
Tailored Experiences for the Modern Traveler
Understanding the evolving preferences of Indian tourists, Unique Lanka Travels emphasized its ability to create personalized travel experiences that cater to a variety of interests. Whether travelers seek leisure, adventure, luxury, or cultural immersion, the company promises to tailor itineraries to suit the unique needs of each visitor. This focus on customization allows tourists to experience Sri Lanka beyond its popular tourist spots and explore its diverse landscapes, from serene beaches to bustling markets, from breathtaking mountain ranges to historic temples.
Expanding Offerings to Meet Diverse Demands
At the trade show, Unique Lanka Travels also showcased its full range of destination management services, underlining the company’s expertise in crafting specialized tours and bespoke itineraries. The company’s services span cultural and nature-based visits, adventure activities, MICE (Meetings, Incentives, Conferences, and Exhibitions) support, and Responsible Tourism Programs, which focus on sustainable practices. By offering these varied services, Unique Lanka Travels ensures that each visitor to Sri Lanka has a memorable, enriching, and responsible travel experience.
Fostering Stronger Trade Relations and Partnerships
OTM 2026 provided Unique Lanka Travels with a crucial platform to connect with international travel suppliers and strengthen its relationships with global partners. By showcasing its ability to curate high-quality travel experiences and promoting Sri Lanka’s diverse offerings, the company reinforced its role as a key player in Sri Lanka’s tourism industry. Furthermore, its participation in such a prestigious event underscores the company’s dedication to elevating Sri Lanka’s profile in the Indian market, one of the island’s largest source markets for international tourists.
Commenting on the participation, Charith De Alwis, CEO, Unique Lanka Travels, said, “India remains one of the largest sources of new visitors to Sri Lanka. OTM is an excellent platform for connecting to trade relations, gaining insight into current market trends and developing new tourism offerings together with the respective trade relations. As a company, Unique Lanka Travels has been focused on delivering authentic, custom made and sustainable travel experiences through knowledgeable staff that are easy to work with and provide smooth operations.”
Unique Lanka Travels: A Gateway to Sri Lanka
As Sri Lanka continues to grow as a top destination for Indian travelers, Unique Lanka Travels stands out for its exceptional ability to offer personalized, high-quality experiences. Their presence at OTM 2026 was not just about showcasing Sri Lanka’s beauty, but also about demonstrating the company’s commitment to providing unique and tailored experiences for Indian vacationers. With a focus on innovation, sustainability, and customer satisfaction, Unique Lanka Travels has established itself as the trusted gateway to experience Sri Lanka like never before.
By aligning with the changing trends in global tourism and addressing the diverse needs of Indian travelers, Unique Lanka Travels continues to drive growth in Sri Lanka’s tourism sector. As the company looks to the future, it remains committed to offering innovative solutions that will make Sri Lanka a destination of choice for international tourists, particularly those from India.
This spring, Japan will hold the Awaji GODZILLA Festival, the first of its kind in the world, celebrating the culture of Godzilla; the festival will last for 3 and a half months, March 14 to June 28, 2026. The location is Nijigen no Mori, an anime park. The festival will be about 1 hours travel time from the Kansai International Airport. \“Godzilla\” fans should book a trip to Japan!
A Unique Blend of Godzilla and Traditional Japanese Culture
This special event blends the thrilling world of Godzilla with traditional Japanese activities, creating a one-of-a-kind experience. Guests can take part in a variety of interactive games that celebrate both the famous kaiju and Japan’s cultural heritage. With a Premium Ticket or VIP Journey Pass, visitors can access three exciting activities:
Bow & Arrow Challenge – Inspired by the Godzilla Interception Operation story, this activity gives participants a chance to test their precision and skills.
Tosenkyo – A traditional Japanese fan-tossing game, offering a more relaxed and cultural experience.
Ken-Ken-Pa – A playful hopping game where participants jump through circles drawn on the ground using one foot or both, a fun way to engage with Japanese traditions.
For those who score a total of 300 points across all three games, an exclusive Japanese-pattern notebook awaits as a reward. For those with a score below 300 points, a Japanese-pattern postcard will be given. Additionally, visitors who opt for the Premium Ticket will receive a Godzilla backpack, while the VIP Journey Pass grants an original Godzilla Sukajan, a traditional Japanese embroidered jacket.
Explore the World’s Largest Godzilla at Godzilla Interception Operation
One of the main attractions at Nijigen no Mori is the Godzilla Interception Operation, where guests can experience the overwhelming scale of the world’s largest life-size Godzilla. Towering 120 meters, this giant creature sets the stage for thrilling missions at the National Godzilla Awaji Island Research Center. Guests can zipline into Godzilla’s body, re-created with incredible attention to detail, or engage in a high-intensity shooting game to eliminate Godzilla’s scattered cells.
The attraction also houses the world’s first permanent Godzilla Museum, showcasing an impressive array of Godzilla memorabilia and history. For younger visitors, the Kaiju no Mori area offers an interactive play zone with around 50 types of soft vinyl figures of popular monsters, allowing children to engage in imaginative play.
Exciting Merchandise and Themed Food at the Park
Visitors to Nijigen no Mori can immerse themselves even further in the Godzilla universe by browsing exclusive merchandise from the National Godzilla Awaji Island Research Center. From stylish hats to adorable headbands, there’s no shortage of themed items to take home. For those looking to satisfy their appetites, the park offers food inspired by the Godzilla Interception Operation, so you can enjoy a snack while diving deep into the monster movie magic.
Exclusive Godzilla Collaboration Rooms
To add an extra layer of excitement, the Grand Chariot Hokuto Shichisei 135° is offering special collaboration rooms for Godzilla enthusiasts. The Kaiju Land room celebrates the 70th anniversary of Godzilla by bringing together legendary monsters from the series. The room features custom-designed tapestries and interior designs, including a life-size Godzilla figure visible through the window. The special lighting effects change the room’s atmosphere throughout the day and night, enhancing the immersive experience.
For those who prefer a retro aesthetic, the Showa Toho Kaiju Archive Room offers a unique experience. Designed with a nostalgic Showa-era theme, this room takes guests back to the early days of the Godzilla film series. The room is decorated with memorabilia and features an immersive atmosphere that will transport you into the world of classic tokusatsu cinema.
A Complete Family-Friendly Experience
Nijigen no Mori is not just for Godzilla fans—it’s an entire family-friendly destination. The park spans approximately 28 times the size of Tokyo Dome and is set in a scenic natural environment. In addition to Godzilla-themed attractions, the park also includes other popular anime-themed areas like Dragon Quest, Naruto, and Crayon Shin-chan, providing plenty of options for visitors of all ages.
With interactive activities, games, and immersive environments, Nijigen no Mori makes for an ideal day trip for families, anime lovers, and adventure seekers alike. Whether you’re looking to challenge yourself with the Godzilla games or simply wish to relax and enjoy the stunning surroundings, this festival promises to deliver an unforgettable experience.
Travel Tips for Visitors
Getting There: Nijigen no Mori is located on Awaji Island, approximately 60 minutes from Kansai International Airport (KIX). It’s accessible by public transport or car, making it easy to visit as part of a day trip or weekend getaway.
Tickets: Be sure to purchase a Premium Ticket or VIP Journey Pass in advance to access the exclusive games and special bonuses.
Accommodation: Consider staying at the nearby Grand Chariot Hokuto Shichisei 135°, which offers a range of Godzilla-themed rooms for a truly immersive experience.
Timing Your Visit: The festival runs from March 14 to June 28, 2026, so plan your trip accordingly to avoid missing out on this limited-time event.
The Awaji GODZILLA Festival 2026 is coming up this spring, and whether you’re a huge fan of Godzilla or just looking to explore Japanese culture, this is an event you won’t want to miss. Grab your friends and family, and head to Awaji Island for a one-of-a-kind experience!
Samsung is reportedly planning to launch its next Galaxy S26 series in late February 2026. Ahead of that, Samsung has started dropping hints about the upcoming Galaxy Unpacked Event 2026 and its products. Now, Samsung has given another hint about the arrival of something big in the future – the Galaxy S26 series.
Now, Samsung US shared a post on X that caught a lot of attention. The post said: “That feeling when you can see into the future. What do you see in our future?” This message strongly suggests that Samsung is talking about future event and upcoming devices.
Along with the post, Samsung also shared a short video. In the video, a person looks excited and confident about the future. The text shown in the video says:
“The guy that’s going to be okay because he knows something smarter is coming.”
This hints that Samsung is preparing to introduce smarter and more powerful devices. Although Samsung hasn’t mentioned any product names, the timing and wording clearly point toward the Galaxy Unpacked event and Galaxy S26 series.
All these small hints point towards the Galaxy Unpacked 2026 event, which is expected to take place around February 25, 2026. Galaxy Unpacked is Samsung’s special launch event where it introduces its new flagships along with other products. The Galaxy S26 series is expected to be the main highlight of this event.
So far, Samsung has not officially confirmed any details about the Galaxy S26 series or the event date. However, the hints shared by Samsung strongly suggest that something big is coming soon.
As always, fans and tech enthusiasts will have to wait for an official announcement from Samsung. Until then, stay tuned for more updates and information.
Sierra Leone is preparing for a transformative year in aviation, with new flight routes set to connect the country to both regional and international destinations in 2026. As the country continues to develop its aviation infrastructure, these new services will make travel to and from Sierra Leone more accessible than ever. The expansion comes as Air Sierra Leone, the national carrier, embarks on its mission to strengthen West African connectivity and open new pathways to major global hubs.
New Regional Flight: Freetown to Banjul
In one of the most exciting developments for 2026, Air Sierra Leone will begin operating a new nonstop flight between Freetown and Banjul, The Gambia. This route, which will be introduced as part of the carrier’s expansion plans, marks an important step towards improving regional air connectivity in West Africa. The new flight will help foster closer ties between Sierra Leone and its neighboring countries, particularly in the areas of business, tourism, and cultural exchange.
This new route will operate directly between Lungi International Airport (FNA) in Freetown and Banjul International Airport (BJL) in The Gambia, two key destinations in West Africa. By offering nonstop flights, Air Sierra Leone hopes to reduce travel time and make travel between these two capitals more convenient for both business and leisure travelers. The launch of the Freetown-Banjul service is expected to cater to growing demand for travel between these important regional hubs and boost tourism in both countries.
Expanding to the UK: Banjul to London Gatwick
In addition to strengthening regional ties, Sierra Leone’s aviation network will also extend its reach to Europe in 2026 with the launch of a new flight between Banjul and London Gatwick Airport (LGW). This new service represents a significant milestone for Air Sierra Leone as it begins offering direct flights between West Africa and the United Kingdom. Scheduled to begin in 2026, this flight will not only connect The Gambia to one of the world’s most important aviation hubs, but it will also serve as an essential link for Sierra Leoneans and West African nationals living in the UK.
The new Banjul to London Gatwick route will provide an easier and more efficient way for people to travel between these two destinations. Whether for business, family visits, or tourism, this route will offer the convenience of direct service rather than requiring lengthy stopovers in other European cities. The direct link will also be beneficial for travelers seeking to visit Sierra Leone as it provides a seamless connection between London and Freetown via Banjul. The expected success of this route is a testament to the growing demand for travel between West Africa and Europe.
Strengthening Regional Connectivity
With both the Freetown-Banjul and Banjul-London routes, Air Sierra Leone is positioning itself as a key player in the broader West African aviation market. By connecting key destinations in the region, the airline will play an important role in facilitating not only passenger movement but also economic activity across the region. This enhanced connectivity is expected to benefit industries such as tourism, trade, and even diplomatic relations as both Sierra Leone and The Gambia strengthen their ties with Europe and the wider world.
The new flight service between Freetown and Banjul is also expected to bolster trade between the two countries, especially in sectors such as agriculture, mining, and services. As these industries continue to grow, the demand for air travel between the two nations will likely increase, further cementing the importance of the new flight route.
The Future of Sierra Leone’s Aviation Industry
Looking ahead to 2026, Sierra Leone’s aviation landscape is expected to continue evolving. The launch of these new routes is just the beginning of what is hoped to be a period of substantial growth for both Air Sierra Leone and the country’s broader aviation sector. As more routes open up, more destinations will become accessible to Sierra Leoneans and international visitors alike. This expansion is expected to support the country’s economic growth, providing access to new markets and fostering a more vibrant tourism industry.
For the country’s national airline, the introduction of direct services to key international destinations like London and regional hubs in West Africa is a bold move that shows confidence in its ability to cater to the growing demand for air travel. As the airline continues to expand its fleet and services, the prospects for improved air travel accessibility and the development of Sierra Leone’s tourism sector look increasingly promising.
Conclusion: A Bright Future for Sierra Leone’s Air Travel
In conclusion, the 2026 launch of new flight routes from Sierra Leone represents a significant step forward for both the aviation sector and the country’s broader development goals. The addition of nonstop flights between Freetown and Banjul, as well as the new service linking Banjul to London Gatwick, will not only enhance regional connectivity but also offer greater opportunities for international travel. These new routes will make Sierra Leone more accessible to the world while providing the people of the country with easier access to key global destinations.
As Air Sierra Leone continues to expand its network, travelers will have more options than ever before to explore new destinations and connect with friends, family, and business partners around the world. This expansion is an exciting development for Sierra Leone, and it signals a bright future for the country’s aviation and tourism industries in the years to come.
Royal Caribbean cruise travel is capturing the imagination of travellers worldwide in 2026. With the rise in demand for unique vacation experiences, Royal Caribbean has become a top choice for global explorers seeking adventure and comfort in one package. Cruises now offer more than just a ship journey—they provide an immersive travel experience across multiple destinations. Families, couples, and solo travellers are booking early to secure the best cabins and exclusive activities. From tropical Caribbean islands to historic Mediterranean ports, Royal Caribbean cruise travel offers a seamless combination of relaxation, exploration, and luxury for every traveller.
Rising Global Demand Signals Exciting Travel Opportunities
The outlook for Royal Caribbean cruise travel shows continued growth in bookings and itineraries. Cruise vacations are becoming increasingly popular among travellers seeking convenience, safety, and all-inclusive experiences. Royal Caribbean is expanding its fleet and introducing new destinations to meet this growing demand. Travellers can now experience luxury, adventure, and cultural immersion on the same journey. Planning ahead is crucial, as popular sailings fill quickly. Early reservations guarantee better cabin choices, premium services, and access to exclusive activities, making Royal Caribbean cruise travel a practical and exciting option for global holidaymakers.
Discover Caribbean Paradise With Royal Caribbean Cruises
Caribbean cruises remain the crown jewel of Royal Caribbean cruise travel. With pristine beaches, turquoise waters, and vibrant island culture, the Caribbean is a top destination for explorers seeking sun, sea, and adventure. Royal Caribbean offers a variety of itineraries connecting key ports such as Nassau, St. Thomas, and Cozumel. Travellers can enjoy private beaches, water sports, cultural tours, and culinary experiences without the stress of planning separate trips. Royal Caribbean cruise travel makes it possible to explore multiple destinations in one journey, creating unforgettable memories for families, couples, and solo travellers alike.
Mediterranean Cruises Offer Cultural and Scenic Adventures
Royal Caribbean cruise travel in the Mediterranean brings a blend of history, art, and culinary delights. Ports in Italy, Greece, Spain, and France provide travellers with rich cultural experiences and breathtaking coastal views. Cruise itineraries balance sightseeing with onboard relaxation, allowing travellers to enjoy world-class dining, entertainment, and activities. Families can explore historical landmarks, couples can enjoy romantic excursions, and solo travellers can find adventure or relaxation at their own pace. Royal Caribbean’s Mediterranean cruises offer a seamless mix of exploration, luxury, and culture, making them an ideal choice for 2026 travel plans.
Health and Safety Tips for a Stress-Free Cruise
Safety remains a top priority for Royal Caribbean cruise travel. Travellers are advised to follow health guidelines, stay informed about destination requirements, and practice good hygiene onboard. Regular handwashing, using sanitizers, and reporting any symptoms promptly ensures a safe and enjoyable journey. Planning ahead, purchasing travel insurance, and booking flexible itineraries can further protect against unforeseen changes. These simple precautions help travellers enjoy Royal Caribbean cruise travel with peace of mind while exploring global destinations safely.
Onboard Luxury and Entertainment for Every Traveller
Royal Caribbean cruise travel offers more than just travel destinations—it provides a full luxury experience onboard. Ships feature exciting activities such as zip lines, surf simulators, spas, theatres, and a wide range of dining options. Every cabin is designed for comfort, catering to families, couples, and solo travellers. Onboard entertainment ranges from live performances to exclusive themed events, ensuring every moment is memorable. Royal Caribbean cruise travel combines relaxation, adventure, and high-quality service, making each voyage an extraordinary experience for travellers seeking both fun and comfort.
Why 2026 Is the Year to Book Your Cruise Adventure
Global interest in Royal Caribbean cruise travel is stronger than ever. 2026 offers travellers early access to new ships, exclusive itineraries, and enhanced onboard experiences. Cruise travel allows visitors to explore multiple destinations without the hassle of packing repeatedly, making it ideal for families, couples, and solo travellers. Planning ahead ensures travellers can secure the best cabins, enjoy curated excursions, and make the most of their cruise experience. With a perfect blend of luxury, adventure, and safety, Royal Caribbean cruise travel in 2026 promises unforgettable vacations for explorers worldwide.
Albuquerque is preparing for the 100th birthday of historic Route 66 and all the celebrations that come along with it. With all the events, promotions, and special offers coming for the big anniversary, right along historic Route 66 and Central Ave, Albuquerque is preparing for the big celebration. Being one of the newest hotels in Albuquerque, ARRIVE Albuquerque has opened, and in celebration of the anniversary, will be providing travelers with unforgettable experiences along Route 66 in all of its splendor.
ARRIVE Albuquerque’s Unique Take on Route 66
Since its debut in February 2025, ARRIVE Albuquerque has quickly made a name for itself with its design-forward approach to hospitality. The boutique hotel, located in the heart of Albuquerque’s downtown core, offers a modern yet local flavour with a focus on New Mexico’s rich cultural heritage. With 137 beautifully designed rooms across six floors, ARRIVE Albuquerque features amenities such as a seasonal Zia-shaped pool and DWTNR, a signature restaurant and bar offering seasonal menus crafted from local ingredients.
Celebrating 100 Years of Route 66
Albuquerque is proud to be part of the 100-year legacy of Route 66, the famed “Mother Road” that stretches from Chicago to Santa Monica. The city’s downtown, particularly Central Ave., is one of the longest urban stretches of this historic highway and serves as a prime destination for Route 66 enthusiasts. As the Centennial year unfolds, Albuquerque will host various events to honour the history and culture of the road, and ARRIVE Albuquerque is playing a key role in these celebrations.
Exclusive Promotions for Route 66 Centennial
ARRIVE Albuquerque is welcoming visitors with a special offer, the “Road Trip Revival,” starting on February 20th, 2026. This promotion offers affordable room rates, with $100 for standard guest rooms and $166 for suites, available to the first 50 guests who book through ARRIVE’s website using the code ARRIVEON66. To make the stay even more memorable, guests will receive a signature gift upon arrival and two locally sourced beers at check-in.
Route 6 for 6 Drink Promotion
In celebration of Route 66’s official assignment of its numerical designation on April 30th, ARRIVE Albuquerque will launch the “Route 6 for 6” drink promotion at its DWTNR restaurant. Running through November 11th, the promotion will feature daily six-minute windows where guests can enjoy discounted $6 cocktails, with no prior notice—just an impromptu, fun moment to enjoy the festivities in true Route 66 style.
Commemorative Apparel and Souvenirs
Guests at ARRIVE Albuquerque can also take home a piece of Route 66 history with a limited-edition collection of ARRIVE-designed apparel, mugs, and pint glasses, all commemorating the Centennial celebrations. These items will be available for purchase on-site at the hotel or in the DWTNR bar and restaurant.
A Guide for Travelers to Albuquerque and Route 66
For travelers planning a Route 66 adventure, Albuquerque offers a wealth of attractions and activities. As one of the most iconic stops along the highway, the city is home to the Route 66 Visitor Center, where visitors can learn more about the history and significance of the road. Other popular spots include the 66 Diner, which captures the nostalgic spirit of the road, and various museums and cultural centers highlighting the region’s rich Native American, Hispanic, and Anglo heritage.
The Best Time to Visit
The Route 66 Centennial celebrations are set to run throughout 2026, making it the perfect time to explore Albuquerque’s historic offerings. Whether you’re interested in the scenic beauty of New Mexico, the vintage appeal of Route 66, or the contemporary flair of ARRIVE Albuquerque, there’s something for every traveler to enjoy. Visitors can also take advantage of the mild weather conditions in spring and fall, which make it the ideal time to experience the city’s outdoor attractions.
Location and Contact Information
ARRIVE Albuquerque is centrally located at 717 Central Ave NW in Albuquerque, New Mexico. Its prime location offers easy access to the best that the city has to offer, from historic Route 66 landmarks to modern cultural experiences. The hotel’s proximity to local shops, restaurants, and attractions makes it the ideal base for exploring the city and celebrating the Centennial of the Mother Road.
For more details about the hotel and special promotions, visit ARRIVE Albuquerque’s official website or follow them on social media for up-to-date news on the Route 66 Centennial festivities.
Conclusion
As we watch the changes coming to the Route 66, we celebrate the 100th anniversary of Route 66. ARRIVE Albuquerque is looking forward to the unique promotions and entertaining events the come and a stylish environment created by local inspiration. ARRIVE Albuquerque will become the center of all travelers on the historic Route 66.
The world of travel is changing faster than ever, and 2026 is shaping up to be a year of incredible discoveries. From the icy landscapes of Iceland to the cultural heart of Japan, the vibrant streets of Brazil, and the timeless wonders of Egypt, certain destinations are experiencing unprecedented growth in international visitors. Known as the fastest-growing tourism destinations, these places are capturing the imagination of travellers across the globe. Whether you seek adventure, culture, or serene escapes, this guide highlights the must-visit locations that are redefining global travel trends and offering unforgettable experiences for explorers everywhere.
Iceland: Europe’s Natural Wonder Exploding in Popularity
Iceland has emerged as one of the fastest-growing tourism destinations in Europe. The island nation is attracting travellers with its dramatic landscapes, volcanoes, glaciers, and the Northern Lights. Adventure tourism is booming as visitors explore hiking trails, black sand beaches, and natural hot springs. Iceland’s government has improved tourism infrastructure, making travel safer and easier. Flights and tour options are expanding rapidly. For global travellers, this surge means Iceland is no longer a remote stopover but a destination worth dedicated exploration. Its rapid growth reflects how unique nature experiences drive global travel trends.
Japan: Where Tradition Meets Modern Travel Boom
Japan is seeing a remarkable rise in international visitors, making it one of Asia’s fastest-growing tourism destinations. Cities like Tokyo and Kyoto attract millions, yet rural areas also draw curious travellers seeking traditional culture. Cherry blossom season, historic temples, local festivals, and cuisine appeal to every type of visitor. Japan’s tourism authorities have improved accessibility and promoted sustainable tourism, ensuring travellers can explore responsibly. This growth indicates a renewed global interest in cultural and urban experiences. For international travellers, Japan now offers a balanced mix of tradition, technology, and scenic beauty, making it an unmissable destination in 2026.
Brazil: South America’s Vibrant Tourism Surge
Brazil is leading South America’s tourism growth, with rising visitor numbers driven by festivals, beaches, and natural wonders. Cities like Rio de Janeiro and São Paulo are buzzing with life, offering music, art, and cuisine that captivate global travellers. Brazil’s tourism sector has strengthened infrastructure and safety measures, encouraging longer stays and repeat visits. Adventure seekers flock to the Amazon rainforest and Pantanal wetlands, while culture lovers enjoy Carnival celebrations and historic sites. This growth highlights Brazil’s ability to blend vibrant urban life with outdoor adventure, making it one of the fastest-growing tourism destinations in the Americas.
Egypt: Ancient History Reignites Travel Interest
Egypt continues to attract travellers interested in history and culture, establishing itself as a leading global destination. Tourist arrivals have surged, fuelled by archaeological discoveries, museum openings, and well-preserved historical landmarks. Visitors explore the pyramids, Nile cruises, and desert adventures, gaining immersive cultural experiences. The government has improved services, safety measures, and guided tours, ensuring hassle-free travel. Egypt’s rise among the fastest-growing tourism destinations shows how blending heritage with modern facilities attracts international travellers. For history enthusiasts, Egypt offers both iconic monuments and hidden cultural treasures, making it a must-visit location in 2026.
Bhutan and Island Paradises: Tranquil Tourism Hotspots
Smaller nations like Bhutan and island destinations are gaining attention as the fastest-growing tourism destinations. Bhutan’s sustainable tourism policies create exclusive experiences with serene Himalayan landscapes and cultural immersion. Visitors appreciate the balance of adventure and spiritual connection, making Bhutan highly sought-after by mindful travellers. Similarly, islands with pristine beaches and coral reefs are seeing growing numbers of international tourists seeking relaxation and eco-friendly stays. These destinations demonstrate that even less populous nations can become global travel trends. For those seeking peace, culture, and natural beauty, Bhutan and island paradises are ideal choices in 2026.
Travel Insights for Exploring Rapidly Growing Destinations
Rising popularity of these fastest-growing tourism destinations creates both opportunities and challenges for travellers. Early planning is essential to secure flights, accommodations, and tour experiences. Check official tourism portals for visa requirements, seasonal highlights, and local guidance. Sustainable travel practices are recommended, as many popular destinations focus on environmental protection. Mixing cultural experiences with natural exploration ensures a well-rounded trip. Engaging with local communities enhances authenticity and creates memorable journeys. These travel hotspots are not only trending—they offer unique adventures and experiences that reflect the evolving global tourism landscape.
Why 2026 Is a Key Year for Global Travel
The tourism boom in 2026 reflects a broader shift in travel patterns. Travellers are seeking fresh experiences, natural landscapes, cultural immersion, and sustainable tourism practices. Governments and tourism boards are investing in infrastructure, safety, and promotion to attract visitors. This trend benefits both travellers and local economies, ensuring authentic and safe experiences. From Iceland’s wilderness to Japan’s cultural richness, Brazil’s vibrancy, Egypt’s history, and Bhutan’s serenity, the world is full of rising destinations ready for exploration. For global travellers, these fastest-growing tourism destinations promise unforgettable adventures and meaningful journeys in the coming year.
Europe is witnessing an unprecedented surge in air travel in 2025, signalling a new era for tourists from around the world. The continent’s airports collectively welcomed billions of passengers this year, highlighting a robust recovery of international tourism. This growth provides travellers with more opportunities than ever to explore iconic cities, hidden gems, and cultural hotspots across Europe.
International Travel Drives the Surge
The primary force behind Europe’s air travel growth is international travellers returning to explore the continent. Visitors from Asia, the Americas, and the Middle East are rediscovering Europe’s historic landmarks, vibrant cities, and scenic landscapes. While domestic flights remain stable, the demand for long-haul international journeys has accelerated. For tourists, this means more frequent flights, improved connectivity between major cities, and an array of options for planning multi-country itineraries.
Major Airports Leading the Recovery
Europe’s busiest airports are setting the pace for the travel boom. London Heathrow remains a key hub, managing millions of passengers annually, followed closely by Istanbul Airport, Paris Charles de Gaulle, Amsterdam Schiphol, and Madrid Barajas. These airports not only offer extensive flight options but also provide world-class facilities, lounges, and efficient connections. Tourists can enjoy smoother travel experiences, faster transfers, and access to both city centres and regional attractions.
Smaller regional airports in Southern and Eastern Europe are experiencing rapid growth, providing alternatives for travellers seeking lower costs and less crowded terminals. Cities like Porto, Thessaloniki, and Bilbao are emerging as convenient gateways for leisure trips, offering direct access to unique cultural and natural experiences.
Leisure Travel Leads the Way
Leisure tourism has been the main driver of Europe’s air travel growth. Despite economic fluctuations, travellers remain eager to explore urban hubs, coastal resorts, and historic towns. Mediterranean countries such as Spain, Italy, Greece, and Portugal are experiencing a surge in holidaymakers, while Northern and Central Europe attract city-break tourists.
For those planning 2026 adventures, combining air travel with local transport—such as trains and buses—offers a seamless way to explore multiple destinations. This approach not only enhances convenience but also provides a richer travel experience by connecting major attractions with lesser-known locales.
Tips for Tourists Navigating Europe in 2026
Travellers can make the most of Europe’s growing aviation network with careful planning. Booking flights in advance helps secure the best prices, especially during peak holiday seasons. Considering regional airports for departures or arrivals can save time and money.
Travel experts recommend blending air and rail journeys for short distances to enjoy scenic routes and reduce travel stress. Additionally, staying informed about local entry requirements, visa rules, and airport security protocols ensures a smooth journey. Flexibility is key, as popular destinations may experience seasonal surges in passenger traffic.
Emerging Opportunities in Regional Airports
One of the most exciting aspects of Europe’s air travel growth is the rise of secondary airports. Regions in Southern and Eastern Europe are expanding their capacity, attracting budget travellers and those seeking off-the-beaten-path experiences. These airports often provide more direct routes to smaller towns, making it easier for tourists to explore destinations beyond traditional capitals.
This trend is opening doors for cultural and adventure tourism. Travellers can access remote islands, mountain retreats, and historic villages without the congestion and delays associated with major hubs. For families, solo travellers, and backpackers alike, regional airports offer a convenient entry point into Europe’s diverse landscapes.
Future Outlook for European Air Travel
Air travel in Europe is expected to continue growing into 2026 and beyond, driven primarily by leisure tourism and international demand. Improved flight options, competitive fares, and expanding airport networks make it an ideal time for tourists to explore the continent.
Europe’s airports are now more than transit points—they are gateways to unforgettable experiences. From city breaks in London, Paris, and Rome to coastal escapes in Greece and Spain, the continent offers unmatched opportunities for cultural, culinary, and adventure tourism.
Conclusion: Why Europe Air Travel Growth Matters for Tourists
The surge in Europe air travel growth marks a new chapter for global tourism. With more flights, better connectivity, and a wider range of destinations, travellers can enjoy more choice, convenience, and memorable experiences. Planning ahead, considering alternative airports, and combining air travel with other modes of transport will help tourists maximise their European journeys.
Europe is ready to welcome the world. Its air travel boom promises a dynamic, accessible, and enriching experience for every type of traveller, making 2026 the perfect year to rediscover the continent.
As predicted by reliable insider NateTheHate two weeks ago, Sony has announced that it will host a State of Play event this coming Thursday, February 12, 2026, at 2pm PT / 5pm ET / 10pm BT. Unlike Nintendo's recent Partner Showcase Direct, which only featured announcements from third-party games, this showcase promises to feature "eye-catching third-party and indie games headed to PS5, along with the latest from teams at PlayStation Studios." That's from the PlayStation Blog post announcing the event, which also adds that this showcase will last for over an hour when it's all said and done, with "60+ […]
Calling Pre-Series A founders: nominations for TechCrunch Startup Battlefield 200 are open. Compete in the world’s most iconic pitch competition at Disrupt 2026 from October 13 - 15.
The variable aperture has been absent from Samsung’s smartphone camera arsenal for years, but given that Apple has been reported on multiple occasions to bring the technology to its iPhone 18 Pro and iPhone 18 Pro Max, the company has little choice but to respond. As for the lineup that’s expected to receive the upgrade, the Galaxy S26 series could be the obvious recipient, but plans can change in the blink of an eye. Multiple generations of Galaxy S flagships have remained stagnant in camera technology; variable aperture could be the first step from Samsung towards reviving innovation Samsung’s Electro-Mechanics […]
Mystique Ro/Instagram; Jason Brown/Instagram; Amber Glenn/Instagram
Before they suited up in red, white and blue Ralph Lauren to march alongside Team USA at the Milan Cortina Olympics, these superstar athletes were once little kids trying on their skis, skates and snowboard helmets for the first time.
As they begin competing on their sport's biggest stage — an opportunity that only comes once every four years — athletes including Amber Glenn, Mikaela Shiffrin, Red Gerard and more are sharing a look back at that cute kiddo who once had big Olympic dreams but really tiny ski boots.
Take a look at some of the cutest throwback photos of some of Team USA's athletes to watch, below.
The women's hockey legend shared a glimpse back at her childhood team gear.
05 of 19
Erin Jackson
Erin Jackson/Instagram
The speedskater honed her skills as an in-line racer, and shared a look back at her high medal count from a 2004 nationals event.
06 of 19
Red Gerard
Red Gerard/Instagram
By the time this photo was taken, he had already been snowboarding for several years — which led to his Olympic debut and gold medal in PyeongChang at 17. (He competed this year in Slopestyle.)
07 of 19
Jaelin Kauf
Jaelin Kauf/Instagram
Freestyle skiier Jaelin Kauf is returning in pursuit of another medal — and she'll make it look as easy as a childhood day on the slopes with big brother Skyler
"When I cut out the timing, pressure and expectations of sport and can just focus on what I love to do it's the feeling of being a kid again," the luge star wrote ahead of his race. "I feel like that kid again."
Even back in her days competing in "maroon flannel pants," it was clear that she was destined to be a cross-country champ, who nabbed the U.S.'s first-ever individual medal in the sport, a bronze, in 2022. She also has a gold and silver to her name.
14 of 19
Matty Beniers
Matty Beniers/Instagram
Racking up trophies from the time he was little — and proving he was born to wear a hockey jersey (second photo).
Moments after the initial drop in Korea, Samsung has now expanded the One UI 8.5 Beta 4 to the Galaxy S25 series in the US, Germany, UK, and India. The latest firmware update adds February 2026 security patch and Direct Voicemail feature.
For Galaxy S25 users, One UI 8.5 Beta 4 feels like a turning point. The software is settling down, the security patch is current, and Direct Voicemail (via TarunVats) finally brings Samsung’s calling experience up to par with its biggest rivals.
February 2026 security patch
Build ZZAL brings the February 2026 security patch to the Galaxy S25, S25+, and S25 Ultra. That’s the February 5, 2026, security level, for those tracking patch currency. The download weighs in at approximately 1.5 gigabytes, via AndroidFlatform.
Direct Voicemail
Direct Voicemail is the headline feature, offering real-time transcription of incoming voicemails with the ability to jump into the call mid-message. Think of it as Samsung’s version of Pixel’s call screening, except it happens after you’ve already declined the call.
The caller leaves their message. You read it as text, live, on your screen. If it’s important enough, you pick up and interrupt them. If it’s another spam call, let it finish and delete it. The implementation feels polished from early reports.
Image translated from Korean to English using Google Translate
What’s encouraging is the execution speed. One UI 8.5 development has moved faster than previous point releases, and the beta quality has been surprisingly stable. That suggests Samsung’s internal development processes are maturing.
If you’re on the beta, update now. If you’re waiting for stable, you won’t be waiting much longer.
Hong Leong Investment Bank Bhd (HLIB) has reiterated its BUY call on IHH Healthcare Bhd, increasing its target price to RM10.00 from RM9.43, reflecting a 13.6% capital upside and an expected total return of 14.9%. This update comes as IHH Healthcare continues to demonstrate strong growth prospects, particularly in the area of medical tourism across markets such as Malaysia, Singapore, Turkey, India, and China.
The stock was last traded at RM8.80, and HLIB sees significant upside potential in IHH Healthcare due to its continued leadership in cancer care and renal treatment. The healthcare group’s reputation, bolstered by its facilities in strategic locations, positions it strongly within the growing global medical tourism industry.
Strong Positioning in Medical Tourism and Cancer Care
During a series of site visits to Pantai Hospital Kuala Lumpur (PHKL) and Prince Court Medical Centre (PCMC), HLIB highlighted PHKL’s role as a leader in private cancer care in Malaysia. With the growing demand for specialized healthcare, these hospitals serve as key attractions for medical tourists seeking high-quality treatment in Asia. PHKL is also expanding its clinical trial system across IHH’s Malaysian network, which will likely enhance its reputation as a destination for both domestic and international patients seeking cutting-edge cancer treatment.
Medical tourism is increasingly becoming a vital part of IHH Healthcare’s growth strategy. As tourists flock to destinations with world-class medical facilities, IHH Healthcare’s strong positioning in the region’s medical tourism market will likely continue to drive traffic, contributing significantly to its revenue streams. As one of the few Asian providers offering comprehensive cancer, cardiac, and orthopedic care, IHH Healthcare is uniquely positioned to capitalize on the growing demand for medical tourism services.
Medical Tourism Driving Regional Growth
The resilient performance of IHH Healthcare’s hospitals, despite challenges like the ringgit’s strength and a 6% sales and service tax, underscores the inelastic demand for essential healthcare services like cancer treatment. The medical tourism sector has proved to be resilient and profitable, with international patients increasingly seeking high-quality treatments in cost-effective countries such as Malaysia, India, and Turkey. This trend contributes to the region’s medical tourism growth, with IHH Healthcare leading the charge through its diverse offerings and premium facilities.
Moreover, the upcoming Sunway Healthcare IPO and Malaysia’s Year of Medical Tourism 2026 present new opportunities for IHH Healthcare to strengthen its market share in the growing medical tourism market. As IHH’s Island Hospital was recently recognized as the Flagship Medical Tourism Hospital 2025, the company’s growing role in medical tourism becomes even more evident, further cementing its status as a key player in the global medical tourism industry.
Economic Impact of Medical Tourism on IHH Healthcare’s Growth
HLIB also pointed out that medical tourism offers significant economic benefits for IHH Healthcare, as the sector brings foreign revenue and strengthens its market presence across various countries. By attracting international medical tourists, IHH is contributing to the growth of regional economies, particularly in areas that focus on high-quality healthcare at competitive prices.
Medical tourism also enhances IHH’s relationships with local farmers, artisans, and performers, as these sectors benefit from increased tourist spending. Whether it’s the local produce used in hospitals or the tourism-related services around medical facilities, the economic impact of medical tourism helps promote broader economic growth and job creation in the healthcare and tourism industries.
Forecast Adjustments and Catalysts for Future Growth
While HLIB has trimmed its FY25-27 forecasts by 3% to 4.6%, mainly due to currency translation effects, the bank remains optimistic about IHH’s long-term prospects, especially within the medical tourism sector. The company’s Turkish operations remain strong, and upcoming foreign fund inflows and Malaysia’s Year of Medical Tourism in 2026 are expected to provide positive catalysts.
Furthermore, the ongoing development of the medical tourism sector within IHH Healthcare is a key growth driver, making it a compelling option for investors seeking exposure to the expanding global healthcare and tourism markets.
IHH Healthcare’s Future in Medical Tourism
IHH Healthcare’s ongoing expansion into new medical tourism markets and its robust portfolio of specialized medical services give it a competitive edge in the growing medical tourism sector. As the aging population and increased healthcare awareness across Asia and the world drive demand for top-tier healthcare services, IHH’s growth in medical tourism will continue to be a major factor in its overall performance.
HLIB’s decision to maintain a BUY rating is based on IHH’s strong growth prospects, particularly in medical tourism and specialized healthcare services. The company is well-positioned to leverage regional growth, providing affordable and high-quality care to both domestic patients and international medical tourists.
Medical Tourism as a Key Driver of IHH Healthcare’s Growth
With its strong positioning in medical tourism, particularly in cancer and renal care, and its ongoing expansion in Southeast Asia and Turkey, IHH Healthcare is set to thrive in the growing global medical tourism industry. By offering world-class care at competitive prices, the company is attracting an increasing number of medical tourists to its hospitals, further solidifying its role as a global healthcare leader.
As HLIB continues to highlight the positive catalysts for IHH Healthcare, including the Sunway Healthcare IPO and Malaysia’s Year of Medical Tourism 2026, the company’s long-term prospects remain strong. The growth of medical tourism is set to play a pivotal role in IHH’s continued success, positioning it as a key player in the future of global tourism and healthcare services.
Egypt’s Minister of Tourism and Antiquities, Sherif Fathy, has made a bold call for Turkish investors to deepen their involvement in Egypt’s growing tourism sector. In a speech delivered at the Eastern Mediterranean International Tourism and Travel Exhibition (EMITT) 2026 in Istanbul, Fathy emphasized that the Egyptian government is prepared to offer additional incentives for investors, especially those looking to establish new tourism ventures such as hotels, resorts, and cultural tourism projects. The goal is to expand Egypt’s tourism industry and create long‑term economic opportunities for both countries, benefiting from growing tourism and investment exchanges.
Fathy’s call for increased Turkish investment comes as Egypt’s tourism sector has been experiencing a period of positive momentum. The Egyptian government has been working to modernize infrastructure, improve tourism services, and make the country more attractive to global travelers. The Minister specifically pointed out that while Turkey has been active in Egypt’s industrial and business sectors, Turkish interest in the tourism field has been underrepresented, particularly when it comes to hotel management and investment in new tourist destinations.
Why Turkish Investment is Crucial for Egypt’s Tourism Growth
Tourism has long been one of the cornerstones of Egypt’s economy, with millions of international visitors flocking to its ancient monuments, vibrant cities, and resort areas like Sharm El-Sheikh and Hurghada. However, despite its significance, the industry faces growing competition from other countries in the region that are aggressively promoting their own tourism sectors, especially those in the Caribbean, Southeast Asia, and other parts of North Africa.
Fathy pointed out that Turkey has already demonstrated its potential in tourism investments, with major Turkish hotel brands operating across the globe. Turkey’s success in managing high‑end hotels and building tourism‑related infrastructure makes the country an ideal partner for Egypt, which is aiming to expand its offerings and cater to new tourist demographics. He noted that the UK, U.S., and Gulf countries have already shown strong interest in Egypt’s tourism industry, but now, Turkey needs to step up and take advantage of new opportunities in Egypt’s expanding market.
Egypt’s Growing Tourism Sector: Major Opportunities for Turkish Investors
Fathy emphasized that Egypt offers numerous opportunities for Turkish investors in the tourism sector, particularly in luxury tourism, eco-tourism, and cultural heritage tourism. The Egyptian government has been actively working to create a more diverse and sustainable tourism model, with an increasing focus on eco-friendly resorts, beach tourism, and the preservation of Egypt’s ancient monuments. The Grand Egyptian Museum — set to open in 2026 — will further strengthen Egypt’s position as a cultural hub for international visitors.
With government incentives in place, Turkish investors are being encouraged to expand their footprint in Egypt’s tourism sector by setting up new projects that align with Egypt’s long‑term development plans. This could include investments in luxury resorts on the Red Sea, the Nile cruise sector, or even new hotels and conference centers in major tourist cities like Cairo and Alexandria.
Incentives from the Egyptian government include tax breaks, land allocation for tourism projects, and easier access to financing. These policies are designed to ensure that investments lead to sustainable job creation, boost the local economy, and expand Egypt’s tourism offerings to diverse markets.
Strong Bilateral Ties: Egypt and Turkey’s Growing Relationship
In recent years, Turkey and Egypt have strengthened their bilateral relationship, particularly in trade and economic cooperation. This growing partnership has led to increased collaboration in sectors such as energy, infrastructure, and manufacturing. However, tourism has remained one of the least explored areas, despite its huge potential.
The Turkish tourism industry has become a major player in the global market, with Turkey ranked as one of the world’s leading destinations for international visitors. By investing in Egypt’s growing tourism sector, Turkish investors can tap into a highly promising market while contributing to the modernization of Egypt’s infrastructure and tourist offerings.
Looking Ahead: Expanding Tourism Cooperation Between Egypt and Turkey
Fathy stressed that cooperation between the two countries is essential for expanding tourism flows and enhancing regional stability in the Middle East and North Africa. Turkish investors are encouraged to think beyond traditional hotel chains and explore new forms of tourism, including adventure tourism, heritage tourism, and wellness tourism. The growing tourism cooperation between Egypt and Turkey could also facilitate the creation of joint tourism marketing initiatives to attract more travelers from Europe, Asia, and the Middle East.
Challenges and Opportunities: Overcoming Barriers to Growth
While the prospects for investment in Egypt’s tourism sector are strong, both countries must address infrastructure challenges and regulatory hurdles. Egypt’s tourism industry has faced periods of instability, and improving security, developing infrastructure, and addressing concerns about sustainability are vital to ensuring long‑term growth. Moreover, while air connectivity between Egypt and Turkey has improved, more needs to be done to increase direct flight options and provide tourists with the best possible travel experience.
Nevertheless, the opportunities for growth in the Egyptian tourism sector are substantial. With government support, private investment, and joint efforts from Egypt and Turkey, Egypt can continue to grow as a leading global destination for travelers from all over the world.
Conclusion: The Future of Egypt’s Tourism Industry
The call for Turkish investment in Egypt’s tourism sector is a pivotal step toward sustaining Egypt’s tourism boom in the coming years. As Egypt continues to grow its market and modernize its tourism infrastructure, Turkish investors and partners can play a crucial role in helping shape the future of the country’s tourism industry. By investing in Egypt’s expanding tourism offerings, Turkish investors can be part of Egypt’s incredible growth story, ensuring that both nations benefit from a strong, sustainable future in global tourism.
In a year marked by heightened scrutiny of airline operations worldwide, Etihad Airways of the United Arab Emirates was positioned at the very top of the global safety hierarchy for 2026. The recognition was awarded by AirlineRatings.com, following an extensive evaluation of 320 international airlines operating across North America, Europe, Asia-Pacific, the Middle East, and Oceania. As air travel demand surged across countries such as Australia, Singapore, Qatar, New Zealand, the United Kingdom, Canada, and the United States, safety performance emerged as the most closely watched benchmark in global aviation.
The designation of Etihad as the World’s Safest Airline in 2026 was not attributed to a single metric, but rather to a comprehensive assessment of operational discipline, fleet modernization, incident history, and regulatory compliance. In an era when turbulence-related injuries, technical diversions, and operational disruptions continue to challenge airlines globally, safety leadership has increasingly been defined by preparation rather than perfection. Within this context, airline safety rankings have evolved to reflect sustained performance across millions of flights rather than isolated outcomes.
As global carriers from Asia, Europe, the Middle East, and the Americas demonstrated increasingly narrow safety margins, Etihad’s ascent represented not just a win for Abu Dhabi, but a defining moment for Gulf aviation on the world stage.
How Airline Safety Rankings Were Determined for 2026
The annual safety assessment conducted by AirlineRatings.com was structured around a multi-layered evaluation framework. Airlines were measured using historical incident data, fleet age, pilot training standards, operational audits, and adherence to international safety oversight programs. Incident rates were analyzed relative to total flight volume to ensure proportional accuracy across airlines of varying sizes operating in countries such as Japan, Germany, France, Turkey, India, and Vietnam.
For the 2026 cycle, increased emphasis was placed on turbulence prevention and response. With turbulence remaining the leading cause of in-flight injuries globally, airlines participating in advanced forecasting and data-sharing programs, including the IATA Turbulence Aware initiative, were assessed more favorably. Participation in independent safety audits and transparent incident reporting practices also contributed meaningfully to final rankings.
It was highlighted by analysts that safety differences among top-ranked airlines remained exceptionally small. Less than four points separated the first fourteen airlines, while the top six were divided by just 1.3 points. These narrow margins reinforced the conclusion that ranking positions should not be interpreted as indicators of safety gaps, but rather reflections of operational consistency at scale.
Why Etihad Airways Secured the Top Position
Etihad Airways achieved the number one ranking through sustained excellence across multiple safety dimensions. One of the youngest fleets in global aviation was operated by the airline, reducing exposure to legacy aircraft risks. Advanced cockpit technologies designed to enhance situational awareness and turbulence avoidance were consistently deployed across long-haul and regional operations.
A crash-free operational history further strengthened Etihad’s position, alongside the lowest incident rate per flight among evaluated carriers. Strong compliance with cabin safety procedures, flight deck protocols, and international regulatory audits was also recorded. Participation in independent onboard safety assessments demonstrated a commitment to external oversight rather than internal benchmarking alone.
Safety leadership was reinforced through effective turbulence management procedures, crew training programs, and proactive risk mitigation strategies. Collectively, these factors positioned Etihad at the forefront of global airline safety for 2026, setting a precedent for Gulf carriers operating from the UAE and neighboring regions.
Gulf Aviation Milestone and Regional Significance
This achievement marked the first instance in which a Gulf carrier led the global full-service airline safety rankings. The recognition carried particular significance for aviation hubs across the United Arab Emirates, Qatar, and Saudi Arabia, where rapid network expansion has often been accompanied by scrutiny regarding operational scale.
The result underscored the effectiveness of the UAE’s aviation regulatory environment, which has consistently enforced high compliance standards while supporting innovation and fleet modernization. It was emphasized that safety excellence in global aviation is increasingly achieved through collaboration, with airlines across regions sharing best practices and learning collectively from operational data.
Leading Full-Service Airlines in the 2026 Rankings
The Top 25 Safest Full-Service Airlines for 2026 reflected a geographically diverse group of carriers from Asia-Pacific, Europe, the Middle East, North America, and Oceania.
Etihad Airways was followed by Cathay Pacific, Qantas, Qatar Airways, Emirates, and Air New Zealand in the top six positions. Airlines from Singapore, South Korea, Japan, Taiwan, Australia, and Turkey maintained strong representation, while European and North American carriers continued to demonstrate consistent safety performance across high-density networks.
Notable developments included the entry of STARLUX Airlines and Fiji Airways for the first time, driven by strong operational records and transparent reporting practices. Singapore Airlines returned to the rankings after a temporary exclusion in 2025, following safety reviews and training enhancements implemented after a turbulence-related incident.
The rankings illustrated how safety leadership has become increasingly global, with no single region dominating performance outcomes.
Safest Low-Cost Airlines for 2026
Low-cost carriers were also closely evaluated, with the Top 25 list reflecting strong safety consistency across budget-focused operators serving Europe, Asia, the Middle East, Australia, and the Americas.
HK Express retained the top position, supported by low incident rates achieved under Hong Kong’s strict reporting requirements. Airlines such as Jetstar Airways, Scoot, easyJet Group, Southwest Airlines, and airBaltic continued to demonstrate that cost efficiency does not inherently compromise safety standards.
Spring Airlines China entered the rankings for the first time, marking a milestone for Chinese aviation transparency. airBaltic was also recognized for notable safety performance improvements, while flydubai was identified as transitioning toward a full-service classification for future evaluations.
Understanding Incident Rates in Modern Aviation
All airlines included in the 2026 rankings recorded minor incidents over recent years, ranging from tail strikes and engine shutdowns to technical irregularities. However, incident rates per flight remained extremely low, ranging between 0.002 and 0.09 across ranked carriers operating millions of annual flights worldwide.
Industry experts emphasized that modern aviation safety is defined less by the absence of incidents and more by structured responses, training rigor, and transparency. The inclusion criteria for the Top 25 increasingly reflected sustained operational discipline rather than isolated performance metrics.
As global air travel continues to expand across countries such as India, Indonesia, Canada, the United States, and the United Kingdom, the ability to manage risk consistently at scale has become the defining characteristic of safety leadership.
Etihad Airways’ recognition as the World’s Safest Airline in 2026 represented a convergence of fleet strategy, regulatory oversight, operational culture, and global collaboration. While the margins separating the world’s safest airlines remained exceptionally narrow, the ranking underscored how aviation safety has evolved into a shared international standard rather than a regional achievement.
As airlines across the UAE, Australia, Singapore, Qatar, Europe, and North America continue to refine safety systems in response to emerging risks, the 2026 rankings highlighted an industry where excellence is measured not by perfection, but by preparedness, transparency, and consistency across every flight.
In 2026, Radisson Hotel Group is on a mission to reshape the global travel experience with its most ambitious expansion yet. The hospitality giant is set to launch over 200 new hotels across the globe, including strategic openings in the Middle East, North Africa (MENA), India, and Europe, marking a new era for tourism growth in these regions. This seismic surge in hotel openings is set to redefine travel and hospitality standards, ushering in an era of increased accessibility and diversity for travelers around the world.
As travel rebounds and tourism accelerates post-pandemic, Radisson is positioning itself as a key player in this recovery, bringing exceptional experiences to both leisure and business travelers. With more than 3,200 hotel rooms expected to be added across the MENA region alone, Radisson is setting the stage for a tourism boom unlike any other.
MENA: The Heartbeat of Radisson’s Explosive Expansion in 2026
The Middle East and North Africa (MENA) are experiencing a hospitality transformation, with Radisson at the forefront. In 2026, the Group’s hotels in the region will cater to the skyrocketing demand for tourism brought on by the flourishing business, luxury, and leisure sectors. With countries like Saudi Arabia, UAE, and Egypt ramping up investments in tourism infrastructure as part of their ambitious national plans, Radisson’s expanded footprint will serve as a vital catalyst in boosting tourism arrivals.
By the end of 2026, Radisson Hotel Group will have enhanced its presence in key tourism hubs, adding a range of upscale and lifestyle hotels, such as Radisson Blu, Radisson RED, and Radisson Collection, to meet the needs of global travelers. Whether it’s luxury shopping destinations in Dubai, cultural tours in Cairo, or business conferences in Riyadh, these properties will offer premium experiences that align with the region’s tourism objectives and economic growth targets.
India’s Hotel Market Soars as Radisson Paves the Way for a Tourism Renaissance
India is witnessing an explosive demand for high-quality hotels, and Radisson is seizing the opportunity with both hands. By 2026, the Group will add over 150 hotels across the subcontinent, catering to India’s rapidly growing middle class, global business travelers, and international tourists seeking to explore its cultural, spiritual, and natural wonders.
Radisson’s expansion into Tier-II and Tier-III cities alongside major metropolitan hubs will provide more accommodation options for travelers and improve accessibility to less explored, but equally captivating, destinations. From New Delhi’s bustling markets to Bangalore’s thriving tech hub, Radisson is set to cater to the diverse needs of tourists across India. With a focus on sustainability, local culture, and world-class services, the new hotels will play an instrumental role in supporting the Indian government’s tourism growth targets and promoting regional tourism as part of the country’s Vision 2047.
Europe’s Most Iconic Destinations Get a Boost with Radisson’s New Flagships
Europe, long considered a golden hub for luxury and cultural tourism, is also seeing massive investments in high-end hotels under Radisson’s luxury brands. Paris, Lake Como, and Barcelona will see new Radisson Collection properties, offering guests the finest experiences in one of the world’s most visited continents. Meanwhile, the Radisson Blu brand will expand across Europe’s major capitals, making it the go-to choice for those seeking unparalleled comfort in London, Berlin, and Rome.
These additions reflect a strategic vision to not only cater to the increased luxury demand in Europe but also to meet the growing need for well-designed, eco-conscious accommodations that appeal to the modern traveler. The Group’s diverse portfolio ensures that whether you’re looking for a romantic getaway in the Swiss Alps or a business retreat in Brussels, Radisson has a property to suit every occasion.
A Global Portfolio Like Never Before: Radisson Hotel Group Brings Diversity and Luxury to Travelers
What makes Radisson Hotel Group’s 2026 expansion truly remarkable is its multi-brand approach that caters to every type of traveler. From the Radisson Blu, known for its luxurious amenities and prime locations, to the vibrant and trendy Radisson RED, the Group’s new properties will offer something for every preference.
With new openings across Africa, Asia Pacific, and even more in the Americas, the Radisson Collection will cater to the upper-tier luxury segment looking for unique stays in cultural hotspots. Meanwhile, Radisson’s more affordable offerings, like Park Inn by Radisson, will continue to serve the budget-conscious traveler looking for quality stays without compromising on comfort.
Radisson’s dedication to sustainability will also be reflected in many of its new hotels, with eco-conscious design and operations meeting the growing demand for green travel. This aligns with global trends in eco-tourism and responsible travel, ensuring that travelers can explore the world without leaving a heavy footprint.
The Road Ahead: A Game-Changer for Global Tourism and Hospitality
As Radisson Hotel Group continues its ambitious growth in 2026, its impact on global tourism and hospitality cannot be understated. With the addition of more than 200 hotels worldwide, Radisson is setting a new standard for hotel quality and destination accessibility. The Group is not only increasing its presence in well-known tourist hotspots but also venturing into emerging destinations that offer untapped potential for tourism growth.
The added hotel keys will strengthen local economies, create thousands of jobs, and support sustainable tourism in line with national objectives. It’s clear that Radisson is ready to meet the demands of today’s travelers — whether they seek luxury, sustainability, or affordability.
With more than 100 properties slated for completion by 2027, Radisson’s 2026 expansion is just the beginning of a larger vision to make world-class hospitality available to travelers in every corner of the globe.
The Toyota Yaris Cross is the most popular vehicle in Hungary in January.
New passenger car sales in Hungary drop a painful -9.2% year-on-year in January to 8,287 units. The brands ranking is completely reshuffled. Toyota (+36.3%) is a distant leader with a record 17.5% share, distancing Skoda (-35.4%) in total freefall and BMW (+35.1%) brilliantly scoring its first ever Hungarian podium finish. Volkswagen (-24.3%) and most strikingly Suzuki (-55.3%) both implode and round out The Top 5. Dacia (+49.7%), Hyundai (+45.8%) and Nissan (+40.8%) also stun but it’s BYD (+97.1%) that delivers the biggest gain near the top, although it is down 6 spots on December to #13. Chinese Chery breaks into the Top 15 at #14 while Omoda and Jaecoo make their way into the Top 25.
The Toyota Yaris Cross (+253.2%) scores its first ever Polish win with an impressive 5.4% share vs. 1.9% over the Full Year 2025. The Nissan Qashqai (+85.5%) follows with a freefalling Skoda Octavia (-42.6%) closing out the podium. The Hyundai Tucson (+148%) surges to #4 while the Toyota Corolla (+20.4%) is up to #6. Leader last year, the Suzuki S-Cross (-51.9%) falls to #5 while the Suzuki Vitara (-49.7%) is down to #7. Excellent performance also by the Toyota C-HR (+44.9%) at #8 and the VW T-Roc at #9 vs. #25 over FY2025. The BMW X5 manages a stunning month at #18.
Patriots coach Mike Vrabel shared his “disappointed” reaction after a heartbreaking Super Bowl loss. The New England Patriots battled it out on the field against the Seattle Seahawks on February 8. Notably, the Seahawks defeated the Patriots 29–13. Unsurprisingly, Patriots coach Vrabel isn’t pleased with his team’s performance on the field.
Mike Vrabel ‘disappointed’ after Patriots loss
Patriots coach Mike Vrabel is understandably “disappointed” after the Super Bowl loss. Notably, Vrabel took over an underperforming team and led them to a remarkable 14‑3 regular-season record before winning three playoff games to reach the Super Bowl.
Fans who watched the game would acknowledge that the Patriots did not deliver their best against the Seahawks. Vrabel, without mincing any words, stated, “Disappointed. I reminded them that we’re 307 days into what hopefully is a long, successful relationship and program” (via Patriots. com).
Continuing further, he shared, “It’s OK to be disappointed. We have to be disappointed and upset together. . . . Every year, somebody’s going to lose this game. We have to remember what it feels like and make sure it’s not repeatable.”
Patriots’ long-term fans believe the team wasn’t up to the mark in yesterday’s game and barely performed to their potential. However, coach Vrabel is proud of the team’s efforts and believes their performance in yesterday’s match was not an accurate “reflection of our year.” Vrabel also added that making this kind of jump in their first year together “wasn’t very valuable.”
Moreover, the 50-year-old believes the heartbreaking loss is the entire team’s responsibility, and the onus isn’t on any single player.
Vrabel remarked, “We can sit here and try to put it all on one guy. You’ll be disappointed cause that’ll never happen. It starts with us as the coaching staff, making sure that we’re doing our part. Obviously, we have to be able to execute. We’ve gotta be able to protect, and when we do protect, we have to be able to progress through and throw to guys open and help the quarterback, and then he’s gotta be better. That’s just how it goes.”
If you’re searching for an authentic and exhilarating carnival experience, Kurentovanje in Ptuj, Slovenia, should be at the top of your list. Set against the backdrop of one of Slovenia’s most historic towns, this ancient pre-Lenten festival immerses visitors in a whirlwind of colourful masks, mythical figures, and age-old customs. Recognised by UNESCO as part of the Intangible Cultural Heritage, Kurentovanje is far more than a typical carnival — it is an incredible display of Slovenian cultural pride.
In 2026, Kurentovanje will run from 7th to 17th February, offering ten full days of parades, traditional mask performances, folk music, and community celebrations. The festival’s highlight is its mythical Kurenti, shaggy figures who dance and leap through the streets to chase away winter and welcome the spring. This ancient ritual has been celebrated for centuries, making it a truly unique European cultural experience.
2026 Dates and Schedule
The Kurentovanje festival in Ptuj starts on February 7, 2026, with its first public events kicking off in the evening. The main festivities take place from February 11 to 17, with key events scheduled for:
February 11: Traditional Kurent’s Jump at midnight, marking the official start of carnival celebrations.
February 13–15: Parades and processions with Kurenti and other masked figures throughout the streets.
February 16: International Carnival Parade, with thousands of participants including Gilles from Belgium and masked dancers from nearby regions.
February 17: The grand finale, with performances, folk dances, and the symbolic burning of the carnival effigy.
All festivities conclude just before Ash Wednesday, transitioning from celebration to the reflective Lenten season.
Where It All Happens: Ptuj – Slovenia’s Carnival Capital
The town of Ptuj — located in northeastern Slovenia, near the Drava River — is the epicenter of Kurentovanje. This ancient town is one of Slovenia’s oldest, with its origins stretching back to Roman times. The historic old town of Ptuj, complete with cobblestone streets and medieval buildings, offers an evocative backdrop for the carnival’s ancient traditions.
During Kurentovanje, the town comes alive, with public squares, alleys, and town parks transformed into carnival hubs. Major events take place in:
Mestni trg (Town Square) — where traditional parades and community gatherings unfold.
Slovenski trg (Slovenian Square) — a popular spot for festive performances and street celebrations.
The Drava Riverbank — where battles of masks and rituals of fertility take place, including splashing in water.
Key Figures of Kurentovanje: The Kurenti and Their Role
The Kurenti are at the heart of Kurentovanje. These shaggy, bell-clad figures are the embodiment of winter’s end and spring’s rebirth. Their woolen costumes, wooden masks, and large cowbells create an unforgettable image as they dance and leap through the streets. The loud sound of the bells symbolizes the scaring away of evil spirits and the arrival of warmer seasons.
Kurenti, often followed by other carnival figures like Orači (ploughmen), Baba Deda Nos (old men), Cigani (gypsies), and Medvedi (bears), perform ritual dances, sing traditional songs, and engage with the crowd in a spirited celebration of culture and community. The Gilles from Binche, Belgium, are also key participants, showcasing cross-border European carnival traditions.
Cultural Experiences During Kurentovanje
Kurent’s Jump (2/7/2026)
The Kurent’s Jump is the symbolic opening of the carnival season. Traditionally, the Kurenti leap over bonfires, a ritual that marks the cleansing of winter’s grip and the welcoming of spring. Visitors can witness this ancient practice on the first night of the carnival.
International Carnival Parade (2/16/2026)
The main parade of the festival includes international participants, with masked figures from across Europe — including Gilles from Belgium and traditional dancers from France. The parades weave through the town streets, offering spectacular views of the colourful costumes and elaborate floats. It’s a visual feast for photographers and cultural enthusiasts alike.
Traditional Music and Folk Celebrations
Music is a central part of Kurentovanje. Expect to hear lively folk music, drumbeats, and accordion tunes throughout the festival, accompanied by traditional Slovenian dances. Evening celebrations often include performances at open-air stages and local venues. Visitors can immerse themselves in local culture while enjoying music, food, and folklore.
How to Get to Ptuj for Kurentovanje
By Air
The nearest international airport is Ljubljana Jože Pučnik Airport (LJU), about 120 km from Ptuj. From there, visitors can travel by train or bus to Ptuj.
By Train
Ptuj Railway Station is connected to Ljubljana and other major Slovenian cities via regular trains. The journey from Ljubljana takes approximately 1.5 hours.
By Car
Ptuj is easily accessible by Slovenian highways from Maribor, Celje, or Ljubljana. However, expect heavy traffic in the town centre during peak carnival days. Public transport is generally easier for moving around during the festival.
Where to Stay During Kurentovanje
Due to the popularity of Kurentovanje, it’s important to book accommodation early. Ptuj offers several small hotels, guesthouses, and Airbnb options in close proximity to the festival action. For more space, consider staying in nearby towns like Maribor or Celje, which offer direct train links to Ptuj.
Culinary Delights During Kurentovanje
During the carnival, Ptuj comes alive with local street food, including roasted meats, sausages, and the famous Slovenian dish, idrijski žlikrofi (dumplings). Don’t miss cultural food stalls, where local wines and traditional carnival pastries are served in abundance.
Why Kurentovanje Should Be on Your Travel Bucket List
Kurentovanje is a vibrant and immersive cultural festival that celebrates the ancient traditions of Slovenia. This UNESCO-recognized event blends rituals, music, folklore, and community participation in a way that brings the spirit of Slovenia’s cultural heritage to life. Whether you’re exploring Ptuj’s medieval charm, joining the carnival parades, or dancing with the Kurenti, this festival promises to be a once-in-a-lifetime travel experience.
If you’re looking for a festival that combines ancient tradition, thrilling pageantry, and a sense of deep cultural connection, Kurentovanje 2026 is not to be missed.
Brazil joins Italy, Spain, and Colombia in taking iconic Carnival celebrations to new heights in February 2026, showcasing world-famous festivities and incredible traditions. From the explosive samba beats of Rio de Janeiro to the masked elegance of Venice, this year’s Carnivals promise unparalleled cultural experiences. Discover the new details you need to know as these vibrant global celebrations prepare to captivate travelers with their rich history, lively parades, and unforgettable energy.
In this article, we’ll explore four of the most iconic carnivals happening in February 2026, each one offering its own distinct flair. These global celebrations blend tradition, music, dance, and community spirit, and you’ll want to be part of them. Here’s a closer look at what makes each carnival so unique and why you should plan to attend.
1. Rio de Janeiro Carnival (Brazil)
The Rio de Janeiro Carnival is nothing short of legendary. Often called the greatest carnival on the planet, this event captures the soul of Brazilian culture and showcases its explosive samba rhythms, vibrant costumes, and captivating energy. The carnival brings together a mix of African, Portuguese, and indigenous cultural influences, creating a thrilling spectacle.
At the heart of Rio’s carnival lies the Sambadrome, where top samba schools from across the city gather to compete in an impressive parade. Expect massive, ornately decorated floats, thousands of dancers in colourful costumes, and a celebration of life and community. The samba schools, representing various neighbourhoods, take great pride in showcasing their unique themes, blending music, storytelling, and dance into one seamless performance.
While the Sambadrome is the official venue, the celebrations spill out into the streets, with blocos (street parties) filling iconic areas such as Copacabana, Ipanema, and Lapa. These unplanned gatherings feature lively music, dancing, and infectious energy, ensuring the party lasts well into the night.
For those planning to attend in February 2026, the carnival will run from February 13 to 21. Key events like the Special Group Parades will be held between February 15-17, with the Champions Parade closing the festivities on February 21.
2. Venice Carnival (Italy)
For a completely different experience, the Venice Carnival offers an enchanting mix of history, elegance, and mystery. Dating back to the 11th century, Venice’s carnival is one of the oldest in Europe and continues to be one of the most iconic. The city comes alive with exquisite masks and costumes, transporting you back in time to an era of aristocratic charm and masked revelry.
The carnival’s tradition of wearing masks allows participants to shed their identities, creating a sense of equality and freedom that allows for satire, fun, and creativity. This tradition dates back to the 18th century when masks were used to provide anonymity, enabling people from all walks of life to interact openly. Some of the most famous masks—Bauta and Plague Doctor—are still worn today.
Key events include the iconic Volo dell’Angelo (Flight of the Angel), where a performer dressed as an angel descends from the top of St. Mark’s Campanile, and the Grand Canal Water Parade, where decorated boats glide through the canals in front of Venice’s stunning architecture. The mask contests in St. Mark’s Square are also a highlight, as participants compete to wear the most elaborate designs.
The Venice Carnival in 2026 will run from January 31 to February 17, with the main celebrations beginning on February 7 and lasting until the grand finale on February 15-17.
3. Carnival of Santa Cruz de Tenerife (Spain)
The Carnival of Santa Cruz de Tenerife is one of Europe’s largest and most renowned carnivals. Held in the Canary Islands, this event is a delightful fusion of Latin American and Spanish cultural influences. Known for its dazzling costumes, lively parades, and infectious music, the carnival takes over the streets of Santa Cruz in a stunning display of creativity.
The carnival’s highlight is the Queen of Carnival Gala, where contestants showcase extravagant costumes in a glamorous competition. The Grand Parade, held on February 17, features thousands of dancers and revelers marching through the city, accompanied by colourful floats and lively music. The carnival also embraces the Latin Rhythms theme, with performances that draw inspiration from the vibrant sounds of Latin America.
While the carnival is a major tourist attraction, it remains deeply rooted in local culture, with many of the participants coming from the Canary Islands’ communities. It’s a perfect blend of tourism and tradition, offering a lively atmosphere that lasts for days.
The 2026 Carnival of Santa Cruz de Tenerife will run from Mid-January to February 22, with the most intense celebrations taking place from February 13-22. The Opening Parade will kick things off on February 13, and the Grand Parade and final celebrations will be held on February 17.
4. Barranquilla Carnival (Colombia)
The Barranquilla Carnival is Colombia’s most important cultural festival and a UNESCO-recognized event. This carnival is notable for its rich history, combining European, African, and indigenous traditions to create a celebration full of music, dance, and community spirit. The event is a celebration of Caribbean culture, featuring parades, folklore performances, and plenty of dancing.
The carnival is centred around the streets of Barranquilla, with the main parade taking place on Via 40. A key highlight is the Guacherna Parade, which happens at night and features illuminated floats, dancers, and musicians in traditional costumes. Another key moment is the Proclamation Ceremony, which marks the official start of the carnival.
Unlike many other carnivals that are primarily tourism-driven, the Barranquilla Carnival places a strong emphasis on community participation, where locals take the lead in organizing and performing in the various events. The carnival’s traditions remain deeply connected to the city’s culture, making it one of the most authentic and culturally significant carnivals in the world.
The Barranquilla Carnival 2026 will run from February 6 to 17, with the main events taking place from February 14-17.
Conclusion
The carnivals of February 2026 offer a truly unparalleled way to celebrate global cultures, music, and the universal spirit of joy. Whether you are drawn to the electrifying samba beats of Rio de Janeiro, the mystique and elegance of Venice, the grandeur of Santa Cruz de Tenerife, or the cultural richness of Barranquilla, each carnival offers a distinct experience that’s unforgettable.
For those planning to join in on the celebrations, make sure to book your travel plans well in advance—these iconic events attract millions of visitors every year, and accommodations and tickets can sell out quickly. No matter which carnival you choose to attend, you’ll be part of a global celebration that will stay with you forever.
Samsung might soon start the Galaxy S26 series reservation, and it could unlock a useful freebie toward preorder. It remains unclear whether the double storage benefit will stay intact or be scrapped this year.
Information shared by tipster Sanju Choudhary suggests that Samsung could start the Galaxy S26 reservation on Wednesday, February 11, and the preorder freebie will likely be a 60W charging adapter.
If the input is accurate, Samsung could drop the Galaxy Unpacked invite day after tomorrow. Historically, Unpacked invitagion come along with the opening of reservations, including in the US, Europe, India, and key markets.
Free 60W adapter makes sense as a preorder freebie, which buyers would actually welcome. The Galaxy S26 Ultra supports up to 60W wired charging, while the wireless charging is also upgraded to 25W through compatible Qi2 cases.
The India-based tipster is unsure if the free storage upgrade will be offered. Earlier, it was reported that the Galaxy S26 Ultra could see a little price hike in India, even after claiming all the early purchase benefits.
Samsung may launch the Galaxy S26 Ultra for INR 1,40,000 in India. It’s an increment of INR 11,000 compared to the S25 Ultra. There could be an upfront discount of INR 10,000 along with INR 3,000 cashback on Buds 3/4 Pro.
Interestingly, the previous tip highlighted the free storage upgrade benefit’s availability. Meanwhile, there’s no certainty seeing the massive rise in smartphone component costs, such as DRAM and NAND memory, along with AP.
Samsung is set to unveil the Galaxy S26 series on February 25, with the first sale opening on March 11, 2026.
Bosta announced its participation in the RiseUp Summit 2026, held at the Grand Egyptian Museum in Cairo from February 5 to 7, 2026, under the theme “The Turning Point.” During the event, RiseUp announced a strategic partnership with Bosta to support startups by providing innovative logistics solutions that will help them scale and grow.
In this context, Mohamed Ezzat, CEO of Bosta, stated: “Although Egypt is the largest market in the region in terms of size and opportunity, startups need from day one to design their products and business models with scalability across regional and global markets in mind, to ensure real and sustainable growth.”
He added that focusing on building scalable solutions that can adapt to the requirements of different markets has become a critical factor in attracting investment and unlocking new growth opportunities, whether through partnerships or future exit options.
Bosta is one of the leading companies in logistics and delivery solutions in Egypt, offering technology-driven, end-to-end services that support e-commerce businesses by improving the efficiency of shipping and delivery operations, thereby accelerating growth and enabling them to scale within the Egyptian market and across the region.
As the hospitality industry continues to evolve, the latest AI trends are poised to reshape hotel management in 2026, offering innovative solutions that significantly improve operational efficiency while enhancing the guest experience. Hotels are increasingly turning to AI-driven technologies to streamline their processes, reduce costs, and deliver more personalized, seamless interactions with guests. From voice assistants that handle complex guest requests to intelligent systems that optimize pricing and staffing, AI is helping hoteliers stay ahead of the curve. This shift not only ensures smoother operations but also caters to the growing demand for customized experiences, allowing hotels to better meet the needs of individual travelers. In this article, we’ll explore how these AI advancements will transform hotel management, making it more efficient, personalized, and responsive in 2026.
Here are the five AI trends expected to make the most significant impact on the hotel industry this year:
1. From Hype to Practicality: AI Gets Down to Business
AI’s transformation from a buzzword to a reliable business tool is in full swing. For too long, the hospitality sector was bombarded with vague promises about AI revolutionizing operations, but few solutions delivered on that front. In 2026, hotel leaders will no longer chase generic solutions that claim to offer AI-powered innovation. Instead, they will prioritize AI tools that deliver real, tangible results.
The focus is now on understanding the specific functionalities of AI systems such as machine learning, rule-based algorithms, and large language models (LLMs). These technologies can address a range of operational challenges, from optimizing room pricing to improving guest services. Hotel owners will be keen to ask for clear explanations of how AI systems work, the value they offer, and how they can solve key business problems. By demanding transparency and precision from their tech partners, hotels will make smarter, more effective investments, ensuring that AI delivers real value.
2. Bot-Driven Website Traffic No Longer Reliable
Website traffic, once a primary metric for understanding consumer interest, is becoming less reliable. The rise of bots and web scrapers has led to inflated traffic figures that don’t represent actual guest intent. Tools like Google Analytics, previously trusted for tracking visitor engagement, are now compromised by automated activity, resulting in distorted data and misguided marketing strategies.
In 2026, it’s crucial for hotels to rethink how they track and interpret website data. Hoteliers must work with analytics experts to filter out bot traffic and ensure that only real human activity is counted. Accurate data is vital for understanding guest behavior and making informed decisions about pricing, marketing, and demand forecasting. With proper filters in place, hoteliers can avoid costly mistakes stemming from false traffic signals, allowing them to make smarter, more targeted decisions.
3. Voice Technology Evolves into a Core Guest Interaction Tool
Voice technology is quickly becoming an essential part of the hotel experience in 2026. While voice assistants like Alexa and Siri have been used in homes for years, hotel-specific voice AI systems are now providing more personalized, efficient services. Advanced large language models (LLMs) allow AI systems to understand guest requests at a deeper level, handling complex inquiries beyond simple commands.
Guests will be able to interact with their hotel environment using only their voice—whether they’re booking a room, requesting in-room services, or asking about amenities. The success of voice AI lies in its ability to integrate with hotel-specific data. Unlike generic assistants, these systems can access up-to-date hotel information to provide accurate, real-time responses. As a result, guests can enjoy seamless, frictionless interactions that save time and increase satisfaction.
For hoteliers, the adoption of voice technology offers numerous benefits. Not only can it improve the guest experience, but it also opens up opportunities for upselling additional services. However, privacy and security are key considerations, and hotels will need to ensure their voice systems adhere to stringent data protection protocols.
4. AI-Powered Staff Training to Overcome Labor Shortages
The labor shortage continues to be a significant challenge in the hotel industry, and AI-powered training systems are stepping up to meet this challenge. Traditional training methods, such as manuals and static courses, are being replaced by more dynamic, adaptive training platforms. These systems can personalize the learning process, providing staff with real-time support and advice based on their unique needs and challenges.
By leveraging AI, hotel staff can receive training on the job, with systems offering tailored feedback when mistakes are made. This adaptability ensures that employees learn more efficiently, improving their skills faster and helping them avoid errors in real-time. These AI-driven systems are not only beneficial for new hires but also for experienced employees looking to refine their skills or learn new roles.
Furthermore, these training platforms contribute to higher employee satisfaction and retention by making training more relevant, accessible, and timely. As labor shortages continue to affect the industry, AI-powered training can help hotels maintain high service standards and improve employee morale by providing ongoing, personalized support.
5. Agentic AI Drives Cross-Functional Automation for Smarter Decision-Making
Agentic AI, designed to make autonomous decisions across various hotel functions, is a game-changer in 2026. Unlike traditional AI, which mainly focuses on one specific task, agentic AI can manage several interconnected hotel operations, such as pricing, staffing, and inventory management. These systems make decisions based on complex data analysis and established rules, ensuring that operations run smoothly without human intervention.
What makes agentic AI particularly powerful is its ability to continuously improve its accuracy. Modern forecasting systems use diverse data sources, such as guest demand patterns, weather forecasts, and market trends, to refine predictions over time. This leads to greater accuracy in decision-making, enabling hotels to automate processes like staffing adjustments and inventory allocation with confidence.
By implementing agentic AI, hoteliers can automate routine operational tasks while maintaining control over key business areas. This reduces the likelihood of errors in pricing and staffing, streamlines operations, and enhances overall efficiency. In addition, agentic AI systems can connect different departments, such as revenue management, operations, and marketing, allowing for more effective cross-functional collaboration and better decision-making.
Conclusion: Embracing AI for a Smarter, More Efficient Future
The AI trends of 2026 represent a major shift for the hotel industry. As AI moves beyond the realm of buzzwords and speculative promises, it is proving to be an invaluable tool for hoteliers seeking to improve operations, enhance the guest experience, and make data-driven decisions. From advanced pricing models and voice AI integration to adaptive training systems and autonomous decision-making, AI is transforming how hotels function.
For hoteliers, the key to success in 2026 will be choosing AI technologies that offer practical, measurable results. By focusing on improving data quality, automating cross-functional processes, and enhancing guest interactions, hotels can stay ahead of the competition and meet the ever-evolving expectations of travelers. With the right AI tools in place, hotels can enhance operational efficiency, improve guest satisfaction, and drive revenue, ensuring they remain successful in a rapidly changing market.
Japan Airlines (JAL) has reported a significant dip in its passenger revenue on China routes, with figures falling about 20% short of its projections for December 2025. The decline comes in the wake of official advisories issued by Beijing, urging Chinese citizens to reconsider travel to Japan. This drop in revenue, while notable, is not expected to severely impact the overall performance of the airline, thanks to robust earnings from other international routes.
According to JAL’s Executive Vice President Yuji Saito, the decrease in revenue was primarily due to the timing of the Chinese government’s travel advisories, which coincided with the Lunar New Year holiday period. These advisories were issued late in 2025, advising Chinese nationals to avoid non-essential travel to Japan during a period traditionally marked by heavy travel between the two nations. The impact was felt most keenly in December and January, with China-to-Japan routes seeing the largest loss in passenger revenue.
Impact on Passenger Revenue and Routes to China
The impact of the travel advisories has been significant, with passenger revenue from China routes falling by ¥1 billion ($6.4 million) for Japan Airlines in December. The low-cost carrier Spring Japan, based in Narita, saw a similar dip, losing approximately ¥300 million from its originally projected earnings for the same period. While these numbers are certainly concerning, they make up a relatively small percentage of the overall revenue for JAL’s international flights. Revenue from China routes typically accounts for just about 8% of the group’s total international flight revenue.
JAL has acknowledged that although the loss is substantial in terms of passenger volume, the company expects the financial shortfall to be compensated for by continued strong revenue growth from its other international routes, particularly those to and from North America, Europe, and Southeast Asia.
“We anticipate that the lost revenue from China routes can be covered this fiscal year, as revenue from our other international flights remains very strong,” Saito said at a news conference.
Reasons Behind the Decline in Revenue
The decline in revenue from China routes is attributed to several key factors, the most prominent of which is the direct impact of the Chinese government’s travel advisory. The notice discouraged Chinese citizens from traveling to Japan due to health and safety concerns, and this, in turn, reduced the number of travelers flying on JAL’s China-to-Japan routes during the peak holiday season.
Further, the timing of these advisories was particularly disruptive, coinciding with the busy Lunar New Year period when travel between China and Japan traditionally peaks. This loss during the holiday period has a more pronounced effect on revenue, as the Lunar New Year is one of the busiest times for airlines, particularly for routes between China and Japan, which are usually packed with travelers visiting family, going on vacations, or attending seasonal events.
The downturn in passenger numbers can also be linked to broader trends in the global aviation industry. Airlines worldwide have been navigating fluctuating demand, price pressures, and shifting travel habits in the wake of the COVID-19 pandemic. In some cases, travel advisories issued by governments can lead to temporary but significant disruptions in demand for international flights.
Aviation and Tourism Industry Recovery
Despite the losses on its China routes, JAL has pointed to overall growth in international travel, driven largely by strong recovery on routes to North America, Europe, and Southeast Asia. Passenger demand for flights to these regions remains robust, with many nations lifting restrictions and seeing a steady increase in the number of international visitors.
For the broader aviation industry, the decline in revenue on the China routes underscores the ongoing volatility in international air travel. Global tourism has rebounded strongly in many regions, but issues such as governmental travel advisories, economic instability, and changing geopolitical factors can continue to impact demand. This highlights the need for airlines and tourism boards to maintain flexibility and adaptability to shifting market conditions.
In recent months, JAL has also been working to tap into new markets, leveraging its established reputation and route network to boost tourism and business travel in countries like Thailand, India, and Vietnam, where demand for international flights has been growing. In Japan, tourism from Southeast Asia has seen significant growth, contributing positively to JAL’s overall international revenue.
Implications for Japan-China Travel and Future Prospects
The ongoing situation with China and Japan tourism presents challenges for both airlines and the travel industry as a whole. For JAL, the short-term impact may be felt through fluctuating revenues, but the airline has positioned itself to weather the storm by diversifying its flight offerings to other regions. The long-term outlook remains strong as Japan continues to be a major tourism destination for global travelers.
For China-to-Japan routes, however, this recent setback highlights the importance of stable diplomatic relations and predictable travel policies between the two nations. While advisory notices are typically short-term measures, prolonged restrictions or disruptions in travel demand can have a longer-lasting impact on tourism and aviation growth. JAL, alongside other international carriers operating in the Japan-China market, will need to adjust to changing circumstances, adapt its offerings, and closely monitor government directives.
Looking ahead, industry experts predict that the aviation and tourism sectors will continue to face challenges tied to geopolitical uncertainty, government travel policies, and fluctuations in demand. However, with recovery in other key regions, airlines like JAL are optimistic that their diversified routes will help mitigate any shortfalls in the China market.
Conclusion: A Resilient Aviation Industry
While Japan Airlines and other carriers have been hit by a decline in revenue from China routes, the overall strength of JAL’s international network offers hope for a balanced recovery. The aviation and tourism industries will likely continue to experience volatility in the near term, but long-term prospects remain positive, driven by strong travel demand across other regions. For JAL and the broader industry, flexibility and diversification will be key to navigating the challenges posed by shifting travel advisories and market dynamics.
Apple is set to kickstart 2026 with the launch of its new iPhone 17e, and its price and upgrades are going to hurt Samsung’s Galaxy S26 series.
Analyst MarkGurman of Bloomberg reports Apple iPhone 17e price and upgrades, which aren’t good news for the Galaxy S26 series. The affordable iPhone is gearing up to attack Samsung’s upcoming flagships from many aspects.
iPhone 17e price
Apple kept the iPhone 17e price unchanged, and iPhone 17e turns out to be no exception. While Chinese OEMs surrendered to climbing DRAM prices, and Samsung is under pressure, Apple keeps the iPhone prices intact.
Like the iPhone 16e, the iPhone 17e is widely expected to cost $599. This price stagnation may not just remain limited to the iPhone 17e, but expand to the forthcoming models, including the iPhone 18 Pro and Pro Max coming later this year.
iPhone 17e upgrades
Apple is reportedly bringing two major upgrades to the iPhone 17e this year. First, the device is getting an iPhone 17-level A19 chipset. Second, it’s getting MagSafe wireless charging support, featuring a built-in magnet.
For the last two years, Samsung has been maintaining a strategy to use a generation-old chip in its Fan Edition models. Meanwhile, Apple is bringing its best to even the affordable iPhone model, and that’s where it gains an edge.
Despite multiple rumors, the S26 series is arriving without built-in magnetic charging. Apple calls such a solution MagSafe, and the Pixel 10 upgraded to native Qi2 charging. Samsung wants Galaxy S26 buyers to own a special case.
Well, Samsung’s upcoming Galaxy S26, S26+, and S26 Ultra could launch at the same price as the Galaxy S26 series in the US. The standard model is upgrading to 256GB storage, and it could start at $799, at least stateside.
The Jaecoo 7 is the best-selling vehicle in Scotland in January.
Thanks to SMMT we can share with you detailed sales data by model for each UK nation. In an overall market up 3.4%, England gains 5.3% to 123,661 units and Wales is up 0.5% to 4,628 but Scotland drops -7.3% to 11,323 and Northern Ireland dives -11.3% to 4,296.
Podium finishers are as follows. The Kia Sportage is #1 in England, Northern Ireland and Wales and #2 in Scotland, the Jaecoo 7 #1 in Scotland, #2 in England and #4 in Wales, the Ford Puma #2 in Wales, #3 in England, Northern Ireland and Scotland, the Nissan Juke #2 in Northern Ireland and the MG HS #3 in Wales, #4 in Scotland.
Other great performers include the Hyundai Tucson #5 in Northern Ireland, the BYD Seal U #6 in England and #10 in Scotland, the Omoda 5 #7 in Scotland, the VW T-Roc #7 in Northern Ireland, the BMW 1 Series #8 in Scotland, the Audi A3 #9 in England, the Peugeot 3008 #10 in England and the Volvo XC40 #10 in Northern Ireland.
It’s a difficult start of the year for new car sales in Czechia at -6.7% year-on-year in January to 18,043 units. Local behemoth Skoda (+1.1%) goes against the grain to reach a stratospheric 39.5% share, its highest since January 2024 (42.3%). Volkswagen (-0.5%) is stable and climbs two spots on December to #4 with 8.2% share. Toyota (-12.9%), Hyundai (-55%) and Kia (-21.9%) all crater below. Cupra (+59.8%) is inside the Top 10 for the second time in the past 5 months, with Volvo (+19%) and Ford (+3.9%) also posting notable gains.
Model-wise, the Skoda Octavia (+2.5%) progresses to 9.4% share, its highest since May 2024. The Skoda Kodiaq (+16.4%) is up to #2, the nameplate’s highest ever ranking, last reached one year ago in January 2025. Skoda places seven models in the Top 7 this month (the 8th time it does so), with the Scala (+4%), Kamiq (-11.7%), Karoq (-6%), Fabia (-12%) and Superb (+14.7%) in tow. The best of the rest is the Toyota Corolla (+49.9%) ranking at #8.
The BMW X1 is the best-selling vehicle in Switzerland in January.
It’s a shy start of the year for the Swiss new car market at -5.1% year-on-year in January to 14,207 registrations. 4×4 sales drop -6% to 7,124 and 50.8% share vs. 51.3% a year ago. Petrol sales sink -22.2% to 2,975 and 21.2% share vs. 25.8% last year while diesel is down -28.5% to 873 and 6.2% share vs. 8.3% in January 2025. In contrast HEVs are up 1.4% to 5,557 and 39.6% share vs. 37%, PHEVs soar 26.1% to 1,709 and 12.2% share vs. 9.2% but BEVs disappoint at +0.1% to 2,913 and 20.8% share vs. 19.7% a year ago.
Over in the brands ranking, BMW (-20.2%) snaps the lead despite a harsh year-on-year loss (the carmaker broke its share record a year ago). This is the first time since April 2025 that BMW is the best-selling brand in Switzerland. Volkswagen (-0.3%) is relegated to 2nd place 31 units below. Skoda (-5.4%) and Mercedes (-2.9%) follow with Toyota (+24.1%) excelling at #5. Below Audi (-14.4%), struggling, the rest of the Top 10 all register positive results. Volvo (+23.4%) is the most dynamic ahead of Kia (+9.9%), Dacia (+3.4%) and Renault (+0.4%). Further down, Citroen (+33.3%) stands out at #15 vs. #24 in December.
Model-wise, after the BMW X3 signed its first win a year ago, it’s now the turn of the BMW X1 (+17.7%) to do the same thing, even though it only holds 1.9% share as Switzerland is the most fragmented market in the world. The Skoda Kodiaq (-10.8%) is up 11 spots on December to #2 despite falling hard. The Toyota Yaris (+36.6%) is up 21 to #3, the BMW X3 (-27.2%) up 30 to #4 and the Renault Clio (+229.3%) up 78 to #5. Leader over the Full Year 2025, the VW Tiguan (-20.1%) is down to #6 for the month. Notice also the new Skoda Elroq ranking #10.
Canada remains entrenched in a relentless winter, with extreme cold, hazardous wind chills, and a patchwork of snow, freezing rain, and fog continuing to affect regions across the country. As experts warn that these harsh conditions are far from over, Canadians are bracing themselves for a difficult and dangerous winter season. Even though brief warm spells are forecasted, they are expected to provide little relief from the freezing temperatures and harsh winds that have swept across the nation.
According to reports from Environment and Climate Change Canada, this winter has been particularly unforgiving, with the combination of severe cold and heavy snowfall affecting areas like Toronto, Ottawa, Montreal, and Quebec City. The extreme cold is being compounded by wind chills, which experts warn could cause frostbite and other cold-related illnesses.
Extreme Cold and Wind Chills Across Canada
David Phillips, a climatologist with Environment and Climate Change Canada, has emphasized that the severity of this winter is not just due to the cold temperatures but also the frequent and intense snowstorms. “It was not just cold, but it was snowing, and often you don’t get the two together,” Phillips stated, highlighting the rare combination of severe cold and heavy snowfall that Canadians have been enduring.
Cities such as Toronto, Ottawa, and Montreal have spent the winter months under colder-than-normal conditions, especially following what was the warmest fall on record. With temperatures hovering around -15°C in Toronto and -17°C in Ottawa, Canadians are finding it increasingly difficult to manage these icy conditions. The forecast predicts only slight temperature increases under the rare sunny spells, with the cold returning shortly after.
In Quebec City, temperatures are expected to remain around -12°C, with wind chills plummeting between -15°C and -22°C overnight. These dangerously low temperatures, combined with the wind, have resulted in Environment Canada issuing a cold warning for several areas, urging residents to take precautions and protect themselves from frostbite and other cold-related health risks.
Wind Chills and Their Dangerous Impact
Wind chills are proving to be one of the most hazardous aspects of this winter season. These frigid winds make the air feel much colder than it actually is, increasing the risk of frostbite and hypothermia. Environment Canada has issued warnings that in some regions, wind chills could cause temperatures to feel as cold as -30°C to -40°C overnight.
For those exposed to these extreme conditions, the risk of cold-related injuries is high. Experts have urged people to stay indoors whenever possible and dress in layers to reduce exposure to the harsh elements. In particular, people are advised to cover exposed skin and limit time spent outside to avoid frostbite, which can lead to permanent tissue damage if untreated.
Freezing Rain and Poor Visibility
While the cold is the most prominent factor, Canada is also grappling with significant snow, freezing rain, and fog, which are affecting visibility and making travel treacherous. Warnings have been issued for parts of southwestern Manitoba and central to southeastern Saskatchewan, where fog is expected to severely reduce visibility, making driving conditions hazardous.
In addition, freezing rain alerts are in effect for areas including Saskatoon, where icy conditions are expected to make roads slick and treacherous. The freezing rain not only poses a risk for drivers but also for pedestrians, as sidewalks and streets become slippery and dangerous to navigate.
Travel in these areas is highly discouraged, with experts warning that conditions will likely worsen, making roads even more hazardous. If travel is necessary, it is vital to monitor the weather closely and prepare for sudden changes in conditions.
Cold Warning and Travel Risks
Travel across Canada continues to be heavily impacted by these extreme weather conditions. In addition to the freezing rain and snow, low visibility and icy roads make driving risky, with travel delays likely in many parts of the country. In Toronto, Ottawa, and surrounding areas, the combination of wind chills and snow has led to disruptions in both road and rail travel. This has caused delays in public transportation services, particularly in regions where snow and freezing rain have made it difficult for vehicles to maintain traction.
Even with the weather warnings and advisories in place, there have been reports of increased travel during brief sunny breaks, although these warm spells are expected to be short-lived. Environment Canada cautions that these mild conditions will not last long and that the cold will return quickly, reinforcing the need for residents to remain vigilant and prepared.
The Harsh Reality of Canada’s Winter
Canada’s extreme winter is not just an inconvenience—it is a serious matter that requires careful planning and preparation. The unpredictable nature of this season, with fluctuating temperatures and varying forms of precipitation, is making it particularly difficult for Canadians to manage. While some regions are experiencing milder temperatures, others are trapped in an ongoing cycle of cold, snow, and wind chills.
For Canadians, this winter season highlights the importance of being prepared for severe weather. Residents are urged to keep their homes well-stocked with necessary supplies, such as blankets, warm clothing, and food, in case of power outages or emergency situations. It’s also vital for people to stay informed about the latest weather updates, especially if they live in areas prone to extreme conditions.
A Long Winter Ahead
Looking ahead, it appears that this harsh winter will persist well into February, with no immediate end in sight. Although some areas may see temporary relief, experts predict that cold conditions will return in full force by the end of the month. Canadians should expect continued challenges as they navigate this difficult winter, and the risk of cold-related injuries remains high.
As the country waits for warmer weather to return, the need for residents to take precautions and be aware of the dangers posed by extreme cold cannot be overstated. By staying informed, preparing for the worst, and limiting exposure to the elements, Canadians can weather this harsh winter and stay safe in the face of these unforgiving conditions.
Samsung fans waiting for Apple’s MagSafe-grade native magnetic charging on the Galaxy S26 just got their answer, and it is not the one many hoped for.
A new listing has surfaced in the Wireless Power Consortium database. The Galaxy S26, S26 Plus, and S26 Ultra all appear with updated Qi 2.2.1 certification.
Qi 2.2.1 pushes wireless charging speeds higher, with the Ultra expected to hit 25W and the standard models landing around 20W. It brings Samsung closer to the upper tier of wireless charging performance.
The WPC data confirms support only for the Base Power Profile. No Magnetic Power Profile, no integrated magnet ring, nor snap-on alignment with Qi2 magnetic accessories, unless you add a case that does the job for the phone.
Apple moved to magnets years ago, and Google followed with the Pixel 10 series. Samsung has been sitting on the sidelines, and the Galaxy S26 leak suggests it plans to stay there.
Samsung appears to be prioritizing a thinner chassis and guaranteed S Pen compatibility over the convenience of native magnets. Power users will understand the logic, but they do not have to like it.
Because the Galaxy S26 lineup sticks with standard BPP coils rather than a reworked magnetic MPP setup, Wireless PowerShare should remain intact. That means you can still charge the battery of your Galaxy watch or earbuds using the Galaxy S26 phone.
The BYD Atto 2 ranks #10 and helps the brand to a new share record
The Turkish new light vehicle market is up a solid 9.8% year-on-year in January to 75,362, however this is not a new January record as January 2024 was above (79,701). Renault (+9.8%) exactly matches the market and confirms it is the new favourite of Turkish customers at 12.3% share vs. 10.5% over the Full Year 2025. Toyota (+65.2%) soars to #2 with 11.5% share vs. 6.8% over FY2025, followed by Volkswagen (+23.4%) and Fiat (+1.9%), disappointing at #4. Ford (-13.6%) clearly underperforms and falls three spots on December to #5. BYD (+40.2%) is back up 7 ranks on last month to reach a new record ranking at #7, eclipsing its previous best of #8 reached last June. KGM (+180.8%), Jaecoo (+124.2%) and Chery (+122.1%) also shine below.
Over in the models charts, the Renault Clio (+54.9%) confirms it is the new favourite of Turkish customers with a splendid 7.5% share vs. just 4.8% over the Full Year 2025 when it also ranked #1. The Toyota Corolla (+67.4%) is also very dynamic at #2, as are the Toyota C-HR (+113.5%) and most impressively the VW Tiguan (+206.4%) tripling its sales year-on-year and up 36 spots on its FY 2025 ranking to #4. Notice also the Nissan Qashqai (+92.7%) and Chery Tiggo 8 (+1666.7%) both landing inside the Top 10. A newcomer, the BYD Atto 2 (aka Yuan Up), delivers a spectacular performance, landing at #10 and helping BYD to its record ranking.
The Toowoomba Carnival of Flowers, one of Queensland’s signature events, has secured an extended funding commitment, ensuring its continued prominence in the region’s tourism calendar. As Australia’s longest-running floral celebration, this event has become a must-see attraction for both domestic and international visitors. With this two-year funding extension, the event is set to continue playing a crucial role in Queensland’s tourism strategy, drawing significant economic and cultural benefits to the region.
A Major Tourism Draw for Queensland
The Toowoomba Carnival of Flowers, first held in 1949, has become a cornerstone of Queensland’s tourism sector. The event is expected to generate an estimated $66 million in economic impact across two years, with over 328,000 direct visitor nights anticipated. This ongoing success showcases how major cultural events contribute to the state’s tourism growth, reinforcing Queensland’s reputation as a top global events destination.
The upcoming edition of the Carnival, scheduled from September 18 to October 5, 2026, is expected to attract over 21,700 visitors, injecting more than $32.7 million into Queensland’s economy in 2026, with projections for $34.2 million in 2027. These numbers underscore the significant role that the Toowoomba Carnival of Flowers plays in driving both tourism and local economic growth.
Economic Benefits Beyond Tourism
In addition to drawing thousands of visitors, the Toowoomba Carnival of Flowers offers vital economic support to the Darling Downs region. Local businesses experience a surge in patronage, benefiting from increased tourism spending during the event. The extension of funding for the Carnival ensures that this boost to the economy will continue for the foreseeable future, helping regional businesses thrive.
Moreover, the event creates employment opportunities, with many local enterprises relying on the influx of visitors for seasonal work. The Toowoomba Carnival of Flowers serves as a powerful example of how targeted investment in cultural and tourism events can yield long-term economic benefits, particularly for regional areas.
Supporting Regional Tourism Development
The Toowoomba Carnival of Flowers plays an integral role in Queensland’s broader strategy to support regional tourism. As one of the most well-known events in the Darling Downs, it not only attracts tourists to the region but also helps to showcase Queensland’s diverse offerings as a tourism destination. The event is a key part of efforts to position Queensland as the leading events capital of Australia.
With strategic investments in high-impact tourism events like the Toowoomba Carnival of Flowers, Queensland continues to grow its status as a world-class destination for major cultural celebrations. This event exemplifies the potential of regional tourism and its role in sustaining the state’s broader economic and cultural goals.
The Role of Tourism and Events Queensland
Tourism and Events Queensland (TEQ) has played a pivotal role in the success and growth of the Toowoomba Carnival of Flowers. The organisation’s support, including world-class marketing campaigns, has been crucial in attracting both new and returning visitors. Through its efforts, TEQ ensures that events like the Toowoomba Carnival continue to drive significant tourism traffic to the state.
With extended funding, TEQ’s ability to continue promoting Queensland’s tourism sector remains strong, ensuring that the state stays at the forefront of the global tourism industry. The ongoing success of the Toowoomba Carnival of Flowers serves as a testament to the effectiveness of collaboration between event organisers, local communities, and tourism authorities.
A Festival That Unites Local Communities
Beyond its economic impact, the Toowoomba Carnival of Flowers holds great cultural significance for the Darling Downs. As one of the most cherished events in the region, it brings together local communities and celebrates Queensland’s rich natural beauty. The event’s growing popularity has made it one of the largest tourism draws for the region, with businesses relying on the visitor influx to sustain their operations.
The event has also become a symbol of community pride, with the entire region coming together to create a vibrant showcase for visitors. Local businesses, restaurants, and accommodation providers all benefit from the tourism generated by the Carnival, contributing to the area’s economic prosperity. The ongoing success of the event highlights the strong connection between local communities and tourism.
The Continuing Impact of the Carnival
The Toowoomba Carnival of Flowers will remain a central part of Queensland’s tourism calendar, drawing visitors from all over the world to experience its stunning floral displays and celebrate the vibrant local culture. With continued funding and support, the Carnival will continue to attract new visitors, boost local economies, and showcase the unique offerings of the Darling Downs region.
As one of Queensland’s most iconic events, the Toowoomba Carnival of Flowers exemplifies how well-curated cultural celebrations can drive tourism, support local economies, and promote regional areas to global audiences. Its continued success will help ensure that Queensland remains a top destination for major events and tourism experiences.
Conclusion: Queensland’s Bright Future as a Global Events Destination
The Toowoomba Carnival of Flowers is an excellent example of how cultural events can significantly benefit both local communities and the broader economy. With the extended funding commitment, the Carnival is set to continue attracting tourists to Queensland, fostering economic growth, and enhancing the state’s reputation as a top global destination for major events. As Queensland continues to invest in high-impact tourism initiatives, the future of its tourism sector looks brighter than ever.
Saudi Arabia’s first Arabian cruise line, AROYA Cruises, has announced its first Arabian Gulf season, which will begin operating on 21 February 2026. This new seasonal offering introduces a series of exciting cruises across the Arabian Gulf, which allows travellers to discover the region through a completely different experience. AROYA Cruises, which Cruise Saudi launched, delivers passengers an authentic “Remarkably Arabian” cruising experience that fuses luxury with local hospitality and traditional cultural practices.
New Range of Voyages for Arabian Gulf Season
The 2026 Arabian Gulf season will feature a range of itineraries to suit different traveller preferences. These include two-night, three-night, four-night, five-night, six-night, and seven-night cruises. With departures from key Gulf cities, including Dubai, Abu Dhabi, Doha, Dammam, and Muscat, the itineraries offer something for every type of traveller. Whether seeking a quick getaway or a longer exploration of the region’s coastlines and cultures, AROYA Cruises’ schedules provide greater flexibility and accessibility for all.
Exploring Iconic Gulf Destinations
The new season will bring passengers to iconic ports of call, including the historical city of Muscat in Oman, the stunning coastal Khasab, and the popular destinations of Abu Dhabi, Dubai, and Doha. A standout feature of these cruises is the inclusion of Sir Bani Yas Island, a pristine and secluded paradise that combines natural beauty with wildlife and cultural experiences, making it a must-visit for nature enthusiasts and culture seekers alike.
For passengers, these carefully curated itineraries provide an opportunity to explore the Arabian Gulf in a way never before available, offering a unique combination of modern luxury and authentic local experiences. AROYA Cruises’ exclusive offerings include traditional performances, Arabian-inspired cuisine, and world-class entertainment onboard, immersing guests in the rich culture of the region.
AROYA Cruises is focused on providing guests with an exceptional experience that feels distinctly Arabian, while still meeting international standards. The cruise line’s flagship vessel, the AROYA, features an impressive array of luxury amenities, including 12 restaurants, 17 lounges, and 20 entertainment venues. The ship is designed to offer guests a premium cruise experience, with 1,678 cabins and a variety of room types, including exclusive Khuzama suites for VIP guests. This ship is engineered to deliver a cruising experience that combines the best of both worlds, modern comforts with authentic Arabian hospitality.
Notable onboard experiences include culinary delights, with a Saudi restaurant at sea, Irth, and regional flavours prepared in collaboration with local chefs. The ship also features dedicated spaces for wellness and sports, including Blossom by AROYA, a state-of-the-art wellness and fitness area, as well as a large kids’ zone offering entertainment for all ages. Passengers can indulge in top-tier services while enjoying a variety of leisure activities during their journey.
Convenient Embarkation Points for Regional Travellers
AROYA Cruises is designed with regional accessibility in mind, offering multiple embarkation points in three countries across the Arabian Gulf: the UAE, Saudi Arabia, and Qatar. This approach makes it easier for regional travellers to join the cruise without the need to travel far, making AROYA Cruises the perfect choice for those seeking a convenient, luxurious vacation with the flexibility of multiple departure points.
This added flexibility not only makes it easier for passengers to embark on their dream cruise, but also positions AROYA Cruises as a key player in the emerging Gulf cruise market. It reflects the region’s growing interest in luxury cruising and tourism, particularly as the Saudi Vision 2030 plan sets out to diversify the country’s economy through tourism and hospitality.
A Focus on Regional Development and Community Impact
AROYA Cruises is part of the broader initiative by Cruise Saudi to develop the Kingdom’s cruise industry and establish the region as a premier global tourism and cruise destination. The Arabian Gulf season is expected to draw thousands of international tourists, contributing to the growth of Saudi Arabia’s tourism infrastructure and the local economy. Additionally, this initiative aligns with Saudi Arabia’s Vision 2030 goals to promote sustainable tourism, cultural exchange, and regional cooperation across the Gulf states.
A New Era for Arabian Gulf Cruising
With its inaugural season in 2026, AROYA Cruises is set to revolutionise how travellers explore the Arabian Gulf. The combination of luxury, culture, and regional heritage makes AROYA a unique offering in the cruise industry, providing an unmatched experience for both regional and international visitors. As it embarks on its maiden voyages, AROYA is not only positioning itself as a leader in the Gulf cruise sector but is also contributing to the growth of tourism in Saudi Arabia and the wider Arabian Gulf region.
With various packages which provide onboard services and access to newly introduced locations, AROYA Cruises presents a unique experience that enables passengers to discover the Arabian Gulf’s natural beauty and cultural heritage. The upcoming season will initiate a transformative period for both regional tourism and maritime operations which will enable tourists from different parts of the globe to discover the Arabian Gulf’s diverse cultural heritage through novel tourist experiences.
The China Media Group and Yangjiang City are launching a significant new event on the Zoom app. Participants are to celebrate the 2026 China Cultural and Tourism Gala (Spring Festival Special) and recently received a virtual Zoom invitation to a nearly 20 hour livestream. The event contains promotional material in celebration the 2026 Spring Festival with travel instructions to the Festival to 2026 Spring Festival in China.
The event will be located in Yangjiang, Guangdong. The purpose of the event will be to promote a more extensive collection of commercially available travel packages for China during the spring season. As a travel guide to the Spring Festival in China, the event is a tool for the promotion and sales of tickets for culturally themed travel packages to participants outside of China.
Guangdong’s Role in the Growth of China’s Cultural Tourism
The 2026 China Cultural and Tourism Gala highlights the cultural richness of Guangdong Province, which plays a central role in China’s cultural tourism growth. With segments such as “Have fun in Guangdong”, “Let’s celebrate the Chinese New Year in Guangdong”, and “Please visit Yangjiang during the Chinese New Year”, the event emphasizes the province’s cultural heritage and tourism potential, making it a key player in China’s booming tourism sector. The live broadcast offers an opportunity to explore scenic spots, traditional festivals, and regional tourism activities, all of which contribute to Guangdong’s growing position as a major tourism hub.
The event features representatives from all 21 prefecture-level cities in Guangdong and 9 cities from 8 other provinces, all coming together to promote their cultural tourism resources. This collaboration between provinces is a reflection of the growing trend of cultural tourism across China, where local governments and tourism agencies are increasingly focusing on leveraging their unique cultural and historical assets to boost tourism.
Digital Tourism: Expanding Reach and Engagement
One of the most significant aspects of the 2026 China Cultural and Tourism Gala is its use of digital technology to promote cultural tourism growth. The event’s nearly 20-hour livestream allows audiences from around the world to experience China’s cultural offerings from the comfort of their homes. Through virtual tours, interactive segments, and live performances, viewers can explore remote and diverse cultural destinations without physically traveling, highlighting the expanding role of digital tourism in shaping the future of global travel.
This digital format reflects the shift towards more interactive, online experiences in the tourism industry. As more travelers turn to virtual tourism before booking their real-world trips, this gala exemplifies how digital platforms are making it easier for global audiences to discover and engage with Chinese culture, fostering long-term interest in visiting these destinations.
Interactive Livestream Events: A New Way to Experience Cultural Tourism
The 2026 China Cultural and Tourism Gala offers a host of interactive features designed to increase engagement with the audience and promote cultural tourism. The “Guangdong Goods Fair” and the “National Cultural Tourism Showcase” provide online shopping opportunities, allowing viewers to purchase local products directly from the livestream. These products represent the diversity of China’s cultural heritage, from Spring Festival goods to regional specialties, which are important not only for the local economy but also for cultural tourism as tourists often seek authentic products when visiting a new place.
The event also includes a variety of traditional folk performances, such as the lion dance and Chaozhou-Shantou Yingge dance, alongside displays of intangible cultural heritage and cultural-creative products. These performances and showcases help increase visibility for traditional art forms, encouraging both domestic and international tourists to explore China’s living culture when they visit.
Yangjiang: Highlighting Coastal Charm and Cultural Tourism
As the host city, Yangjiang is a focal point of the gala, offering a virtual tour of the city’s coastal attractions and rich cultural heritage. Yangjiang’s status as the “Hometown of Chinese Kites” and a “Lacquerware Hub” is an example of how local traditions can become major contributors to cultural tourism growth. Through the livestream, viewers are taken on a virtual stroll along Hailing Island and visit the Maritime Silk Road Museum of Guangdong, both of which highlight the area’s historical and cultural significance.
By showcasing Yangjiang’s intangible cultural heritage—from traditional kite-making to the intricate craftsmanship of lacquerware—the event demonstrates how preserving cultural practices can simultaneously drive tourism and contribute to economic development. This is a critical aspect of cultural tourism growth, as tourists increasingly seek authentic experiences that connect them with a region’s history and culture.
Cultural Tourism Growth: A Key Focus for China’s Future
The 2026 China Cultural and Tourism Gala is a reflection of China’s broader cultural tourism growth strategy, which focuses on leveraging digital platforms and interactive media to reach new audiences and expand the tourism sector. Cultural tourism is becoming an increasingly vital part of China’s economy, as the country seeks to highlight its rich heritage and make it accessible to travelers worldwide. The event’s success in combining virtual engagement with real-world tourism activities sets the stage for future growth in the sector.
By integrating technology with traditional cultural elements, the gala offers a glimpse into the future of tourism, where digital tools play an essential role in promoting destinations, enhancing visitor engagement, and fostering sustainable growth in the tourism industry. As more global travelers look for immersive cultural experiences, China’s efforts to enhance its cultural tourism offerings will likely continue to attract significant attention on the international stage.
Shaping the Future of Cultural Tourism in China
The 2026 China Cultural and Tourism Gala shows how cultural tourism gets refined in China. Integrating traditional shows, virtual tours, and immersive e-commerce, the gala innovatively promotes international interest in Chinese cultural tourism. It shows China’s ability to be a leading destination for cultural tourism in the digital era.
The event marks a pivotal moment in the digitization of tourism, successfully piquing interest in cultural tourism while expanding its audience. Demonstrating how to connect modern digital tourism with the tourism and culture of a region, the gala provides a template for future refinement of China’s cultural tourism, focusing on innovation, accessibility, and worldwide participation, to grow.
For many UK travelers, a trip to the United Arab Emirates (UAE) conjures images of Dubai’s towering Burj Khalifa or the architectural grandeur of Abu Dhabi. However, a quieter, more soulful revolution is taking place in the smallest of the seven emirates. This February, the Ajman Department of Tourism, Culture and Media embarked on an ambitious promotional tour across the United Kingdom, specifically targeting the vibrant hubs of Leeds, Liverpool, and London.
This isn’t just a marketing exercise; it is an invitation to discover a destination where the hospitality is as warm as the Arabian sun and where ancient heritage meets modern luxury without the overwhelming pace of its larger neighbors.
The 2026 UK Tour: Strengthening Ties in the North and South
Running from February 8 to February 13, 2026, the promotional tour led by His Excellency Mahmood Khaleel Alhashmi, Director General of the department, signifies the UAE’s commitment to the British market. While previous tours touched on Edinburgh and Newcastle, the 2026 focus on Leeds and Liverpool highlights a strategic move to engage with travelers in the North of England, concluding with high-level summits in the capital.
The delegation met with leading UK tour operators, travel agencies, and media representatives. The goal? To build long-term partnerships that ensure Ajman is at the top of the list for British families, solo travelers, and investors seeking the next big thing in Middle Eastern travel.
Why Ajman? The “Authenticity” Factor
In a world of “copy-paste” vacation experiences, Ajman offers something distinct. During the tour, the department emphasized the emirate’s “cultural depth.” Unlike the hyper-modernity often associated with the region, Ajman has carefully preserved its identity.
One of the standout mentions during the tour was Masfout, an enclave of Ajman nestled in the Hajar Mountains. Recently recognized by the UN Tourism as one of the “Best Tourism Villages” in the world, Masfout represents the sustainable, eco-friendly future of the emirate. It offers hiking trails, historical forts, and a cooler climate that serves as a perfect escape for those looking to swap the beach for the mountains for a day or two.
Luxury That Doesn’t Break the Bank
One of the most compelling arguments presented to UK travel agents during the roadshow was the “Ajman Value.” It is no secret that UK travelers are looking for more for their money.
The delegation highlighted that staying in one of Ajman’s five-star beachfront properties—such as the Fairmont Ajman, The Oberoi Beach Resort, Al Zorah, or the Bahi Ajman Palace—often costs 30% to 40% less than comparable accommodations in Dubai. For a family of four, this means a week of ultra-luxury living, private beach access, and world-class dining at a fraction of the cost found just 30 minutes down the road.
Sustainability and Innovation: The Future of the Emirate
The promotional tour also served as a platform to showcase Ajman’s Vision 2030. The emirate is not just building hotels; it is building an ecosystem.
Eco-Tourism: The Al Zorah Nature Reserve, with its sprawling mangroves and pink flamingos, was a key highlight. It offers a sanctuary for kayaking and nature photography, proving that the UAE is more than just sand dunes.
Digital Ease: To help UK travelers plan their trips, the department introduced its AI-powered trip planner on the official Visit Ajman website, allowing users to create personalized itineraries based on their interests—be it history, golf, or relaxation.
A Cultural Bridge
“The United Kingdom represents a pivotal strategic market for us,” noted HE Mahmood Alhashmi during one of the sessions. The data backs this up: British travelers consistently rank among the top ten visitor nationalities for Ajman, with a notable increase in the average length of stay over the past year. British tourists are no longer just “stopping by” for a day trip from Dubai; they are making Ajman their primary holiday base.
From the traditional Saleh Souq, where the scent of oud and spices fills the air, to the modern golf courses that host international tournaments, the UK roadshow successfully painted a picture of a destination that honors its past while embracing a sustainable future.
How to Visit
For those inspired by the tour, Ajman is incredibly accessible. Located just a short drive from Dubai International Airport (DXB) or Sharjah International Airport (SHJ), it offers a seamless transition from the flight to the beach.
As the promotional tour concludes, the message to the UK is clear: if you are looking for a place where you are treated as a guest rather than just a tourist, where the culture is authentic and the luxury is accessible, it’s time to look at Ajman.
Alaskan Dream Cruises, an Indigenous‑owned small‑ship expedition cruise operator based in Sitka, Alaska, has suddenly ceased business operations and cancelled all future sailings, including scheduled Alaska voyages for Summer 2026, according to an official statement on the company website. The decision marks the end of a unique niche cruise line that had offered personalised expedition‑style voyages through Southeast Alaska’s Inside Passage since 2011. Affected travellers with bookings are being contacted about refund procedures, and other small‑ship or mainstream cruise options remain available for Alaska travel.
In a sudden development that has sent ripples through the travel and cruise communities, Alaskan Dream Cruises — a small‑ship cruise operator based in Sitka, Alaska — announced it has officially ceased operations and will no longer operate any future sailings. The statement, posted on the company’s official website, said that the decision took effect immediately as of early February 2026, and that the company will cancel all planned voyages including those scheduled for the upcoming Alaska cruise season.
For nearly 15 years, Alaskan Dream Cruises had carved out a distinct place in Alaska’s tourism market by offering intimate expedition‑style cruises that larger vessels could not match, navigating narrow fjords, accessing remote communities and immersing travellers in the rugged natural beauty of Southeast Alaska’s Inside Passage. Its abrupt closure — coming just months before the traditional Alaska cruise season begins — has left travellers and travel advisors working urgently to adjust plans and secure refunds.
Background: A Unique Alaska Cruise Experience Ends
Founded in 2011 and based in Sitka, Alaska, Alaskan Dream Cruises operated four small, expedition‑focused ships — Alaskan Dream, Admiralty Dream, Baranof Dream and Chichagof Dream — each carrying between 40 and 80 passengers. The small‑ship format allowed access to coastal waterways, fjords and narrow channels that larger cruise vessels cannot reach, offering immersive wildlife encounters and cultural experiences that defined its reputation among travellers seeking an alternative to mainstream Alaska sailings.
The cruise line’s itineraries typically included up‑close glacier views, wildlife observation, and visits to remote communities and Indigenous cultural sites — experiences that earned loyal followings and positive reviews from past guests. Many praised the line for its personalised service, local expertise and connection to Alaska Native heritage, making it a distinctive offering in Alaska’s competitive cruise landscape.
Impact on Booked Travellers and Refunds
Because Alaskan Dream Cruises’ seasonal operations run primarily from May through September and the closure occurred during the off‑season, no passengers were currently onboard when the announcement was made. However, travellers with bookings for 2026 voyages are directly affected. The company is notifying guests and their travel agents about refund procedures and next steps, and many are now seeking to secure reimbursements or rebook with alternative operators.
Travel advisors and industry partners have been reaching out to affected travellers with options for rebooking on other expedition‑style or mainstream cruise lines, including UnCruise Adventures, National Geographic‑Lindblad Expeditions and other lines with itineraries in Southeast Alaska, reflecting a competitive but still vibrant Alaska cruise season ahead.
Traveller Advantage — What It Means for Cruise Enthusiasts
1. Refund Assurance and Support Options: Affected travellers are actively being contacted with instructions on how to claim refunds or credits, and travel advisors are providing alternatives — giving travellers a chance to secure new bookings with other lines before peak season.
2. Continued Access to Alaska Cruise Experiences: Though this specific operator is gone, multiple other cruise options — both small‑ship expedition lines and larger mainstream carriers — are offering Alaska itineraries for 2026, broadening choice for travellers interested in Inside Passage, Glacier Bay and cultural excursions.
3. Strong Market Demand Means Options: With major cruise brands like Virgin Voyages, MSC Cruises and Holland America Line deploying ships to Alaska this season, there are abundant alternative routes and experiences for travellers — from luxury liners to mid‑size and expedition‑style voyages.
4. Increased Awareness of Insurance Benefits: This closure highlights the importance of travel insurance coverage, particularly in cases of sudden operator shutdowns — prompting travellers to consider comprehensive policies in future bookings.
5. Reminder of Expedition Cruise Appeal: The strong reaction from past guests underscores just how valued small‑ship, intimate expedition cruising remains among travellers seeking wildlife, culture and close‑up nature experiences — even if individual operators exit the market.
Traveller Disadvantage — Challenges and Considerations
1. Lost Access to Unique Itineraries: This closure removes one of the few operators that specialised in accessing areas inaccessible to larger ships, such as narrow channels and remote villages — a unique experience that travellers may now find harder to book.
2. Last‑Minute Plan Disruptions: Travellers with fully planned and booked 2026 itineraries now face the inconvenience of last‑minute planning adjustments, including refund processes and securing alternative travel or accommodation.
3. Competitive Market Residency: The small‑ship expedition cruise segment is highly competitive and pricing pressures can affect availability and cost — especially as other operators fill gaps left by this closure.
4. Cultural Experience Gap: Alaskan Dream Cruises was noted for Indigenous‑owned operations and community engagement — a cultural travel dimension that may be less pronounced in alternatives, especially larger carriers.
5. Booking Priorities Shift: Urgent rebooking may force travellers to book less preferred options, such as larger ships or different routes, potentially altering holiday expectations.
Conclusion — Travel Impact and Outlook
The abrupt closure of Alaskan Dream Cruises marks the end of a distinctive chapter in Alaska small‑ship expedition cruising, removing a beloved operator that had specialised in intimate, culturally enriched journeys through the Inside Passage. While this development has disrupted vacation plans for many travellers, the broader Alaska cruise market remains active and diverse, with multiple alternative operators offering a wide continuum of experiences from mass‑market to boutique expeditions.
For travellers, the key lessons are the value of flexibility, proactive insurance planning and awareness of multiple cruise options when exploring Alaska’s rugged coastlines and wildlife‑rich waters. The 2026 Alaska season remains poised for strong demand and variety, even as one respected name bows out of the competitive marine tourism landscape.
Dubai, UAE – The World Health Expo (WHX), formerly called Arab Health, will officially open on 9th February 2026 at the Dubai Exhibition Centre (DEC) and will mark the beginning of a new era for Dubai as a global leader in healthcare. With events running until 12th February, this monumental event will bring together healthcare professionals, policymakers, innovators and investors from 180 countries, and together, they will discuss the future of healthcare at both the global and local scales.
A Landmark Healthcare Event
WHX is renowned for being the largest healthcare platform in the world, drawing substantial attention for its role in advancing global health. With a legacy spanning 50 years, the event will host over 4,300 exhibitors, including key players from the healthcare ecosystem. The Expo aims to drive policy dialogue, foster public-private collaboration, and stimulate substantial investment in the healthcare sector.
The event is organized under the patronage of the UAE Ministry of Health and Prevention, underscoring Dubai’s commitment to healthcare innovation. The Expo’s success will be marked by a 15% increase in exhibition space compared to the previous year, reflecting growing international interest and regional participation. It is expected to generate over $2.5 billion in business value, continuing its tradition of providing a platform for cross-border collaboration and market expansion.
Government Involvement Boosts Collaboration
A major highlight of WHX 2026 is the strong participation from government agencies, further solidifying the Expo’s importance as a venue for dialogue on healthcare policy and system development. The UAE Ministry of Health and Prevention, Dubai Health Authority, Abu Dhabi’s Department of Health, and various other health authorities will play a central role in the event’s programming. Their involvement aligns with national priorities aimed at innovation and resilience in healthcare systems, particularly in light of the region’s ongoing challenges.
The government’s active role also emphasizes the Expo’s dual function as a trade and knowledge exchange platform, fostering collaboration across public and private sectors. This year, there are additional pavilions showcasing the latest in medical equipment, digital health, wellness, and healthcare infrastructure. The global presence, with 32 country pavilions, reflects a diverse spectrum of healthcare markets from across Europe, Asia, Africa, and the Middle East.
New Stages, Conferences, and Educational Opportunities
WHX will feature several new additions to its program, which include over 300 expert speakers and new content experiences tailored to a variety of healthcare professionals. At the core of the event are the Continuing Medical Education (CME)-accredited conferences, which focus on essential clinical specialties such as obstetrics, urology, radiology, public health, and patient safety. These conferences provide healthcare professionals with the latest knowledge and best practices in their respective fields, encouraging the exchange of scientific breakthroughs and clinical advancements.
In addition to the medical education programs, there are executive-level forums and business conferences covering topics like digital transformation, healthcare leadership, and investment opportunities. The “Visionary Stage” will see experts discuss the future of healthcare investment, artificial intelligence in healthcare, and women in leadership roles. At the same time, the “Future X Stage” will focus on innovative solutions in the digital health space, spotlighting disruptive technologies and business models that are shaping healthcare delivery.
One of the most exciting features of WHX is the introduction of the Deep Dive Series. This new hands-on learning format includes masterclasses and bootcamps aimed at both clinicians and healthcare executives, providing a practical, skill-building experience on topics like digital transformation and sustainability in healthcare.
Startups and Innovators: The Xcelerate Competition
WHX 2026 will also feature the Xcelerate Competition, where 30 startups will compete for a share of a $25,000 prize pool. The competition offers early-stage health and tech innovators a platform to scale their businesses, with the opportunity to be crowned the “Xcelerate Champion of Innovation.” This exciting competition will showcase the cutting-edge ideas driving the future of healthcare solutions.
Integration with WHX Labs
Coinciding with WHX is WHX Labs, formerly known as Medlab Middle East, which runs concurrently from 10 to 13 February 2026 at the Dubai World Trade Centre (DWTC). WHX Labs is dedicated to the laboratory and diagnostic sectors, complementing WHX’s broader healthcare offerings. The co-timing of these two major events will amplify the opportunities for collaboration and networking between laboratory professionals, researchers, and clinicians.
Visitor Experience and Practical Information
For travelers and healthcare professionals planning to attend, WHX promises a rich array of opportunities to connect with industry leaders, learn from top experts, and explore the latest innovations in the healthcare sector. With more than 4,300 exhibitors, the Expo provides a comprehensive overview of the healthcare ecosystem, from medical devices and imaging technologies to wellness initiatives and healthcare infrastructure.
For those attending the event, the Dubai Exhibition Centre offers excellent access to the city’s top hotels, restaurants, and transportation links, making it a convenient destination for professionals coming from around the world. Visitors can expect a wide range of networking events, hands-on educational sessions, and high-level discussions designed to foster collaboration and drive forward-looking healthcare solutions.
Conclusion
With the rapid pace of change in the healthcare industry, the World Health Expo in Dubai will become a center for the development of international healthcare innovations, policy-making, and business opportunities. As a healthcare professional, policymaker, investor, or innovator, you will find WHX 20296 a valuable opportunity to network and impact the future of healthcare.
As the international aviation landscape shifts toward a digital-centric and ecologically conscious future, Düsseldorf Airport (DUS) has achieved a major milestone, securing the 21st position in the prestigious Top 50 Airports in Europe for 2026 by Travel and Tour World. This ranking validates the airport’s evolution into a world-class “Destination of Excellence,” a strategy designed to blend operational precision with an unparalleled passenger journey.
Serving the sprawling Rhine-Ruhr metropolitan region—home to over 10 million residents—Düsseldorf Airport has become a benchmark for smart airport management. Its rise in the 2026 rankings is driven by a billion-euro investment plan that prioritizes Agentic AI, state-of-the-art security via the European Entry/Exit System (EES), and a pioneering “Mission Zero” sustainability framework.
Flight Operations and Strategic Network Growth
In Düsseldorf, flight operations have demonstrated remarkable resilience and growth. By the start of 2026, the airport surpassed the 21 million annual passenger threshold, reclaiming its status as a vital link between Western Germany and the world.
The 2026 flight schedule showcases a diversified network:
Intercontinental Expansion: Middle Eastern carriers like Etihad and Emirates have increased frequencies, while Qatar Airways continues to strengthen its Doha connection, catering to high demand for long-haul transit.
European Connectivity: As the primary hub for Eurowings, the airport offers high-frequency connections to over 130 destinations, including niche industrial links and popular Mediterranean leisure spots.
Strategic Optimization: To manage its urban location’s constraints, the airport has optimized its two-runway system to handle up to 60 movements per hour during peak times, ensuring high punctuality despite dense traffic.
Technological Evolution: The Rise of Agentic AI
A defining characteristic of Düsseldorf Airport in 2026 is the integration of Agentic AI. Unlike previous generations of “assistive” AI that merely provided data, these new systems function as autonomous orchestrators within the Airport Operations Center (APOC).
These AI “agents” act as digital co-pilots, capable of:
Autonomous Decision-Making: The system independently simulates “what-if” scenarios for gate assignments and baggage flow, resolving potential bottlenecks minutes before they manifest.
Virtual Expansion: By coordinating aircraft turnarounds and ground handling with micro-second precision, the airport has achieved a 15% lift in effective throughput without the need for new physical terminals.
Agentic Commerce: AI-driven interfaces now anticipate passenger needs post-security, offering hyper-personalized retail and dining recommendations that can be ordered and paid for via frictionless digital wallets.
Security Revolution: Biometrics and the EES Framework
Security at Düsseldorf has entered a new era with the full implementation of the Entry/Exit System (EES). This digital border control initiative has replaced traditional manual passport stamps with advanced biometric registration.
The security journey now features:
35 Self-Service Kiosks: These units allow non-EU travelers to autonomously record facial images and fingerprints, a process that takes only a few minutes.
Frictionless eGates: For registered travelers, facial recognition technology allows for “walk-through” border control, significantly reducing queues during peak holiday seasons.
Advanced CT Scanning: New security lanes equipped with CT scanners mean passengers no longer need to remove liquids or laptops, streamlining the checkpoint process and enhancing safety.
Sustainability: Pioneering “Mission Zero”
Düsseldorf Airport is a leader in aviation’s green transition, with a clear target to reach carbon neutrality by 2035. This commitment is anchored by several groundbreaking initiatives:
SAF Reallabor: In a world-first, the airport hosts an integrated Direct Air Capture to Sustainable Aviation Fuel (DAC-to-SAF) facility. Developed with Greenlyte Carbon Technologies, it extracts CO₂ from the air and uses green hydrogen to produce 250 tons of SAF annually on-site.
Hydrogen Mobility: A dedicated hydrogen filling station now supports a fleet of carbon-neutral apron buses and heavy-duty ground handling vehicles, with the facility accessible to both airside and landside public transport.
Solar Powerhouse: The airport’s photovoltaic installations have expanded to cover 150,000 square meters—roughly 21 soccer fields—generating 14 million kWh of green electricity annually.
The “Destination of Excellence” Passenger Experience
The traveler’s experience in Düsseldorf is defined by “smart growth.” The airport has successfully balanced its physical limitations with high-quality service, ensuring that 82% of passengers spend less than ten minutes at any single check-in or security touchpoint.
Key features of the 2026 passenger experience include:
DUSgateway: A digital reservation service that allows passengers to book fixed time slots for security checks, effectively eliminating wait times.
World-Class Lounges: The Hugo Junkers Lounge and the recently renovated VIP Lounge offer panoramic views of the airfield and outdoor terraces, providing a serene environment for both business and leisure travelers.
Retail and Dining: A revamped 15,000-square-meter commercial zone offers a mix of local North Rhine-Westphalia flavors and international luxury brands, designed to reflect the region’s urban vitality.
The following data provides a comprehensive overview of the air traffic performance at Düsseldorf Airport (DUS) leading into 2026.
Air Traffic Performance Data (2023–2026 Forecast)
Metric
2023 (Actual)
2024 (Actual)
2025 (Preliminary)
2026 (Forecast/Trend)
Total Passengers
19.12 Million
20.04 Million
21.00 Million
~22.50 Million
Aircraft Movements
151,577
155,638
~162,000
~170,000
Cargo Handled (Tons)
38,547
39,200
~41,500
~43,000
Punctuality Level
81.2%
84.5%
86.1%
>87.0% (Target)
Key Air Traffic Characteristics & Trends
Passenger Growth Dynamics: * Düsseldorf Airport recorded a steady 4.7% to 5% year-on-year increase in passenger volume between 2024 and 2026.
The “Destination of Excellence” strategy has successfully attracted a higher percentage of premium and business travelers, with a significant boost in long-haul traffic to the Middle East and North America.
Operational Efficiency: * Despite the rise in passenger numbers, the airport has maintained a high punctuality rate, frequently being named the most punctual major airport in Germany.
Security efficiency reached a milestone in 2025/2026, with 97% of passengers clearing security in under ten minutes due to the “Off-Block” quality initiative.
Capacity & Movement Constraints:
The airport operates under a strict legal framework that currently caps movements at approximately 131,000 to 155,000 commercial movements, depending on seasonal slots.
Current strategic discussions focus on increasing coordinated hourly movements from 45 to 60 to accommodate 2026 demand.
Cargo & Logistics:
While primarily a passenger hub, the airport’s belly-load capacity (cargo carried on passenger flights) has seen a resurgence.
The 2026 outlook indicates a shift toward specialized, high-value air freight, leveraging the industrial density of the North Rhine-Westphalia region.
Strategic Catchment Area:
The airport continues to draw from a massive catchment area of 18 million people within a 100 km radius, making it the second-largest catchment in Europe after London.
2026 Market Outlook
The German federal government’s planned aviation tax reduction in July 2026 is expected to further stimulate traffic. Forecasts suggest that by late 2026, Düsseldorf will reach approximately 91% of its record-breaking pre-pandemic (2019) levels, driven largely by a 5.2% growth in European routes and a 3.1% rise in long-haul services.
Future Outlook: Masterplan 2045
The airport’s leadership looks toward the future through Masterplan 2045, which emphasizes “smart growth in a limited environment.” This involves the continued digitalization of the entire value chain—from baggage handling to autonomous apron logistics. By positioning itself as a driver of innovation, Düsseldorf Airport is not only a transit hub but a key economic engine and a model for the future of sustainable, intelligent aviation.
The ranking of 21 in Europe serves as a testament to the airport’s success in navigating the complexities of modern travel while maintaining a steadfast focus on the individual passenger.
Lyon-Saint Exupéry Airport has gained global recognition for its significant strides in sustainability, innovation, and passenger experience, securing its place as one of the top airports in Europe. Situated in the heart of southeastern France, this airport plays a crucial role in regional connectivity. It is also a key member of the VINCI Airports network, connecting passengers to more than 140 destinations worldwide. This commitment to environmental sustainability extends beyond its own operations, as Lyon-Saint Exupéry actively contributes to the broader transition towards Sustainable Aviation Fuels (SAF) and hydrogen-powered aviation.
In addition to its environmental efforts, Lyon-Saint Exupéry Airport has invested heavily in improving the passenger experience. The introduction of cutting-edge innovations like the “Art on Air” digital art exhibition, social robots to assist travelers, and intelligent virtual agents for personalized assistance has set a new benchmark for airport service. Furthermore, the airport’s large-scale solar power plants and initiatives to electrify ground transportation showcase its commitment to integrating renewable energy and sustainable practices into its infrastructure.
These forward-thinking projects have propelled Lyon-Saint Exupéry Airport to 30th place in the Top 50 Airports of Europe for 2026. Its dedication to both sustainability and enhanced passenger services, combined with its strategic investments in cutting-edge technologies, has positioned the airport as a leader in the aviation sector. The airport’s continued focus on creating a seamless, eco-friendly, and innovative travel experience has earned it a spot among Europe’s top-ranked airports. Situated in the heart of southeastern France, this airport plays a crucial role in regional connectivity.
A Strategic Location in the Heart of Europe
Lyon-Saint Exupéry Airport’s strategic location makes it the primary departure point for passengers from the southeast of France. The airport’s connectivity is exceptional, with access facilitated by highways, high-speed trains, and the Rhônexpress shuttle service, which connects the airport to downtown Lyon in less than 30 minutes. This exceptional accessibility has made it a key player in regional transport, contributing to the economic vitality of the Rhône-Alpes region.
Serving more than 10 million passengers annually by 2025, Lyon-Saint Exupéry Airport is a critical node in Europe’s transportation network. It is a vital point of connection for both business and leisure travelers, benefiting from its proximity to major international hubs while also offering passengers direct connections to a diverse array of global destinations.
Innovation and Sustainability: The Twin Pillars of Lyon-Saint Exupéry Airport’s Success
Lyon-Saint Exupéry Airport’s focus on innovation and sustainability sets it apart from its competitors. In 2025, the airport achieved ACA 5 certification, the highest international distinction for airport decarbonization, cementing its reputation as a leader in environmental sustainability. Not only does this position the airport as a global leader in sustainability, but it also aligns with the broader objectives of VINCI Airports, which aims to make environmental transition a central tenet of its operations across its network of airports.
Beyond its own operations, Lyon-Saint Exupéry Airport has implemented a comprehensive set of green initiatives aimed at reducing its environmental impact. One of the most noteworthy projects is the development of a massive solar power plant. The solar power plant not only serves the airport’s needs but will also contribute to the energy grid of neighboring communities, reinforcing the airport’s commitment to sustainable energy.
Lyon-Saint Exupéry Airport is also playing a pioneering role in hydrogen-powered aviation. By 2027, it plans to conduct tests with hydrogen-powered aircraft in collaboration with Airbus. This initiative is part of a broader effort to build a hydrogen infrastructure, positioning Lyon-Saint Exupéry as a leader in the sustainable aviation fuel (SAF) space. The airport is also committed to decarbonizing ground transport through the implementation of electric vehicle charging stations and hydrogen-powered vehicles, further solidifying its reputation as a hub for sustainable innovation.
Enhancing the Passenger Experience: A Focus on Comfort and Convenience
While sustainability is a cornerstone of Lyon-Saint Exupéry’s strategy, the airport has not lost sight of the passenger experience. In 2025, Lyon-Saint Exupéry introduced several cutting-edge initiatives aimed at enhancing passenger comfort and streamlining airport processes. One of the most exciting developments was the launch of the “Art on Air” digital art exhibition in Terminal 1, transforming the airport into an immersive cultural space. This initiative is just one example of how the airport is leveraging technology to create a unique and engaging environment for travelers.
In addition to digital art, Lyon-Saint Exupéry has introduced social robots, such as Miroki, which help guide passengers through the airport and provide real-time information. These innovations complement existing services, such as ZenLine, which allows passengers to reserve a slot at security checkpoints to minimize waiting times, and the Stan valet robot, which assists with parking. These technologies combine to create a seamless and enjoyable travel experience for passengers.
Lyon-Saint Exupéry is also keen on offering a high level of customer service. The airport offers a range of services designed to make the travel experience as smooth as possible, from accessible facilities for passengers with reduced mobility to VIP services and free Wi-Fi throughout the terminal. By focusing on quality, convenience, and innovation, Lyon-Saint Exupéry is continuously improving its passenger services.
Lyon Airport’s Digital Innovation and Its High European Ranking
Lyon–Saint Exupéry Airport has been pushing forward a comprehensive digital transformation that spans AI‑assisted operational tools, smart security systems, and enhanced passenger experience technologies, contributing significantly to its reputation as one of Europe’s better‑performing airports. The airport has introduced advanced AI‑powered passenger assistance, including multilingual agentic AI kiosks that provide real‑time flight information, gate locations, and terminal guidance even responding to spoken questions in many languages and helping travellers navigate more easily through the facility. It also employs AI‑driven customer service automation for queries and feedback, improving responsiveness and satisfaction. On the operations side, Lyon has implemented security checkpoint optimisation using data analytics and redesigned layouts to streamline passenger flow and reduce wait times, backed by predictive forecasting tools that help manage queues and staffing more efficiently. These innovations are part of a broader strategy by operator VINCI Airports to pilot and refine cutting‑edge digital solutions at Lyon before rolling them out across its global network.
This commitment to innovation, together with strong service quality, has helped Lyon earn recognition in European airport rankings. The airport has been awarded a 4‑star Skytrax rating, highlighted for efficient security processing, effective use of technology like automated border control, and an enhanced passenger journey through seamless information and services. Such distinctions along with past honours like being named ACI Europe Best Airport in its passenger category reflect the airport’s ongoing efforts to integrate digital tools with operational excellence and customer satisfaction, factors that contribute to it frequently being ranked among the top 50 European airports for quality and innovation.
Must-Visit Landmarks
1. Basilica of Notre-Dame de Fourvière (Lyon, France)
Distance from Airport: Approximately 30 minutes by car
Why Visit: Perched on a hill overlooking Lyon, the Basilica of Notre-Dame de Fourvière is one of the city’s most iconic landmarks. Its ornate architecture, stunning mosaics, and panoramic views of Lyon make it a must-see for visitors. The basilica is a symbol of the city’s devotion and history.
2. Vieux Lyon (Old Lyon)
Location: Lyon, France
Distance from Airport: About 30 minutes by car
Why Visit: This UNESCO World Heritage Site is a charming area of narrow medieval streets, Renaissance buildings, and traboules (hidden passageways). Vieux Lyon is home to many traditional bouchons (local restaurants), making it the perfect spot to experience Lyon’s culinary heritage.
3. Parc de la Tête d’Or (Park of the Golden Head)
Location: Lyon, France
Distance from Airport: Approximately 30 minutes by car
Why Visit: One of the largest urban parks in France, Parc de la Tête d’Or is perfect for relaxation, offering serene lakes, botanical gardens, a zoo, and wide green spaces. It’s a great spot for a peaceful walk or family-friendly activities.
4. Lyon Confluence
Location: Lyon, France
Distance from Airport: Around 30 minutes by car
Why Visit: This modern district, located at the confluence of the Rhône and Saône rivers, is known for its contemporary architecture, shopping centers, and cultural venues. It’s a hub for business and leisure, offering museums like the Musée des Confluences, which explores science, anthropology, and natural history.
Looking ahead, Lyon-Saint Exupéry Airport is poised to continue its journey of growth and innovation. With its ambitious plans to integrate hydrogen-powered aviation, AI‑powered passenger assistance expand its solar energy capacity, and further enhance the passenger experience, the airport is set to remain a key player in the European aviation landscape. As it continues to push the boundaries of sustainability and innovation, Lyon-Saint Exupéry is undoubtedly setting a new standard for airports worldwide.
For passengers, this means a future filled with greater convenience, sustainability, and cutting-edge services. For the wider region, Lyon-Saint Exupéry Airport’s success is a symbol of how airports can drive economic growth while also contributing to environmental sustainability. As the airport moves forward with its plans, it will undoubtedly play a central role in shaping the future of air travel in Europe and beyond.
Boston joins New York, Chicago, Phoenix, Los Angeles, Atlanta and Washington D.C. once again as epic destinations across the U.S. for the ultimate Travel & Adventure Shows experience you can’t miss. And now, Boston joins New York, Chicago, Phoenix, Los Angeles, Atlanta and Washington D.C. again as epic destinations across the U.S. Therefore, the ultimate Travel & Adventure Shows experience you can’t miss becomes louder, bigger and unstoppable. Travel & Adventure Shows in USA are rising fast. Travel & Adventure Shows in USA are reshaping tourism. Travel And Tour World urges readers to read the entire story because this ultimate experience changes how the U.S. travels, explores and dreams.
Why Travel & Adventure Shows in USA Are a Must for Every Explorer
In today’s fast-paced world, travel is no longer just a hobby—it’s a lifestyle. For adventurers, families, and travel enthusiasts, attending Travel & Adventure Shows in USA has become an essential way to discover new destinations, explore immersive experiences, and plan unforgettable journeys. These shows are more than exhibitions; they are living laboratories of tourism innovation, cultural exchange, and adventure inspiration.
From Boston to Los Angeles, New York, Chicago, Phoenix, Atlanta, and Washington, D.C., these shows bring together travel experts, tourism boards, and adventure companies under one roof. Attendees can experience everything from adrenaline-fueled adventures to luxury escapes and eco-tourism opportunities. Each city offers a unique flavour, ensuring that every visitor leaves with new ideas, contacts, and excitement for future travels.
1. Boston Travel & Adventure Show – Where History Meets Modern Exploration
Boston’s historic charm sets the stage for one of the most exciting Travel & Adventure Shows in USA. Known for combining rich cultural heritage with modern tourism innovation, Boston’s show attracts thousands of visitors annually.
This event offers a deep dive into New England’s travel possibilities. Attendees can explore coastal adventures, whale-watching expeditions, ski trips in Vermont, and cultural tours in nearby towns. Travel professionals provide expert advice on planning trips, navigating travel logistics, and discovering hidden gems. The show also features interactive workshops, hands-on adventure demonstrations, and presentations on sustainable travel practices.
For travellers seeking both domestic and international experiences, Boston’s show is the perfect place to network, gather information, and ignite wanderlust. Its emphasis on history, culture, and outdoor adventure positions it as a must-attend in the Travel & Adventure Shows in USA calendar.
2. New York Travel & Adventure Show – Urban Thrills Meet Global Exploration
The New York edition of Travel & Adventure Shows in USA takes exploration to an international level. Set in the heart of Manhattan, it draws visitors from across the country and abroad.
The show features seminars on adventure travel, solo trips, and luxury experiences. Exhibitors showcase global destinations, offering attendees opportunities to book once-in-a-lifetime trips. New York’s show is particularly strong in international tourism, cultural immersion programs, and experiential travel opportunities. Adventure enthusiasts can attend workshops on hiking, cycling, diving, and extreme sports.
The vibrant urban setting adds a unique energy to the show, making it ideal for travellers who want both city sophistication and adventure experiences. For industry professionals, it provides networking, partnership opportunities, and insights into emerging travel trends. The New York show stands out as a flagship event in the series of Travel & Adventure Shows in USA.
3. Chicago Travel & Adventure Show – Central Hub for Global Exploration
Chicago’s central location in the United States makes it an ideal host for a major Travel & Adventure Shows in USA event. The show attracts both domestic visitors and international exhibitors.
Attendees can explore everything from Midwest road trips to international adventure tours. Workshops cover eco-tourism, family travel, and solo adventures, providing practical knowledge for planning trips. Cultural exhibits bring the world to Chicago, with food, crafts, and performances from different countries. Adventure enthusiasts can experience gear demonstrations, travel tech innovations, and hands-on activity zones.
Chicago’s blend of urban culture and accessibility makes it a key destination for both tourism professionals and travellers. The event encourages networking, deals, and educational experiences, ensuring participants leave informed and inspired. It is a standout example in the network of Travel & Adventure Shows in USA.
4. Phoenix Travel & Adventure Show – Desert Adventures and Beyond
The show features desert trekking, guided nature tours, and workshops on sustainable travel practices. Exhibitors showcase both domestic and international destinations, with options for eco-tourism, family trips, and extreme sports. Phoenix’s event also emphasises interactive activities, allowing attendees to test gear, try adventure sports simulations, and learn planning strategies from experts.
For travellers seeking inspiration beyond the traditional, Phoenix offers a combination of adventure, cultural insight, and practical travel information. It reflects the diversity and innovation that define the Travel & Adventure Shows in USA series.
5. Los Angeles Travel & Adventure Show – Glamour and Adventure Combined
On the West Coast, Los Angeles hosts a Travel & Adventure Shows in USA event that merges glamour with exploration. The city’s vibrant culture, stunning landscapes, and proximity to the Pacific Ocean create an ideal backdrop for travel inspiration.
The show includes seminars on luxury travel, adventure sports, and international tourism. Attendees can explore cruise packages, adventure tours, and eco-tourism experiences. Interactive zones allow visitors to experience adventure activities, such as virtual reality travel simulations and hands-on workshops. Celebrity guest speakers and travel influencers often share insights, adding excitement to the event.
Los Angeles’ show stands out for its creative approach, blending entertainment, education, and adventure in a single immersive experience. It is an essential stop for travellers and industry professionals alike in the Travel & Adventure Shows in USA calendar.
6. Atlanta Travel & Adventure Show – Southern Hospitality Meets Global Wanderlust
Atlanta, Georgia, represents the Southern gateway of Travel & Adventure Shows in USA. Known for warm hospitality and diverse culture, the city’s event combines local charm with global travel inspiration.
The show features workshops on planning multi-destination trips, adventure sports, and family travel. Exhibitors showcase international destinations, cruise lines, resorts, and adventure tours. Cultural performances and tastings offer a taste of global diversity, while networking opportunities allow professionals to connect with travel brands and influencers.
Atlanta’s show is a hub for travellers seeking both domestic and international adventure ideas. Its strategic location in the Southeast ensures accessibility, while the immersive experience makes it an unmissable stop in the series of Travel & Adventure Shows in USA.
7. Washington, D.C. Travel & Adventure Show – Global Exploration in the Nation’s Capital
Washington, D.C., concludes the series of Travel & Adventure Shows in USA with a unique emphasis on international exploration. The nation’s capital provides an ideal environment to showcase global travel trends, adventure tourism, and cultural experiences.
The show includes sessions on adventure sports, sustainable tourism, and off-the-beaten-path destinations. Exhibitors present both international and domestic travel opportunities, offering attendees tailored advice and exclusive packages. Networking opportunities are abundant, and the city’s cultural richness enhances the overall experience.
Washington’s show underscores the educational and inspirational aspects of travel, connecting attendees to global destinations while fostering a deep appreciation for cultural diversity. It is a crucial finale in the network of Travel & Adventure Shows in USA events.
Why Travel & Adventure Shows in USA Are Essential for Modern Travellers
Across all seven cities, these shows share common strengths:
Unmatched Inspiration: Attendees can explore hundreds of destinations and travel experiences in one place.
Practical Learning: Workshops, seminars, and expert advice provide actionable travel planning strategies.
Networking Opportunities: Travel professionals, influencers, and enthusiasts gather to exchange insights and build partnerships.
Exclusive Deals: Many travel offers are available only at these events, making them valuable for budget-conscious travellers.
Cultural Exposure: Food, music, and performances provide immersive experiences that expand understanding of global travel.
These shows are more than events; they are catalysts for new adventures, offering inspiration and tools to make travel dreams a reality.
Tips to Maximise Your Travel & Adventure Show Experience
Plan Your Visit: Identify workshops and seminars that match your travel interests.
Interact with Experts: Ask questions and seek personalised advice from exhibitors.
Engage in Hands-On Activities: Adventure zones provide practical experience with gear and destinations.
Collect Travel Ideas: Take brochures, notes, and contact information to compare options later.
Network: Build connections with travel professionals and fellow enthusiasts for future collaborations.
Following these tips ensures every visitor gains maximum value from the Travel & Adventure Shows in USA.
Conclusion: The Ultimate Travel Experience Awaits
From Boston’s historical charm to Washington, D.C.’s global perspective, the Travel & Adventure Shows in USA provide a comprehensive platform for discovery, inspiration, and adventure planning. Each city offers unique experiences, interactive workshops, and expert guidance that cannot be replicated online.
Whether you are a first-time explorer or a seasoned traveller, these shows are essential for connecting with the travel world, planning unforgettable adventures, and experiencing the spirit of exploration firsthand. Attending these events ensures that your next journey will be informed, exciting, and truly memorable.
The Travel & Adventure Shows in USA are not just exhibitions—they are the beating heart of modern travel culture, making them an unmissable highlight for anyone passionate about exploration and adventure.
In 2026, Royal Caribbean has firmly established itself as the leading cruise line, surpassing longstanding industry giants like MSC Cruises, Princess Cruises, Holland America, Carnival, Silversea and more to claim the title of the best cruise line in the world. According to the TTW Report of Top 50 Cruise Ships Around the World for 2026, this seismic shift in rankings is not just a matter of numbers but reflects a complete transformation in the way people choose to cruise instead By combining groundbreaking onboard innovations, larger-than-life boats, immersive experiences, and purposeful worldwide expansion, Royal Caribbean has revolutionised the industry and raised the bar. Today’s passengers are captivated by Royal Caribbean’s daring investments in luxury, technology, and sustainability, even while competitors have managed to retain devoted fan bases. In 2026, Royal Caribbean will be the top cruise line in the world thanks to record-breaking passenger growth, skyrocketing income, a large number of new ship deployments, and a renewed emphasis on the guest experience.
The Rise of Royal Caribbean in 2026
Royal Caribbean has redefined the cruise experience over the past few years, transitioning from a strong competitor to the undisputed leader in the market. What stands out about Royal Caribbean in 2026 is its ability to evolve with the times and meet the increasing demand for innovative experiences. The brand has reimagined what a cruise can be, offering guests not just a vacation, but a comprehensive adventure.
From record-breaking ship launches to cutting-edge onboard technologies, Royal Caribbean’s strategy has positioned it as the brand to watch. The company’s fleet is packed with luxury amenities, from high-tech attractions to family-friendly features, ensuring that travelers of all types can enjoy their time at sea.
How Royal Caribbean Has Outpaced Its Competitors
Royal Caribbean’s growth momentum in 2026 is undeniable. It experienced a massive 18.6% revenue increase and a 12% rise in passenger numbers, surpassing competitors like Carnival and Norwegian Cruise Line. These figures represent not just a success in terms of numbers, but also a shift in consumer preferences. More and more travelers are choosing Royal Caribbean, drawn by its dynamic offerings and unmatched guest experiences.
The surge in bookings, as reported by the company, showcases the trust and loyalty travelers have placed in the brand. Royal Caribbean set booking records early in 2026, solidifying its status as a leading choice for cruise-goers worldwide.
But it’s not just about numbers. Investor confidence in Royal Caribbean has also soared, with the company’s stock price increasing by 15%, reflecting the market’s belief in the brand’s future. These positive indicators show that Royal Caribbean isn’t just growing—it’s thriving, both financially and in terms of brand strength.
Innovative Ships and Onboard Experiences: A Major Advantage
One of the primary reasons behind Royal Caribbean’s rise is its fleet innovation. The company continues to push the boundaries of what is possible at sea. Ships like the Icon of the Seas and the Star of the Seas, part of the Icon-class and Oasis-class, are setting new standards for what cruise ships can offer. These vessels are the largest ever built, offering guests a variety of adrenaline-pumping activities, luxury dining experiences, and unforgettable attractions like water parks, zip lines, and robotic bartenders.
Royal Caribbean’s ability to continuously innovate with such massive ships is a key factor in its success. These ships cater to a diverse array of guests, whether they’re seeking thrilling adventures or simply a relaxing retreat. For instance, the Legend of the Seas, set to launch in mid-2026, will have a capacity of over 7,600 passengers and will provide unparalleled onboard experiences.
Additionally, Royal Caribbean’s commitment to sustainability through LNG propulsion and eco-friendly technologies positions the brand as a responsible choice for the environmentally conscious traveler. The company’s focus on fuel efficiency and reducing carbon emissions further strengthens its appeal in 2026.
Surpassing the Competition: How Royal Caribbean Stands Out
In 2026, Royal Caribbean’s success comes at the expense of competitors like Carnival Cruise Line, MSC Cruises, Princess Cruises, and Holland America. Here’s how Royal Caribbean stacks up:
Royal Caribbean vs. Carnival Cruise Line
Carnival Cruise Line has long been known for its family-friendly cruises, focusing on value pricing and entertainment. While Carnival enjoys a loyal following, Royal Caribbean has taken a different approach, focusing more on premium experiences and high-tech onboard attractions. Its ships offer not only value but also luxury, drawing in families seeking more thrilling and innovative experiences.
Cruise Line
Passenger Capacity (Full Capacity)
Royal Caribbean
~110,929 berths
Carnival Cruise Line
~94,246 berths
Royal Caribbean’s Icon-Class and Oasis-Class ships, including Icon of the Seas, can carry over 7,500 passengers, offering a unique blend of luxury and adventure. While Carnival focuses on affordable cruises, Royal Caribbean’s focus on mega-ships and luxury amenities provides a more exciting vacation experience.
Royal Caribbean vs. MSC Cruises
MSC Cruises has expanded rapidly in recent years, especially in the U.S. market. However, Royal Caribbean’s superior brand perception and growth momentum place it ahead of MSC in 2026. MSC has new ships with LNG propulsion, but Royal Caribbean’s mega-ships, including Icon of the Seas, are still larger and have more advanced features.
Cruise Line
Passenger Capacity (Full Capacity)
Royal Caribbean
~110,929 berths
MSC Cruises
~82,486 berths
Royal Caribbean’s ships like the Icon-Class and Oasis-Class ships, which can carry over 7,500 passengers, set the bar for global itineraries and innovative attractions. MSC’s LNG-powered ships have their appeal but are not as large or equipped with as many high-tech features as Royal Caribbean’s.
Royal Caribbean vs. Princess Cruises
Princess Cruises has carved out a niche with its focus on destination-focused cruising and premium offerings for adults. However, Royal Caribbean’s mass-market appeal and broader range of entertainment and dining options give it an edge in popularity.
Cruise Line
Passenger Capacity (Full Capacity)
Royal Caribbean
~110,929 berths
Princess Cruises
~54,416 berths
Royal Caribbean’s ships, such as those in the Oasis-Class, can carry over 7,000 passengers, offering a broad range of activities like surf simulators, zip lines, and Broadway-style shows. Princess Cruises, while offering premium experiences, has a smaller fleet with a focus on destination cruising, making Royal Caribbean the preferred choice for those looking for a more diverse cruise experience.
Royal Caribbean vs. Holland America Line
Holland America Line focuses on classic luxury and destination immersion, attracting mature travelers. However, Royal Caribbean’s larger ships and modern attractions resonate with a broader audience, offering a mix of luxury and adventure.
Cruise Line
Passenger Capacity (Full Capacity)
Royal Caribbean
~110,929 berths
Holland America Line
~22,810 berths
While Holland America’s smaller ships focus on destination immersion, Royal Caribbean’s fleet, with Icon-Class ships capable of carrying over 7,500 passengers, offers a more diverse and exciting cruise experience for families and adventure seekers.
Comparison Table of Passenger Capacity (2026)
Cruise Line
Passenger Capacity (Full Capacity)
Royal Caribbean
~110,929 berths
Carnival Cruise Line
~94,246 berths
MSC Cruises
~82,486 berths
Princess Cruises
~54,416 berths
Holland America Line
~22,810 berths
Silversea Cruises
~10,000 berths (approx.)
Innovation & Ship Design
Royal Caribbean has consistently been a leader in innovation at sea, shaping the future of cruising through its groundbreaking advancements. In 2026, the cruise line continues to redefine the guest experience with mega-ships like the Icon of the Seas and Oasis-Class vessels, which feature adrenaline-pumping attractions like surf simulators, water parks, and robotic bartenders. The company is also at the forefront of sustainability, using LNG propulsion and energy-efficient technologies to reduce its environmental impact. Royal Caribbean’s innovation lab ensures the continuous development of high-tech guest experiences, from RFID wearable tech to fast Wi-Fi using Starlink. With a commitment to providing luxury, adventure, and cutting-edge technology, Royal Caribbean is not just staying ahead of trends but creating them, ensuring its position as the most dynamic cruise line of 2026 and beyond.
Cruise Line
Ship Type
Innovative Features
Royal Caribbean
Icon-Class, Oasis-Class mega-ships
Surf simulators, zip lines, water parks, robotic bartenders
Carnival Cruise Line
Family-friendly ships
Focus on entertainment but smaller, less innovative ships
MSC Cruises
Large ships, eco-friendly
Family-friendly, large ships, but less innovative than RCI
Princess Cruises
MedallionClass ships
Traditional, luxury-focused but with MedallionClass technology
Holland America
Smaller ships
Classic, luxury-focused, but less technologically advanced
Silversea Cruises
Small, luxury ships
Exclusive, high-end luxury experiences, but limited innovation
Why 2026 Is Royal Caribbean’s Breakout Year
Several factors are converging to make 2026 the year Royal Caribbean truly breaks out as the best cruise line in the world. From year-over-year growth in revenue and passenger numbers to groundbreaking ship launches, Royal Caribbean is positioned to dominate the cruise market.
With an increasing number of guests choosing Royal Caribbean for their vacations and an expanding fleet of mega-ships, the company is on track to maintain its leadership in the coming years. The strong fiscal outlook and innovative guest experiences further cement Royal Caribbean’s place as the go-to cruise line in 2026.
By focusing on cutting-edge technology, sustainability, and unmatched onboard experiences, Royal Caribbean has set a new standard for the cruise industry. It’s no surprise that, in 2026, Royal Caribbean is leading the way, outpacing its competitors and offering travelers the ultimate cruise experience.
Royal Caribbean’s Fleet Innovation: A Competitive Edge in 2026
One of the most significant reasons for Royal Caribbean’s dominance in 2026 is its relentless focus on fleet innovation. The company continues to set new standards for the cruise industry by unveiling some of the most advanced and largest ships the world has ever seen.
Icon-Class and Oasis-Class Ships: The Largest and Most Impressive
Royal Caribbean’s Icon-Class ships — notably the Icon of the Seas — are setting new benchmarks for cruise ships worldwide. These ships are the largest in the industry, pushing the envelope in terms of guest capacity, luxury amenities, and technological advancements. The Icon of the Seas is a symbol of the company’s dedication to providing unparalleled experiences at sea. With amenities such as skydiving simulators, robotic bartenders, and exclusive suites, it’s no wonder that these ships are some of the most sought-after vessels in 2026.
Royal Caribbean’s Oasis-Class ships have also maintained their place as industry leaders. With features like water parks, zip lines, and Broadway-style shows, they offer a perfect blend of adventure, relaxation, and entertainment for families and luxury travelers alike. The Oasis of the Seas and Symphony of the Seas are still in high demand due to their innovative designs and state-of-the-art technologies.
Fleet Overview of Major Cruise Lines in 2026
As of 2026, the global cruise industry remains highly competitive, with a few major players dominating the market. The fleet sizes of these cruise lines play a significant role in shaping their global presence, passenger reach, and operational capabilities. Here’s an overview of the fleet sizes and highlights of the top cruise lines in 2026:
Royal Caribbean International operates 27 ships as of 2026, but the Royal Caribbean Group, manages a total of approximately 69 ships across all its brands. Royal Caribbean International is the core brand, and its fleet is renowned for mega-ships like the Icon-Class and Oasis-Class, setting new standards in the cruise industry for size, luxury, and innovation.
Carnival Cruise Line leads the industry with the largest fleet of 29 ships. Carnival has long been known for its affordable cruising and family-friendly entertainment, and its fleet continues to grow with new ships expected to launch through 2033. Carnival’s vessels cater to a wide range of guests, from budget-conscious families to those seeking fun-filled adventures at sea.
MSC Cruises, a rapidly expanding player, operates around 23 ships in 2026. The cruise line has made substantial investments in LNG-powered ships and is increasing its presence globally, especially in the U.S. market. MSC’s fleet offers a variety of family-friendly features and eco-conscious cruising options, making it a top choice for international travelers.
Princess Cruises operates 17 ships in 2026, focusing on premium cruising with a strong emphasis on destination-based itineraries. Known for its refined guest experiences, Princess Cruises caters to adults and older travelers looking for relaxation, enrichment programs, and destination immersion.
Holland America Line maintains a smaller fleet of approximately 11-12 ships, focusing on classic luxury cruising and cultural exploration. Holland America continues to attract a loyal customer base, offering intimate and cultural cruises to destinations like Alaska, Europe, and the Caribbean.
Silversea Cruises is a leader in the luxury cruise market, operating 12 ships in 2026. These small, all-suite ships are designed for an exclusive experience, often visiting remote and hard-to-reach destinations. Silversea’s fleet caters to high-net-worth individuals seeking intimate and immersive luxury experiences.
Setting Sail for Success: Fleet Sizes and Innovations in 2026
Cruise Line
Fleet Size (2026)
Key Fleet Highlights
Royal Caribbean International
27 ships
Icon-Class and Oasis-Class mega-ships; innovative, high-tech features like skydiving simulators and robotic bartenders. Royal Caribbean Group 69 ships in total
Carnival Cruise Line
29 ships
Largest fleet, known for family-friendly ships, value pricing, and affordable entertainment.
MSC Cruises
23 ships
LNG-powered ships; expanding globally, especially in the U.S.; large family-friendly features.
Princess Cruises
17 ships
Premium offerings; destination-focused cruises; MedallionClass technology for a personalized experience.
Holland America Line
11-12 ships
Focus on classic luxury, cultural exploration, and intimate, destination-focused cruising.
Silversea Cruises
12 ships
Ultra-luxury, small ships, offering intimate experiences and exclusive itineraries to remote destinations.
2026 Flagship Launches: Setting New Standards
In mid-2026, Royal Caribbean will introduce the Legend of the Seas, a new Icon-Class ship that will have a staggering passenger capacity of over 7,600 guests. This ship is expected to further elevate Royal Caribbean’s position at the top of the cruise industry. With features that include advanced sustainability initiatives, new dining options, and thrilling onboard experiences, the Legend of the Seas is set to redefine cruising for the next generation of travelers.
These new ship launches are key to Royal Caribbean’s ongoing success. By continually refreshing its fleet with the latest innovations, the company ensures that it stays ahead of competitors like MSC, Carnival, and Princess. The focus on large, high-capacity ships filled with cutting-edge technology is a clear competitive advantage.
Royal Caribbean’s Market Position Against MSC, Carnival, Princess, and Silversea
As Royal Caribbean takes the lead, it continues to face stiff competition from industry giants like Carnival Cruise Line, MSC Cruises, Princess Cruises, Holland America, and Silversea Cruises. However, Royal Caribbean’s ability to offer a wide range of experiences and its focus on innovation consistently position it ahead of its competitors.
Royal Caribbean vs. Carnival Cruise Line: Innovation vs. Value
Carnival has long been known for its value pricing and family-friendly entertainment. However, Carnival’s smaller ships and focus on affordability have started to lose ground against Royal Caribbean’s mega-ships and premium offerings. Royal Caribbean’s ships, such as the Icon-class vessels, offer cutting-edge technology and world-class attractions that Carnival cannot match. Royal Caribbean’s focus on providing both luxury and adventure gives it a competitive edge in 2026.
Royal Caribbean vs. MSC Cruises: Expanding Markets and Growing Perception
MSC Cruises has seen rapid global growth and expansion, especially in the U.S. market. However, it has struggled to maintain a consistent brand perception in certain markets. Royal Caribbean has capitalized on this by continuing to push the boundaries of what is possible at sea. While MSC’s ships are large and luxurious, Royal Caribbean’s fleet stands out for its larger ships and innovative features, which continue to outpace MSC in terms of both passenger growth and market positioning.
Royal Caribbean vs. Princess Cruises: Family and Technology vs. Tradition
Princess Cruises has established itself as a top choice for destination-focused cruising, but it appeals mainly to older travelers and those seeking a traditional cruising experience. While Princess does offer luxury options and refined guest experiences, it falls short compared to Royal Caribbean’s diverse offerings that appeal to families, thrill-seekers, and adventure enthusiasts. Royal Caribbean’s innovative dining experiences and technological advancements help it stand out as the best choice for 2026.
Royal Caribbean vs. Silversea Cruises: Mass Market vs. Luxury
Silversea is known for its luxury cruising and small-ship experiences. It provides highly personalized and exclusive itineraries. However, Silversea’s focus on the luxury market means it doesn’t cater to the mass-market segment in the same way Royal Caribbean does. While Silversea continues to attract high-end guests, Royal Caribbean’s ability to offer luxury experiences on a grander scale with its mega-ships gives it a broader appeal and greater reach.
What Makes Royal Caribbean Stand Out in 2026
It’s not just about size. Royal Caribbean’s commitment to innovation extends beyond just large ships. It is also about how the company has revolutionized the guest experience. From family-friendly activities like surf simulators and ice-skating rinks to high-end dining and luxury accommodations, Royal Caribbean excels in offering something for every type of traveler.
Additionally, Royal Caribbean’s exclusive destinations—like its private islands and private beach clubs—extend the vacation experience beyond the ship itself, giving guests a complete cruise experience that is hard to find anywhere else.
Royal Caribbean’s focus on high-tech features, like MedallionClass technology that offers a personalized cruising experience, makes it the most technologically advanced cruise line in the world. The brand is continuously evolving to meet the changing needs of guests, which is why it continues to lead the industry in 2026.
Guest Experience and Value: What Sets Royal Caribbean Apart
Royal Caribbean’s rise to the top in 2026 is not solely due to its massive ships or advanced technologies, but also because of its focus on exceptional guest experiences. The brand’s commitment to offering memorable vacations that cater to a wide range of demographics has set it apart from the competition. It’s not just about offering a vacation at sea—it’s about offering a total experience that keeps guests coming back year after year.
Family-Friendly Activities: Thrill and Adventure for All Ages
Royal Caribbean’s reputation as the ultimate family-friendly cruise line is well-earned. Its ships are packed with activities that cater to guests of all ages, from children to adults. For families, there’s no shortage of things to do—whether it’s surf simulators, zip lines, or ice-skating rinks, there’s something for every thrill-seeker. The Adventure Ocean youth program ensures kids have a fun and safe time while parents can relax and enjoy the cruise experience.
But it’s not just about kids’ activities. For families looking for an active vacation, Royal Caribbean’s ships offer an array of high-energy experiences that allow families to bond over adventure and fun. Whether it’s taking part in a family scavenger hunt or participating in aqua park challenges, Royal Caribbean delivers a family-oriented experience unlike any other cruise line.
Innovative Dining and Entertainment: A Feast for the Senses
One of the standout features that Royal Caribbean has over its competitors is its innovative dining options. The cruise line continues to push the boundaries of what’s possible at sea, offering a wide range of culinary experiences that include everything from gourmet restaurants to casual eateries and themed dining venues. Guests can choose from a vast array of international cuisines, as well as explore interactive dining experiences that add an extra layer of excitement to each meal.
In addition to world-class dining, Royal Caribbean offers an unmatched entertainment program. Whether you’re watching Broadway-style shows, enjoying a live concert, or taking part in interactive game shows, there’s always something to entertain guests onboard. The brand’s focus on delivering top-tier performances and immersive entertainment options ensures that there’s never a dull moment during your cruise.
Exclusive Destinations: More Than Just the Ship
Royal Caribbean doesn’t just focus on delivering an exceptional experience while on board—its exclusive destinations extend the vacation experience to private islands and beaches. Guests can enjoy a private beach on CocoCay, the brand’s exclusive island in the Bahamas, or spend the day on Perfect Day at CocoCay, which offers water parks, cabanas, and beachfront relaxation in a stunning tropical setting.
These proprietary destinations provide guests with the opportunity to disconnect from the world and immerse themselves in luxury. Royal Caribbean’s private destinations enhance the cruise experience by offering seclusion, high-end amenities, and the opportunity to create memories that extend beyond the cruise ship.
Financial Outlook and Future Growth Plans
Royal Caribbean’s growth in 2026 isn’t just a result of its current success—it also points to the brand’s solid future outlook. The company’s financial performance has exceeded expectations, with positive profit guidance and an increase in stock prices. This strong financial standing indicates that Royal Caribbean is not only positioned as the top cruise line of 2026 but also has the resources to sustain this dominance in the years to come.
Projected Profit Growth: A Strong Future Ahead
Royal Caribbean’s financial health is evident in its projected profits for 2026, which have exceeded Wall Street expectations. The company’s ongoing success is supported by its strong bookings, increased passenger numbers, and diverse offerings, which ensure that the cruise line remains a top choice for travelers. Royal Caribbean’s projected profit growth shows no signs of slowing down, reinforcing its position as the industry leader.
Expanding Global Presence: More Ships, More Destinations
Royal Caribbean has a strategic plan for expansion, with new ships on the horizon and global itineraries that continue to grow. The company is already a global leader in cruise vacations, but its continued fleet expansion will solidify its leadership position well into the future. The upcoming launch of new ships like the Legend of the Seas will allow Royal Caribbean to continue attracting travelers who are seeking luxury, adventure, and cutting-edge experiences.
The company’s global presence will also continue to expand, with new destinations being added to the itinerary. Whether it’s Asia, Europe, or Alaska, Royal Caribbean is constantly expanding its reach, ensuring that travelers have access to a wide range of exciting locations.
Royal Caribbean’s Commitment to Sustainability: A Green Future
In addition to its focus on luxury and innovation, Royal Caribbean is also making a significant impact with its sustainability efforts. The brand’s investment in LNG-powered ships and fuel-efficient technologies positions it as a leader in environmental responsibility in the cruise industry.
LNG-Powered Ships: Leading the Way in Sustainability
Royal Caribbean is committed to reducing its environmental footprint through the use of LNG propulsion systems on many of its ships. These technologies reduce carbon emissions and offer cleaner fuel options that help make the cruise industry more sustainable. Royal Caribbean’s ability to integrate sustainability with luxury cruising sets it apart from competitors, making it a top choice for eco-conscious travelers.
Cruise Industry Showdown: Why Royal Caribbean Reigns Supreme in 2026
Category
Royal Caribbean
Carnival Cruise Line
MSC Cruises
Princess Cruises
Holland America
Silversea Cruises
Growth Rate (Revenue)
18.6% increase in revenue
Moderate growth
Strong global expansion but slower compared to RCI
Steady but slower compared to RCI
Moderate growth in luxury segment
Luxury-focused, steady growth
Passenger Growth
12% increase in passenger numbers
Slow, with mixed results due to shifting loyalty programs
Expanding global presence
Loyal customer base, but slower growth
Smaller ships and more niche audience
Luxury market with consistent clientele
Innovation & Ship Design
Icon-Class and Oasis-Class mega-ships, high-tech features
Focus on family entertainment but with smaller ships
Large ships, but less innovative than RCI
Traditional cruising with MedallionClass technology
Classic luxury, smaller ships, less innovation
Small, luxury ships with high-end experiences
Onboard Amenities
Surf simulators, zip lines, water parks, robotic bartenders
Affordable family entertainment and value pricing
Focus on large family-friendly features
Premium amenities for adults and older travelers
Cultural and destination-focused experiences
Ultra-luxury, intimate experiences
Environmental Commitment
LNG propulsion, sustainability investments
Mixed efforts, more focus on affordability
Expanding eco-friendly ships
Focus on premium but less emphasis on sustainability
Classic luxury with less emphasis on environmental efforts
Luxury cruises, less emphasis on sustainability
Global Presence & Deployment
Expanding global itineraries, new ship launches
Expanding but limited compared to RCI
Expanding rapidly, especially in the U.S.
Focused on destination cruising in specific regions
Focus on classic destinations, slower expansion
Limited to luxury markets, fewer global itineraries
Target Audience
Families, adventure seekers, luxury travelers
Budget-conscious families and value-seeking guests
Families and international travelers
Adults and older travelers looking for a traditional cruise
Mature travelers seeking cultural experiences
Luxury travelers looking for small, intimate cruises
Strong international appeal, family-friendly features
MedallionClass technology for personalized experiences
Smaller, more exclusive ships focused on destinations
Personalized luxury with small ship intimacy
Royal Caribbean has overtaken MSC, Princess, Holland America, Carnival, Silversea, and more to become the best cruise line in the world for 2026, as per the TTW Report of Top 50 Cruise Ships Around the World. Innovation, luxury, and sustainability have powered this rise.
Conclusion: The Unstoppable Royal Caribbean
In 2026, Royal Caribbean has secured its position as the top cruise line worldwide, outpacing competitors like MSC, Carnival, Princess, Holland America, and Silversea. With innovative ships, world-class dining and entertainment, and a focus on sustainability, Royal Caribbean is setting the standard for what it means to be a leader in the cruise industry.
Looking forward, Royal Caribbean’s growth trajectory shows no signs of slowing down. The brand continues to expand its fleet, enhance guest experiences, and drive innovation across every aspect of the cruise experience. For travelers seeking the best in luxury, adventure, and family-friendly fun, Royal Caribbean in 2026 is the ultimate cruise line to choose.
Royal Caribbean’s competitive edge—fueled by innovation, customer loyalty, and a strong financial outlook—positions it as the cruise line of choice for the next generation of travelers. As the company continues to set new standards in the industry, it remains a trailblazer in cruising, offering guests the ultimate vacation at sea.
In a groundbreaking move announced by the U.S. Department of State (DOS) on January 14, 2026, the U.S. government imposed an indefinite pause on the issuance of immigrant visas for nationals of 75 countries. This policy, which officially took effect on January 21, 2026, represents a significant shift in U.S. immigration policy, departing from individualized assessments to a categorical suspension for certain nationalities. The DOS cited concerns related to “public charge” inadmissibility, specifically aimed at individuals from countries deemed at high risk of utilizing public benefits.
The 75 countries affected by the pause include nations such as Brazil, Russia, Nigeria, Afghanistan, and Cuba, among others. The suspension has raised concerns regarding the future of immigrants seeking permanent residency in the United States, with many left in limbo as the DOS overhauls its visa processing procedures.
What Happened?
On January 14, 2026, the U.S. Department of State announced an indefinite pause on the issuance of immigrant visas for nationals of 75 countries, which took effect a week later on January 21, 2026. This means that individuals seeking to immigrate to the United States through permanent residency (green card) applications, including family-sponsored and employer-sponsored petitions, will not be issued immigrant visas under this new policy.
The reason cited for this drastic move is a need to reevaluate and revise procedures for determining “public charge” inadmissibility. Nationals from these countries have been identified as “high risk” for utilizing public benefits. As such, the pause allows the Department of State to revise its methodology for assessing financial self-sufficiency among immigrant applicants.
The suspension is a direct response to concerns that individuals from these 75 countries might become dependent on public assistance in the U.S. and the DOS’s desire to address these concerns with a more streamlined and uniform approach.
Where Is This Policy in Effect?
The policy impacts nationals from 75 countries worldwide, primarily targeting developing nations and countries facing economic instability.
A partial list of the affected countries includes:
Brazil
Russia
Nigeria
Afghanistan
Bangladesh
Colombia
Cuba
Iran
Iraq
Pakistan
Countries from regions such as the Middle East, Central Asia, Africa, and parts of Eastern Europe are most impacted by this measure. While the suspension applies to immigrant visa applicants, it does not apply to non-immigrant visa categories such as B-1/B-2 (tourist visas), F-1 (student visas), and H-1B (specialty work visas). This means that nationals from these countries can still apply for short-term or temporary visas, though they may face more intense scrutiny regarding their financial self-sufficiency during the application process.
Why Was This Policy Enacted?
The U.S. Department of State’s decision to implement this indefinite pause was driven by concerns over the long-term financial viability of immigrants from the 75 listed countries. The “public charge” rule, which is a long-standing aspect of U.S. immigration law, allows officials to deny entry to individuals who are deemed likely to depend on public assistance programs, such as food stamps or Medicaid, once they arrive in the country.
According to the DOS, individuals from these 75 countries were identified as being at high risk of needing public benefits, leading to this broad-based, categorical suspension of immigrant visa issuance. The pause provides the Department of State with an opportunity to overhaul the criteria and procedures for assessing immigrants’ financial independence, potentially leading to a stricter and more standardized evaluation of applicants in the future.
When Did This Policy Take Effect, and How Is It Being Implemented?
The policy officially went into effect on January 21, 2026. While immigrant visa applications for nationals from the affected countries are still being processed and applicants are permitted to attend consular interviews, these applications will not be approved during the pause. Even if applicants meet the requirements for immigrant status, their visas will not be issued during this period.
The consulates in the affected countries have been instructed to refuse all immigrant visa applications under INA Section 221(g) (administrative processing), which means that applicants will not receive a decision on their visa status until the suspension is lifted.
How Does This Policy Impact Those Affected?
The immediate consequences of this policy are significant, particularly for individuals and families planning to immigrate to the U.S. from these 75 countries. Many applicants may find themselves indefinitely delayed in their pursuit of a green card, as the U.S. government works to revise its public charge methodology.
One key aspect of the policy is that it applies solely to immigrant visas, meaning that applicants for temporary visas, such as student or tourist visas, are not subject to the suspension. However, these applicants may still face increased scrutiny regarding their financial status, as consular officers will likely assess whether these individuals are financially independent enough to avoid becoming a public charge in the U.S.
Key Exceptions and Updates
While the policy is far-reaching, there are notable exceptions:
Dual Nationals: Individuals holding passports from countries not affected by the suspension can apply for immigrant visas using their other nationality to bypass the pause. This provides a potential workaround for applicants who possess dual nationality.
Adoption Waiver: On February 3, 2026, the U.S. Department of State issued a waiver for children being adopted by U.S. citizens. This exemption allows the processing of immigrant visas for these children to continue, even if they are from countries on the list, as part of a “National Interest Exception.”
Adjustment of Status (USCIS): The suspension only affects consular processing for immigrant visas. As of early February 2026, U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS) has not announced a similar pause for individuals already within the U.S. seeking an Adjustment of Status (Form I-485) to permanent residency.
Legal and Practical Implications
The indefinite pause has sparked legal challenges. Immigration advocacy groups, such as the American Immigration Council and the ACLU, have filed lawsuits, arguing that the policy violates the Immigration and Nationality Act (INA), which mandates that immigrant visa applications be adjudicated on an individual basis, rather than based on nationality. These legal challenges will likely result in prolonged court battles, potentially delaying the implementation of the pause or leading to modifications in the policy.
For employers, the suspension poses challenges as well. Multinational companies with plans to relocate employees from affected countries may face significant delays in their ability to bring workers to the U.S. permanently. These employers are advised to review their talent pipelines and explore alternative immigration pathways for affected employees.
Comparison with Other U.S. Immigration Policies
The suspension on immigrant visas for nationals of 75 countries should not be confused with Presidential Proclamation 10998, which came into effect on January 1, 2026. That proclamation targeted 39 countries, primarily focused on national security and vetting concerns. Many countries appear on both lists, further complicating the immigration landscape for these nations.
Conclusion
The indefinite pause on immigrant visa issuance for nationals of 75 countries, implemented by the U.S. Department of State, marks a significant shift in U.S. immigration policy. While the suspension only applies to immigrant visa applications, it has the potential to delay the permanent residency prospects for thousands of individuals. With ongoing legal challenges and a review of public charge guidelines underway, the policy’s future remains uncertain. For now, those affected are advised to stay informed and consult with immigration professionals to navigate the complex and evolving situation.
Samsung is set to launch the Galaxy S26 series on February 25, and we have a closer look at the standard Galaxy S26 and S26 Plus design through a new leak.
Samsung’s Ultra model represents the Galaxy S-series with a large display, powerful performance, and more cameras. Though the Ultra model offers unique value for its price, customers have different preferences about their new flagship.
That’s where the standard and the Plus kick in. These phones have smaller screens than the Ultra model, while offering flagship performance and camera experience. Most importantly, the price is more affordable.
For years, Samsung has streamlined these phones with nominal design upgrades to focus on the software and technological advancements. These steps are quite apparent on the top-of-the-line model, but the standard and Plus still focus on a handy user experience.
2026 won’t be any different. Samsung has a standard and Plus model planned for the Galaxy S26 series, and a recent leak has revealed key insights into how these two devices will look.
The phone has a tall appearance with round corners, and the display is flat, just like the predecessor. The rear side has a vertical camera island that expands on the top left.
A side view shows that the lens modules have different crowns than the previous models. Overall this subtle changes have made the design look more interesting than ever before.
Galaxy S25 Plus
Rumors from last year suggested that the phone maker could replace the standard and the Plus models with a Pro and Edge. However, later findings suggest that the Edge still has a long way to go to grow the user base against the Plus, and the Pro model is proven to be a hoax, at least from what we’ve been seeing in the leaks. More details will be revealed at the Unpacked event.
In her address at the World Governments Summit held in Dubai, UAE, on February 5, Kenya’s Cabinet Secretary of Tourism and Wildlife, Hon. Rebecca Miano, announced the country’s grand plan of harnessing the power of artificial intelligence and smart data to drive the next wave of sustainable tourism growth. She emphasized the government’s commitment to ensuring tourism industry remains resilient, inclusive, and competitive while adopting AI and green conservation strategies in Kenya. This revolutionary move will ensure that the communities benefit from the tourism industry, as purpose-led travel becomes the next big thing in the industry globally.
Sustainable Tourism Growth Through AI-Powered Solutions
During the Future of Tourism and Destination Global South panel, Miano discussed how AI and smart data tools will be pivotal in driving the sustainability agenda for Kenya’s tourism sector. By employing predictive analytics to understand demand trends and utilizing intelligent itinerary platforms, Kenya can offer personalized, efficient travel experiences while maintaining a focus on eco-friendly practices. These technologies will also be employed for real-time ecosystem monitoring, aiding in improved wildlife and park management.
This technology-driven approach is aligned with the rising trend of sustainable tourism, where travelers seek not only comfort and adventure but also eco-conscious options that minimize environmental impact. Kenya’s smart-data applications will allow tourism operators to make informed decisions that enhance local community engagement while protecting Kenya’s natural resources, such as its iconic national parks and wildlife reserves.
Enhancing Sustainable Tourism and Community Benefits
One of the most important aspects of Kenya’s digital transformation in tourism is its focus on making the sector inclusive and community-driven. By using AI to optimize travel patterns and itineraries, the government aims to ensure that local communities in rural and protected areas directly benefit from tourism. This could mean promoting off-the-beaten-path destinations, where sustainable tourism initiatives can create local jobs, support cultural preservation, and foster long-term economic growth.
Kenya’s approach is an example of how tourism can be leveraged for sustainable development, ensuring that growth doesn’t come at the cost of the environment or local livelihoods. By integrating technology with sustainable tourism practices, Kenya is laying the foundation for a tourism ecosystem that benefits both travelers and residents.
Digital Transformation: Supporting Regional and Economic Development
Kenya’s initiative to create a digitally enabled ecosystem in the tourism sector is expected to strengthen regional development, with a focus on creating sustainable jobs in the tourism value chain. As part of this effort, AI and smart data will support real-time tourism monitoring and performance tracking, ensuring that the growth of the tourism sector remains environmentally responsible. This will also make the country’s tourism more resilient to external challenges, such as global economic shifts or environmental changes.
This digital evolution is expected to attract digitally savvy travelers who are looking for experiences that balance adventure with sustainability. By tapping into technology and data, Kenya can position itself as a leader in eco-tourism, appealing to the growing demand for purpose-driven travel that prioritizes environmental sustainability and cultural preservation.
One of the core elements of Kenya’s AI-driven approach is improving the marketing of Magical Kenya, the country’s flagship tourism brand. Through digital transformation, Kenya will be able to better target eco-conscious travelers who seek sustainable, personalized travel experiences. By integrating AI tools into marketing strategies, Kenya’s tourism authorities will be able to tailor campaigns based on individual traveler preferences, driving sustainable tourism growth while ensuring that local communities are integrated into the tourism ecosystem.
This targeted marketing approach will ensure that Kenya not only attracts more visitors but also draws travelers who are committed to sustainable, responsible travel. By showcasing its sustainable tourism practices, Kenya will strengthen its position as a globally recognized eco-destination for travelers seeking both luxury and sustainability.
Partnership for Sustainable Tourism: Skills, Investment, and Multilateral Cooperation
In her discussions with the newly appointed UN Tourism Secretary-General, Shaikha Al Nowais, Miano explored potential cooperation on skills development, investment, and multilateral partnerships aimed at strengthening Kenya’s sustainable tourism infrastructure. These partnerships will focus on capacity building and knowledge transfer, ensuring that Kenya’s tourism workforce is equipped with the skills needed to operate in a technology-driven, sustainable tourism environment.
The partnership also aims to attract investment into the eco-tourism and sustainability sectors, creating opportunities for green infrastructure development, sustainable accommodation options, and environmentally conscious travel practices. By working with global stakeholders, Kenya will enhance its global competitiveness as a sustainable tourism destination while fostering economic growth in local communities.
The Future of Sustainable Tourism in Kenya
Kenya’s forward-thinking approach to sustainable tourism growth marks a significant milestone in its journey to becoming a global leader in eco-tourism and responsible travel. By leveraging AI, smart data, and sustainability-driven initiatives, the country is paving the way for an inclusive, green tourism future that benefits travelers and communities alike. As purpose-driven travel becomes the new norm, Kenya’s focus on environmentally sustainable tourism will resonate with a growing segment of travelers who seek meaningful, responsible travel experiences.
With innovative digital tools, sustainable tourism practices, and a commitment to community empowerment, Kenya is well-positioned to capitalize on the future of tourism—one that emphasizes eco-conscious growth, local benefit, and environmental responsibility.
Shaping the Future of Sustainable Tourism in Kenya
This approach in blending artificial intelligence, smart data, and sustainable tourism practices, which Kenya is embracing, is bound to influence the future of tourism in the country. As personalization with the use of artificial intelligence becomes a cornerstone of tourism sector development, Kenya is setting a new pace for sustainable development in tourism, a pace that other nations can learn from. With sustainable tourism being integral to their tourism sector, Kenya is on course to become a leader in eco-tourism.
Recent leaks point to a major Galaxy S26 downgrade, but digging into details sheds light on some really practical benefits.
Samsung NEVER PROMISED to install charging magnets inside Galaxy phones in 2026, but the rumors did. Samsung’s internal survey regarding built-in magnets sparked the debate, and rumors floated online suggesting so.
Latest inputs, including with 100 percent accuracy, confirm that the Galaxy S26, S26 Plus, and S26 Ultra DO NOT BRING BUILT-IN MAGNETS. Like the S25 series, the Galaxy S26 phones will need the right case for Qi2 charging.
Samsung did not forget how Qi2 works
On paper, the Galaxy S26 looks like it fell behind, with no built-in Qi2 magnets, extra cases, and a messy accessory story. Meanwhile, Google’s Pixel 10 walks in with magnets installed straight into the phone and calls it progress.
Samsung did not forget how Qi2 works. It made a choice, a very Samsung choice.
The Galaxy S26 series still supports fast Qi2 charging through cases. Speeds are competitive, especially on the Ultra. The flagship experience does not collapse just because magnets are optional instead of mandatory.
One downgrade, unexpected benefits
Wireless PowerShare is not a spec sheet flex.
If you have ever dropped your Galaxy Watch on the back of your phone at 2 percent before heading out, you already know why this matters. Compatible Galaxy phones assisted users in such difficult times, and the S26 series won’t be an exception.
Pixel 10 users lose that entirely.
Google sacrificed Battery Share to make room for its Pixelsnap magnets. Strong alignment, clean mounting, instant Qi2 access, all nice, but the moment your earbuds die and there is no charger around, that magnet feels like a gimmick.
Source – Samsung
Samsung sidestepped that problem by skipping internal magnets altogether. No magnets means no interference with the charging coil. No interference means Wireless PowerShare versatility stays intact; that is, engineering priorities show through.
Want Qi2 alignment and magnetic mounts?
Buy the right case and you are set.
Want to keep reverse charging for your Galaxy Buds and Watch?
Your Galaxy S26 will let you share power wirelessly.
EAST LANSING, Mich. (WLNS) — The No. 10 Michigan State men’s basketball team snapped a two-game losing streak with an 85-82 overtime win against fifth-ranked Illinois. This was Illinois’s first loss since December 13th.
MSU freshman Jordan Scott was tasked with guarding star Illinois freshman Keaton Wagler. Wagler leads the Illini in scoring and finished with 16 points on Saturday night. Wagler had just two points in the first half and scored his next 14 in the second half and overtime.
“I felt very confident,” said Scott. “I think during our practices, our walk-throughs and everything, we knew their plays and what they were doing. We got a little messed up and that’s gonna happen in games, but overall we did a pretty good job on our coverages.”
Illinois is also one of the top three-point shooting teams in the Big Ten at 36.1%. MSU held the Fighting Illini to just 28% from beyond the arc on Saturday night.
MSU point guard Jeremy Fears Jr. had 26 points and 15 assists. Fears scored 11 of those 26 points in overtime. MSU also got back to the program principles of “defend, rebound, and run.” The Spartans outrebounded Illinois 48-38.
Michigan State will head to Wisconsin next on Friday, Feb. 13th, to take on the Badgers. Tip off is set for 8 P.M.
Copyright 2026 Nexstar Media, Inc. All rights reserved. This material may not be published, broadcast, rewritten, or redistributed.
Athens is stepping up as a major gateway for travellers in 2026. The city’s airport is introducing new flight routes that connect Greece to exciting destinations across Europe and Asia. These Athens new flight routes are not just ordinary flights. They create opportunities for tourists to explore diverse cultures, history, and landscapes. Families, solo travellers, and adventure seekers now have more options to plan multi-destination trips with ease. The expansion of Athens new flight routes strengthens Greece’s position as a central hub for global tourism, making it easier than ever to reach new experiences.
The addition of these new routes is expected to boost tourism and encourage travellers to include Athens in their itineraries. The airport’s upgraded connectivity positions Greece as a destination for both leisure and business travel. Tourists can now combine trips to the Greek islands with visits to Northern Europe or Asia, all from the same starting point.
Direct Flight to Seoul: A Bridge Between Cultures
One of the most anticipated Athens new flight routes connects Athens with Seoul, South Korea. This long-haul connection brings Asia within reach for travellers seeking a mix of ancient and modern experiences. Tourists can explore Seoul’s vibrant city life, historic palaces, bustling markets, and culinary delights, while pairing it with Greece’s rich history and scenic beauty.
The Athens to Seoul route creates a unique opportunity for cultural exchange. Greek travellers can immerse themselves in Korean traditions, while Korean visitors can enjoy Athens’ archaeological wonders, Mediterranean cuisine, and sunny coastlines. This Athens new flight routes initiative not only strengthens tourism but also fosters global connectivity between Europe and Asia.
Gdansk: A Northern European Gem Awaits
Athens new flight routes also include a direct link to Gdansk, Poland. Known for its charming old town, historic ports, and picturesque Baltic coastline, Gdansk is an ideal destination for tourists seeking culture and history. Short flights make it possible to enjoy a weekend getaway or a longer European tour combining multiple cities.
Travellers who prefer scenic walks, medieval architecture, and cultural exploration will find Gdansk appealing. These Athens new flight routes make the city more accessible, creating opportunities for new itineraries. Tourists can combine sun-drenched Greek islands with the northern charm of Gdansk in a single holiday, giving a unique contrast of experiences.
Tallinn: A Fairytale City Closer Than Ever
Tallinn, the capital of Estonia, is another exciting destination included in the Athens new flight routes. Its cobbled streets, historic walls, and artistic culture make it feel like a storybook city. For travellers from Greece and beyond, the new route provides easy access to Northern Europe’s beauty.
Tallinn offers a blend of medieval charm and modern lifestyle. Visitors can enjoy boutique cafes, ancient fortresses, and sea views all in one trip. By linking Athens with Tallinn, travellers can explore a combination of Mediterranean warmth and Baltic elegance in one itinerary. These Athens new flight routes open fresh perspectives for travellers seeking novel European experiences.
Global Reach and Tourism Opportunities
The new Athens flight routes go beyond Europe and Asia. They signal Greece’s growing role in global tourism. Tourists now have the option to plan extended trips that connect multiple continents, from the historical treasures of Greece to the modern streets of Seoul and the charm of Northern Europe.
Travel experts highlight that these Athens new flight routes provide convenience and flexibility. Tourists can explore several destinations without long layovers or complicated connections. This encourages creative travel planning, including multi-city tours and cross-cultural experiences.
Airlines and travel agencies are expected to introduce new packages and offers to leverage these routes. The expansion will likely boost Greece’s tourism economy and make Athens a hub for worldwide travellers. By planning trips along these new routes, tourists can experience more, explore more, and enjoy seamless journeys across Europe and Asia.
Why Travellers Should Take Note
For travellers, the Athens new flight routes are a game-changer. They offer access to Seoul, Gdansk, Tallinn, and beyond, making Athens not just a stopover but a launchpad for international exploration. Tourists can combine historical sightseeing, cultural experiences, culinary tours, and beach holidays in a single, well-planned trip.
These new connections encourage global travellers to rethink itineraries and explore beyond traditional destinations. With convenient flights, Greece becomes a gateway to diverse experiences, and the Athens new flight routes offer a fresh way to see the world. For anyone planning holidays in 2026, these routes present exciting opportunities for adventure, culture, and discovery.
Saudi Arabia’s Ramadan 2026 offers travelers an exceptional chance to explore AlUla and The Red Sea at unbeatable prices. With exclusive luxury deals, visitors can immerse themselves in the Kingdom’s rich culture and stunning landscapes. These discounted stays provide the perfect opportunity to experience AlUla’s desert beauty and The Red Sea’s serene beaches while celebrating the reflective spirit of Ramadan. It’s an ideal time to discover Saudi Arabia’s treasures in 2026.
Saudi Arabia is gearing up to offer travelers a truly special experience in early 2026 with exclusive travel packages as part of its global Ramadan campaign, “Embrace the Radiance of Ramadan Lights.” Through Welcome to Arabia, the tourism initiative of the Saudi Tourism Authority, more than 35 limited-time deals are being introduced across the Kingdom’s most famous destinations. These offers provide remarkable value for those visiting during Ramadan, inviting guests to immerse themselves in a blend of luxury, culture, and tradition in one of the most enchanting times of the year.
The curated offerings place a special emphasis on two flagship destinations: AlUla and The Red Sea. These locations, known for their unique landscapes and luxurious accommodations, are the centerpiece of the campaign. The deals, available at over 12 premium properties, are designed to make luxury travel more accessible, offering specially discounted rates during the holy month. This initiative presents an excellent opportunity to experience Saudi Arabia’s natural beauty, rich heritage, and wellness-focused retreats at significantly reduced prices.
In AlUla, one of Saudi Arabia’s most scenic and historically significant destinations, travelers can take advantage of discounts reaching up to 42% at the renowned Banyan Tree AlUla. Travelers can take advantage of special discounts, including 45% off at Our Habitas AlUla, 35% off at Ashar Tented Resort and Chedi Hegra, and 30% off at Shaden Resort. These offers provide an incredible opportunity to experience luxury accommodations at a fraction of the usual cost. These properties combine the dramatic desert landscapes of the region with archaeological wonders, creating a serene and immersive experience perfectly suited to the reflective atmosphere of Ramadan. Guests can expect thoughtful accommodations that incorporate the region’s history, allowing them to connect deeply with both nature and culture.
On the coast, The Red Sea beckons with its own set of exclusive offers. Travelers can save up to 20% at standout properties such as Desert Rock and Shebara, known for their stunning contemporary architecture, pristine beaches, and restorative wellness offerings. These resorts offer the perfect setting for a relaxing retreat, where the peaceful surroundings of the coast meet luxurious, contemporary design. During Ramadan, The Red Sea’s tranquil atmosphere provides the ideal backdrop for reflection and relaxation, making it an attractive option for those looking for a peaceful escape from the everyday.
Saudi Arabia’s tourism sector has been experiencing unprecedented growth, with the Kingdom welcoming over 122 million visitors in 2025. As Saudi Arabia progresses toward its goal of becoming one of the world’s top ten tourism destinations, these Ramadan offers are strategically designed to attract even more international visitors. The campaign also aims to encourage longer stays, allowing travelers to immerse themselves in the Kingdom’s offerings and culture while enjoying exceptional savings.
Saudi Arabia during Ramadan is a destination like no other. The Kingdom transforms as the holy month unfolds, with calm days giving way to vibrant nights. Cities such as Riyadh, Jeddah, and Diriyah shine in the evenings, illuminated by beautiful lights that reflect the festive atmosphere of Ramadan. The streets come alive with bustling night markets, Ramadan tents, and beautifully curated Iftar and Suhoor experiences that invite visitors to partake in the hospitality and generosity that define the season. These lively celebrations are complemented by quieter moments during the day, when the country’s cultural and natural beauty can be fully appreciated in a peaceful setting.
In Riyadh, the capital city, visitors can explore an exciting mix of tradition and modernity. From its iconic skyscrapers to the ancient Diriyah, where the Kingdom’s history began, Riyadh offers a diverse range of experiences. In Jeddah, a coastal gem, the city’s old town, Al-Balad, brims with charm, while the stunning waterfront areas provide a refreshing contrast. Diriyah, often referred to as the birthplace of Saudi Arabia, offers a unique opportunity to delve into the nation’s past while enjoying modern amenities. The annual Ramadan celebrations in these cities reflect the Kingdom’s commitment to preserving its heritage while welcoming global travelers with open arms.
The Ramadan campaign also highlights the broader culture of hospitality in Saudi Arabia. With its warm welcome, Saudi Arabia’s Iftar and Suhoor offerings are among the finest in the world, giving visitors a chance to indulge in delicious local cuisine while celebrating the spirit of togetherness. Throughout the month, local restaurants, resorts, and markets offer a variety of dining experiences that showcase the Kingdom’s rich culinary traditions, while also introducing international flavors to cater to diverse tastes.
Saudi Arabia’s ambition to make a mark on the global tourism map is becoming increasingly evident as the Kingdom makes significant investments in infrastructure, hospitality, and culture. The Ramadan offers are just one example of how Saudi Arabia is positioning itself as a must-visit destination in 2026 and beyond. From its rich history to its modern attractions, Saudi Arabia provides an experience that is both unique and inviting. Whether it’s a journey to AlUla to explore its archaeological wonders, a coastal retreat on The Red Sea, or an immersive city experience in Riyadh, Jeddah, or Diriyah, visitors are assured of a memorable stay, marked by the warmth of Saudi hospitality.
The “Embrace the Radiance of Ramadan Lights” campaign presents a unique chance for travelers to explore Saudi Arabia’s most renowned destinations while immersing themselves in the peaceful spirit of Ramadan. Whether indulging in luxury resorts in AlUla or enjoying a serene escape along The Red Sea, these limited-time offers make it easier than ever to explore Saudi Arabia during this special time of year. With its remarkable growth in tourism, commitment to preserving culture, and focus on providing exceptional experiences for all, Saudi Arabia is firmly on the map as one of the world’s most exciting travel destinations for 2026.
Algeria has officially initiated the procedure of cancelling the air services agreement with the United Arab Emirates, UAE. Such an agreement was signed in May 2013 and ratified by Presidential Decree in December 2014. Now, this agreement would be revoked officially by following the stipulated procedures outlined in the agreement.
Diplomatic Procedures for Agreement Termination
As per Article 22 of the agreement, the denunciation of the deal must be communicated through diplomatic channels to the UAE contracting party. In addition, a simultaneous notification must be made to the Secretary General of the International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO), ensuring the formalities with the global aviation body are completed. This step is necessary to properly fulfill the termination requirements under international aviation laws and protocols.
No Immediate Reason for the Decision
The Algerian News Agency report did not offer any immediate explanation for the decision to terminate the agreement. The reasons for such a move remain unclear, and the announcement has raised questions about potential diplomatic, economic, or operational factors influencing this decision. Despite no public disputes between Algeria and the UAE on air travel matters, the termination of such an agreement suggests that underlying factors may have prompted this shift in diplomatic and aviation strategy.
What It Means for Future Air Travel and Bilateral Relations
The termination of the air services agreement between Algeria and the UAE could lead to significant changes in the aviation landscape between the two nations, as airlines operating between Algeria and the UAE will now need to navigate the new status of air travel arrangements. Depending on how the situation unfolds, airlines may need to find new means of operating between the countries or seek alternative routes and agreements to ensure uninterrupted services.
In terms of future aviation relations, the termination may signal a shift in how Algeria and the UAE manage diplomatic and economic ties in the field of transportation. Air services agreements are critical not only for facilitating tourism and trade but also for maintaining strong bilateral relations. This move could have broader implications for future air travel policy between the two nations and might prompt both sides to reconsider how they approach the broader aviation landscape, possibly renegotiating new agreements or introducing new regulatory measures.
Potential Impacts on Trade, Tourism, and Diplomatic Relations
The future impact of terminating the air services agreement may be felt beyond just the aviation sector. Both trade and tourism between Algeria and the UAE may experience disruptions, particularly in terms of connectivity. The UAE is a major global hub for business and tourism, and any reduction in direct flights could affect business travelers, tourists, and cargo services between the two nations.
However, if handled effectively, it could lead to future renegotiations or even the introduction of new partnerships with other aviation players, which could better align with the strategic goals of both countries. The UAE is a major destination for travelers from Algeria, particularly those looking for luxury, leisure, and business opportunities. If direct flights are curtailed, it may prompt travelers to reconsider their plans or seek alternative routes, potentially affecting the flow of tourism and reducing visitor spend. However, if new agreements are forged or alternative routes are established, it may mitigate the effects on tourism.
Long-Term Aviation Strategy and Potential for Future Agreements
Looking toward the future, Algeria’s move to terminate this agreement could reflect a long-term shift in aviation policy as the country seeks to diversify its international partnerships. The Algerian government may have strategic reasons for rethinking its aviation agreements, including improving domestic infrastructure, forging stronger ties with other global aviation hubs, or aligning more closely with regional or international trade networks.
It’s also possible that this decision is part of a broader effort to modernize Algeria’s aviation sector, which has historically faced challenges in meeting international standards and attracting global carriers. The termination of the air services agreement could pave the way for new aviation agreements that are more favorable to Algeria’s economic interests or offer more modernized air travel options.
Navigating the Future of Algeria-UAE Aviation Relations
In the recent developments, Algeria has sought an end to its current air services agreement with the UAE, sparking emerging questions about its implications in the future aviation relationship and its implications for trade, tourism, and diplomacy in general. However, it is still too early to determine how such an agreement would affect or influence future relationships, and an emerging shift could change how both nations and countries would engage in economic cooperation in the coming days and months.
This underlines the relevance of strategic diplmacy in the aviation industry, as alterations in agreements have a multiplier effect on various sectors simultaneously. The way Algeria deals with these shifts will determine its aviation and connectivity prospects in the future.
In January 2026, Sri Lanka’s tourism industry faced a significant decline in revenue, despite witnessing a rise in the number of visitors. Tourism earnings dropped by 5.6% year-on-year, bringing in US$378.5 million, a reduction from the previous year’s figures. The surprising downturn occurred despite a 9.7% increase in tourist arrivals to the island nation, highlighting the economic challenges faced by Sri Lanka’s tourism sector.
The decrease in revenue is tied to a drop in daily spending by tourists, which had been revised downwards in the latter half of 2025. The tourism sector, which forms a key component of Sri Lanka’s economy, continues to recover from the setbacks caused by the 2019 terrorist attacks and the global pandemic. The country is determined to attract more visitors, but the outlook remains mixed as global travel trends and the cost of living continue to influence travelers’ spending behavior.
A Decline Despite Growing Arrivals: What’s Behind the Numbers?
The most recent tourism figures show a 5.6% drop in tourism revenue for January 2026, totaling $378.5 million. This decline is especially notable as it occurred despite a 9.7% increase in tourist arrivals, which numbered 277,327 for the month. This presents an interesting paradox where more visitors arrived, yet the earnings from their stay were lower than anticipated.
One of the primary reasons for this revenue shortfall lies in the downward revision of daily spending by tourists. The Sri Lanka Tourism Development Authority (SLTDA) reduced the estimated daily expenditure per tourist to $148 in August 2025, a decrease from $171 the previous year. This adjustment was made following a comprehensive survey of tourism habits, and the drop in daily spending reflects changing consumer behavior, with tourists being more cautious with their spending amidst the broader global economic conditions.
Moreover, Sri Lanka’s tourism industry had been on a generally downward trajectory since the middle of 2025, with five months of decline in the past seven months. Despite a slight recovery in the final months of 2025, January’s figures show that the tourism sector still has a long way to go in terms of recovery.
Growth in Visitor Numbers Not Enough to Offset Declining Revenue
While Sri Lanka’s tourist arrivals have been on the rise, with a 9.7% increase in January 2026, the revenue generated from these visits hasn’t been enough to support the sector’s full recovery. The country is striving to reach its target of 3 million arrivals by the end of 2026, a lofty goal considering the challenges faced in recent years.
Sri Lanka’s tourism sector has faced numerous setbacks in recent years, particularly the Easter Sunday attacks in 2019, which severely damaged the country’s tourism reputation, followed by the global pandemic that halted international travel. After these setbacks, the industry has made strides in rebuilding itself, but economic pressures, inflation, and fluctuating travel patterns continue to pose challenges.
Despite these difficulties, Sri Lanka’s tourism revenue showed a positive trend in 2025, reaching a total of $3.22 billion, a 1.6% increase from the previous year. This was largely due to a 15.1% growth in tourist arrivals from the prior year, with 2.36 million visitors recorded in 2025, compared to 2.05 million in 2024. However, as seen in January’s figures, the revenue growth hasn’t kept pace with the increased visitor numbers.
Tourism Challenges and Future Prospects: What’s Next for Sri Lanka?
For the tourism industry in Sri Lanka, the path ahead is still fraught with obstacles. Despite the strong growth in arrivals, spending behavior continues to be a limiting factor. To boost revenue, the tourism authorities will need to find innovative ways to encourage higher spending per tourist.
Government initiatives to diversify the tourism product in Sri Lanka could prove valuable. Cultural tourism, wellness tourism, and eco-tourism are potential sectors that could attract higher-spending visitors. Offering luxury travel experiences, tailored to the high-net-worth individual market, could also help increase revenue without necessarily increasing the number of arrivals.
Sri Lanka’s tourism industry must also continue to rebuild the trust of international travelers, particularly after the security challenges faced in 2019 and the disruptions caused by the pandemic. By focusing on improving infrastructure, service quality, and safety, Sri Lanka can ensure that it remains a competitive travel destination in South Asia.
Travel Tips for Visitors to Sri Lanka in 2026
As Sri Lanka continues to recover, here are a few travel tips for those planning to visit:
Plan Ahead: With increased arrivals and a growing demand for accommodations, it’s essential to book hotels and tours in advance. This will ensure that you get the best options for your travel dates.
Budget Smartly: As the cost of living has risen globally, visitors may notice price increases in some areas. To maximize value, look for local experiences like street food tours, cultural heritage sites, and scenic nature trails that offer authentic and affordable options.
Explore Lesser-Known Destinations: While Colombo and Kandy are popular, consider visiting off-the-beaten-path destinations like Ella or the Cultural Triangle for a more serene experience.
Sustainable Travel: Sri Lanka offers some incredible eco-tourism opportunities, such as wildlife safaris and exploring rainforests. Be mindful of the environmental impact of your travel and choose eco-friendly accommodations and tours.
Health & Safety: Sri Lanka has invested heavily in tourism safety, but it’s always wise to stay updated on travel advisories and health guidelines, especially in light of the ongoing global health landscape.
Key Statistics and Facts to Know
Tourism Revenue: $378.5 million in January 2026 (down 5.6%)
Tourist Arrivals: 277,327 in January 2026 (up 9.7%)
Target for 2026: 3 million arrivals
2025 Tourism Revenue: $3.22 billion
Growth in 2025: 15.1% increase in arrivals compared to 2024
Samsung is currently preparing to launch the Galaxy S26 series in late February 2026. Meanwhile, if you are thinking of buying a premium phone, the Galaxy S25 is still a very good phone. Several people may find it better than the new Galaxy S26. Below you can check why.
Here’s why the Samsung Galaxy S25 is still a great buy over the S26
The main reason behind choosing the Galaxy S25 is the processor. The phone comes with the Snapdragon 8 Elite chip worldwide. Snapdragon chips are fast, smooth, and save battery.
On the other side, the Galaxy S26 will reportedly use Exynos chips in Asia, Africa, and Europe. Exynos chips are often slower and use more battery. However, Samsung claims better performance this time, but if you want a phone that works fast and lasts longer, the Galaxy S25 is a good choice.
Also, the Galaxy S25 is cheaper than the Galaxy S26. You can get a premium phone without paying a lot of money, as it is a last year’s smartphone. Ahead of the new Galaxy S series launch, Samsung is offering great deals on Galaxy S25 series phones.
The Galaxy S25 cameras are very good and can take nice photos and videos, just like the S26. It means that this upcoming Galaxy S26 smartphone to feature the same camera specs as the Galaxy S25.
Talking about the design, it is quite familiar except for the back camera island. The Galaxy S26 series to adopt the latest foldable phone-like camera design. For most people, the Galaxy S25 has almost everything they need in a premium phone.
The Galaxy S25 is still a smart buy. It has a fast Snapdragon processor, good cameras, a familiar design, and a lower price. The Galaxy S26 may have some new features, but the S25 is better for people who want a reliable, easy-to-use, and affordable phone.
Galaxy S26 series spotted in WPC database with Qi 2.2.1 support
No built-in magnets; magnetic charging needs a compatible case
Wireless charging speeds may reach up to 25W on the Ultra model
Samsung’s upcoming Samsung Galaxy S26 Series has appeared in the database of the Wireless Power Consortium (WPC), confirming new details about its wireless charging features. The listings, first spotted by 9To5Google, reveal that all three models support the latest Qi 2.2.1 standard.
The listings show the Galaxy S26 (SM-K772), Galaxy S26+ (SM-K777), and Galaxy S26 Ultra (SM-K778). While the certification confirms support for Qi 2.2.1, the same standard used by the Google Pixel 10 series, it also highlights an important limitation: no built-in magnetic Qi2 support.
AI-generated image for representation only
Samsung is using the Base Power Profile (BPP) instead of the Magnetic Power Profile (MPP). This means the phones do not have built-in magnets. As a result, Qi2 magnetic chargers, power banks, and wallets will not attach directly to the phone. Users will need a magnetic protective case to enable proper alignment and attachment.
Despite this, wireless charging speeds are expected to improve. Reports suggest up to 20W wireless charging on the Galaxy S26 and S26+, and up to 25W on the Galaxy S26 Ultra, likely achievable only with compatible magnetic cases.
Samsung is also preparing a new Qi 2.2–2.2-compatible wireless charging puck designed for the S26 series, expected to launch soon.
Overall, the Galaxy S26 lineup focuses on faster wireless charging while keeping magnets optional through accessories.
HarmonyOS 6 developer beta opens with API 23 and limited slots
Supports flagship phones, foldables, and next-gen tablets
MatePad Edge officially confirmed for the update
Huawei has officially opened developer beta recruitment for HarmonyOS 6 (API 23), offering early access to its next major operating system update. The program is capped at 50,000 developers and is now open via Huawei’s official developer website, marking the first hands-on opportunity to explore the company’s latest platform direction.
image credit : ithome.com
HarmonyOS 6 focuses on a refreshed user experience, new system-level capabilities, and improved app development efficiency. The update introduces new APIs based on API 23 and features deep integration with DevEco Studio, enabling developers to build and optimize future-ready applications more efficiently. Huawei positions this release as a foundational step toward its next-generation ecosystem across phones, foldables, and tablets.
The developer beta supports a wide range of devices used in mainland China, including the Mate 80 and Mate 70 series, Mate X6 and X7 foldables, Pura 80 lineup, and several tablets. Notably, the MatePad Edge has been officially confirmed to receive HarmonyOS 6, reinforcing its role as a flagship tablet in Huawei’s broader HarmonyOS strategy.
To participate, developers must complete real-name authentication, sign a confidentiality agreement, and pass a registration quiz before submitting their application. Reviews typically take three to seven business days, with approved users receiving the beta via an OTA update.
While Motorola isn’t the fastest brand when it comes to software rollouts, it’s improved a lot with the Android 16 rollout. In fact, it was one of the very first brands to push the Android 16 update, which has now expanded to over a dozen smartphones. We’ve curated a list of those devices and a separate list of Motorola devices currently part of the beta program.
These Motorola devices have received the stable Android 16 update
Motorola Edge series
Motorola Edge 60 Pro
Motorola Edge 60 Fusion
Motorola Edge 60 Stylus
Motorola Edge 50 Pro
Motorola Edge 50 Ultra
Motorola Edge Fusion
Motorola Edge 2025
Motorola Razr series
Motorola Razr 60
Motorola Razr 60 Ultra
Motorola Razr 50
Motorola Razr 50 Ultra
Motorola Moto G series
Moto G86 5G
Moto G86 Power 5G
Moto G75 5G
Moto G67 Power 5G
Moto G Stylus (2025)
Moto G Power (2025)
Moto G (2025)
The stable Android 16 update has been spotted rolling out to all devices on the list above. However, remember that it usually rolls out in batches, so not all users receive the update at the same time. It gradually expands to cover all regions, so it may take some time for the update to appear on your device, even if it’s on the list.
Additionally, Motorola has been testing Android 16 on a bunch of its devices, as mentioned in the list below.
These Motorola devices are currently under the Android 16 beta testing
Motorola ThinkPhone
Motorola ThinkPhone 25
Motorola Edge 60
Motorola Edge 60 Neo
Motorola Edge 50
Motorola Edge 50 Neo
Motorola Edge 40 Pro
Motorola Edge (2024)
Motorola Edge+ (2023)
Motorola Razr 40 / Razr (2023)
Motorola Razr 40 Ultra / Razr+ (2023)
Moto Pad 60 Pro
Moto G96 5G
Moto G85 5G
Moto G67 5G
Moto G56 5G
Moto G55 5G
Moto G35 5G
The beta program allows a limited set of users get a taste of the software ahead of the public rollout. You must follow these steps to join the beta program.
Unfortunately, Motorola doesn’t publish a rollout timeline, so it isn’t clear when the update will arrive on a device. However, the beta program typically lasts a few weeks before Motorola begins to push the stable build via an OTA update. To manually check for the latest update on your smartphone, navigate to Settings > System > Check for updates.
To ensure you do not miss out on the latest information, remember to visit the Motorola section once in a while. Alternatively, you can join our Telegram channel to get instant notifications related to software updates, product launches, and all major tech events.
The steaming waters of Budapest’s neo-Baroque and Ottoman-era spas have long been a silent sanctuary in the Hungarian capital. However, the tranquil atmosphere traditionally associated with these “Palaces of Water” is currently being challenged by an unprecedented influx of international visitors. As Hungary celebrates a record-breaking tourism year, the landmarks that define its cultural identity are being heavily regulated. From age restrictions to a complete overhaul of the city’s short-term rental market, the landscape for international visitors is being fundamentally altered to protect the local way of life.
The Age of Tranquility: New Restrictions for Younger Visitors
A significant shift in the operational policies of Budapest’s most famous landmarks was initiated in 2025. Following the implementation of Government Decree No. 510/2023, access to the medicinal pools at the Széchenyi and Rudas Baths is now strictly prohibited for guests under the age of 14. This legislative measure, rooted in concerns for the cardiovascular health of developing children, also serves a dual purpose in managing the acoustic environment of the spas.
For generations, the thermal baths were utilized as quiet spaces for medical therapy and social chess matches among the elderly. In recent years, the rise of “selfie culture” and family-orientated tourism has been viewed by local residents as a disruption to this traditional decorum. Under the new rules, the thermal sections of these historic sites are preserved for adult use, while families are being redirected to more suitable leisure facilities such as the Palatinus or Csillaghegy complexes. These measures are enforced rigorously, and proof of age is frequently requested at the entrance to ensure compliance with the national health directive.
Renovating the Crown Jewel: The Temporary Closure of Gellért
While Széchenyi adapts to new demographic rules, another icon of the city has vanished from the tourist itinerary. The Gellért Thermal Bath, renowned for its Art Nouveau splendour and intricate Zsolnay tiling, was officially closed in late 2025 for a multi-year restoration project. A planned reopening is not expected until 2028. This €51 million transformation is being overseen by the municipal operator, Budapest Spas cPlc (BGYH), to address structural degradation caused by decades of exposure to mineral-rich steam and chemicals.
The closure of Gellért has further intensified the pressure on remaining facilities. With approximately 1,800 daily visitors from Gellért now seeking alternatives, the crowds at Széchenyi and Lukács have surged. To manage this demand, a transition to a more structured booking environment has been encouraged. Priority is given to those who secure tickets online in advance, and fast-track entry systems have been introduced to mitigate the legendary queues that often wrap around the City Park.
Reclaiming the Streets: The District VI Airbnb Ban
The tension between residents and visitors extends far beyond the bathhouses and into the very heart of the city’s residential quarters. In a landmark move, the residents of Terézváros (District VI) participated in a referendum that resulted in a decisive ban on short-term rentals. As of January 1, 2026, the operation of private apartments as tourist accommodations in this central district has been made illegal.
This policy shift is supported by the Hungarian government’s broader strategy to stabilize the housing market. Taxes on short-term rental rooms have been nearly quadrupled, and a moratorium on new licences has been established for 2025 and 2026. The neighbourhood, which houses the Hungarian State Opera and Andrássy Avenue, is being monitored by authorities to ensure that private residences are returned to the long-term rental market for local families. For the traveller, this means a shift back toward traditional hotels or licensed guesthouses, as the era of the unregulated “boutique apartment” in the city centre comes to an end.
A Nation of Records: The Economic Double-Edged Sword
The necessity for these strict measures is highlighted by the staggering growth of the Hungarian tourism sector. In 2025, the country surpassed 20 million guests for the first time in its history, according to reports from the Hungarian Tourism Agency (MTÜ). This growth rate, which is significantly higher than the European Union average, has seen Budapest alone host over 8 million visitors annually.
While the economic contribution of tourism now accounts for over 14% of the national GDP, the “overtourism” phenomenon has prompted a pivot in marketing strategy. Efforts are being made by the government to transition from a “party capital” image toward a model that prioritizes high-value cultural tourism. The record-breaking passenger traffic at Ferenc Liszt International Airport, which reached 19 million in late 2025, underscores the scale of the challenge. The goal for 2030 is to increase the sector’s contribution to the economy while ensuring that the “living heritage” of the city—its baths, its historic districts, and its local communities—is not submerged by its own popularity.
Guidance for the Modern Traveller
Those planning a visit to the “City of Spas” in this new era must change their mindset. The traditional spontaneity of a spa visit has been replaced by the requirement for meticulous planning. Visitors are advised to follow the mandatory dress codes, which include the use of swim caps in lap pools and the prohibition on streetwear fabrics. Furthermore, the thermal pools’ quiet atmosphere is now protected by “no-noise” policies, which are strictly enforced by staff.
By following these evolving regulations, travellers help to preserve a culture that dates back to the Roman and Ottoman eras. While the “tensions” of overtourism exist, the measures implemented in 2026 ensure that Budapest’s healing waters remain a viable sanctuary for future generations.
Miami, Cancun, Turks & Caicos, Punta Cana, St. Barts, Anguilla, and more are the must-visit destinations for Easter Week 2026, offering the ultimate mix of relaxation, adventure, and luxury. Whether you’re looking to immerse yourself in the vibrant nightlife of Miami, unwind on the secluded beaches of Anguilla, or indulge in the serene atmosphere of St. Barts, each of these stunning locations promises a unique experience. From world-class resorts and crystal-clear waters to diverse activities that range from water sports to fine dining, these destinations cater to every traveler’s desires. This Easter, skip the stress and embrace effortless luxury at these top beach getaways that offer something for everyone—from solo travelers seeking peace to families and friends in search of fun-filled adventures. Let’s explore what makes these dream beach spots the ultimate Easter vacation choices for 2026.
Miami and the Florida Keys: A Dynamic Beach Vacation with Relaxed Vibes
Miami offers an ideal beach vacation, blending vibrant energy with opportunities for relaxation. Known for its iconic South Beach, art deco architecture, and buzzing nightlife, Miami is a great option for those who want an exciting atmosphere and easy access from most U.S. cities. After a morning beach walk or a revitalizing workout by the sea, take time to pamper yourself at one of the city’s top spas, or indulge in the world-class dining that Miami has to offer.
For a more laid-back escape, a short drive to the Florida Keys can offer a contrast with its slower pace, picturesque beaches, and tranquil settings. Here, you can relax in peaceful surroundings, enjoy water activities, or explore the scenic beauty without the hustle and bustle of city life.
Best for: Families, groups, and solo travelers who desire both excitement and calm in an easily accessible destination.
Turks & Caicos: Effortless Luxury in a Secluded Paradise
Turks & Caicos is renowned for its spectacular beaches and crystal-clear waters, making it one of the most sought-after beach destinations. The island offers effortless luxury, with its peaceful beaches, top-notch resorts, and opportunities for various water activities like snorkeling and diving. Whether you’re lounging by the pool or enjoying a private boat ride, the island offers a serene environment with minimal distractions.
For groups or families seeking extra space and privacy, opting for a private villa provides the perfect base. Many of the island’s villas come with chefs, private pools, and personalized services, ensuring that your Easter week vacation feels truly luxurious and stress-free.
Best for: Families, multi-generational groups, and travelers seeking a luxurious, hassle-free escape with a focus on relaxation.
St. Martin/St. Maarten: A Unique Blend of Tranquility and Fun
St. Martin/St. Maarten is an ideal beach destination that offers the best of both worlds: peaceful mornings and lively nights. On the French side of the island, you’ll find refined dining, boutique shopping, and a more relaxed pace, while the Dutch side is home to bustling casinos, bars, and a vibrant nightlife scene. This versatility makes it the perfect spot for travelers who want to mix relaxation with some excitement.
The island’s variety of activities means you can enjoy a peaceful day on the beach, followed by a lively evening out. Whether you prefer exploring quiet coves or enjoying the social scene, St. Martin/St. Maarten has something for everyone.
Best for: Groups, couples, and travelers who want the flexibility to switch between tranquil and lively experiences.
Anguilla: A Quiet Luxury Escape
For those who want a peaceful, crowd-free beach vacation, Anguilla offers an exclusive, quiet luxury experience. Known for its pristine beaches, clear waters, and upscale accommodations, Anguilla is ideal for travelers looking to escape the masses and unwind in style. The island’s wide, serene beaches provide the perfect setting for long walks, while its luxurious resorts and private villas allow you to enjoy ultimate relaxation without any rush.
Perfect for families or larger groups, Anguilla offers spacious villas where you can spend quality time together, enjoying the quiet atmosphere and beautiful surroundings. The island’s lack of crowds ensures that you can enjoy the beaches and restaurants without feeling rushed or crowded.
Best for: Families, couples, and groups looking for peace, privacy, and luxurious surroundings.
St. Barts: High-End Luxury with Seclusion
St. Barts is a favorite among those seeking a stylish, upscale beach vacation. Known for its chic atmosphere, luxury villas, and fine dining, the island is perfect for those who want to indulge in sophistication. But despite its high-end reputation, St. Barts also offers the option of peaceful retreats. By balancing your time between the lively beach clubs and more private experiences, you can enjoy the best of both worlds.
Whether you’re enjoying a beachside dinner or retreating to your villa for quiet evenings, St. Barts provides the ultimate in stylish luxury and privacy.
Best for: Couples, friend groups, and travelers looking for a luxurious yet private escape with a touch of style.
British Virgin Islands: Explore by Boat and Relax in Style
The British Virgin Islands (BVI) are perfect for those who love water adventures and want to spend their Easter vacation exploring different islands. Known for their exceptional sailing conditions, the BVI offers travelers the chance to enjoy private boat tours, island hopping, and secluded beaches. The relaxed vibe and low-key atmosphere of the BVI make it a great option for groups who want to spend their days on the water, with plenty of time to relax and enjoy each other’s company.
Whether you’re sailing to neighboring islands or unwinding by the beach, the British Virgin Islands offer a flexible and leisurely pace for those seeking both adventure and relaxation.
Best for: Groups, boat lovers, and those seeking a vacation centered around water activities and island exploration.
Grand Cayman: The Perfect Family Destination
Grand Cayman is a fantastic choice for families looking for a beach vacation with reliable infrastructure and calm waters. Known for its stunning Seven Mile Beach and excellent snorkeling opportunities, Grand Cayman offers a family-friendly environment with plenty of activities for all ages. The island’s strong tourism infrastructure ensures a stress-free experience, with easy transportation and plenty of options for dining and entertainment.
Whether you’re enjoying a day at the beach, exploring the underwater world, or dining at a family-friendly restaurant, Grand Cayman is a destination that ensures the whole family will have a great time.
Best for: Families seeking a destination with smooth logistics, reliable services, and calm waters.
Punta Cana: The Classic Caribbean Getaway
Punta Cana remains a classic beach destination for travelers seeking an all-inclusive, stress-free vacation. With a variety of resort options and plenty of activities to choose from, Punta Cana offers the perfect mix of relaxation and adventure. Whether you’re lounging by the pool, enjoying water sports, or exploring nearby attractions, Punta Cana offers plenty of choices for every traveler.
The all-inclusive resorts make it easy to enjoy the vacation without worrying about planning every detail, allowing you to focus on enjoying the sunshine.
Best for: Families, groups, and travelers looking for a straightforward beach escape with everything taken care of.
Cancun and Riviera Maya: A Diverse and Accessible Escape
Cancun and the Riviera Maya offer easy access, variety, and convenience, making them some of the most popular beach destinations for U.S. travelers. From stunning beaches and cenotes to ancient ruins and eco-parks, this region provides a wealth of experiences for every type of traveler. Whether you prefer lounging on the beach or exploring the local culture, Cancun has something for everyone.
The diverse range of activities and accommodations makes Cancun and the Riviera Maya a great destination for groups with varied interests.
Best for: Travelers seeking a mix of relaxation, culture, and adventure, with plenty of activities and easy access.
Cabo San Lucas: Desert Meets Ocean for a Relaxing Retreat
Cabo San Lucas is a unique destination where the desert meets the ocean, creating a stunning backdrop for a relaxing Easter getaway. Known for its luxury resorts, spas, and fine dining, Cabo offers a high-end beach experience that focuses on wellness and relaxation. Whether you’re enjoying the sun by the beach or indulging in a rejuvenating spa treatment, Cabo offers the perfect environment to recharge.
Ideal for couples and small groups, Cabo is a great place to unwind and enjoy the peaceful desert landscape combined with oceanfront luxury.
Best for: Couples, wellness seekers, and travelers looking for a rejuvenating beach experience with a touch of luxury.
Tips for a Smooth Easter Week Getaway
Travel midweek: Avoid weekend crowds by booking flights on Tuesday or Wednesday.
Choose one home base: Staying in one place helps reduce the stress of constant moving during a busy travel week.
Book activities early: Popular experiences like boat tours and spa sessions can fill up quickly, so make your reservations early.
Prioritize space: For larger groups, opting for a spacious villa with a private pool ensures that everyone has room to relax and enjoy the vacation together.
Conclusion
No matter where you decide to go this Easter, the key to a successful holiday is simplicity and relaxation. By choosing a destination that offers easy access, luxury, and a variety of activities, you can ensure that your vacation will be stress-free and memorable. These beach destinations provide the perfect setting for a seamless Easter getaway, allowing you to enjoy your time away without the usual holiday headaches.
In the heart of Iowa, where the rolling fields meet the historic streets of Independence, there is a renewed sense of excitement. Buchanan County Tourism has officially announced a significant win: the acquisition of new grant funds designed to put the county on the map like never before.
This isn’t just about brochures and billboards; it’s about a community coming together to showcase the hidden gems that make this corner of the state truly special. From the banks of the Wapsipinicon River to the local shops that define “small-town charm,” this funding represents a pivotal moment for the region’s economic and cultural growth.
A Catalyst for Growth: Understanding the Grant
The funding, recently detailed in the Independence Bulletin Journal, comes at a time when rural tourism is experiencing a renaissance. Travelers are increasingly looking for “slow travel” experiences—places where they can connect with history, nature, and real people.
The grant is earmarked for several strategic initiatives:
Infrastructure Enhancements: Improving signage and accessibility for local landmarks, ensuring that visitors can navigate the county with ease.
Digital Transformation: Modernizing the county’s online presence to reach a global audience of travelers searching for authentic Midwestern experiences.
Event Support: Providing a financial cushion for local festivals and community gatherings that draw crowds from across the tri-state area.
Why Buchanan County?
For those who live here, the answer is obvious. But for the rest of the world, Buchanan County is a treasure trove waiting to be discovered.
Independence serves as the anchor, with its rich history and the iconic Wapsipinicon Mill. However, the beauty of Buchanan County lies in its diversity. Whether it’s the Amish communities of Hazleton or the vibrant local parks, there is a story at every turn. The new grant funds will allow the Tourism Board to tell these stories more effectively, highlighting the unique blend of agriculture, history, and recreation that defines the county.
The Economic Ripple Effect
Tourism is often called “the invisible industry,” but its impact is very real. When a traveler visits Buchanan County to see the mill or enjoy a weekend at a local campground, they aren’t just sight-seeing. They are:
Supporting Small Businesses: Grabbing coffee at a local café or buying a handmade gift at a boutique.
Generating Tax Revenue: Helping fund local schools, roads, and emergency services.
Job Creation: Providing opportunities for hospitality, retail, and service workers within the community.
By securing this grant, Buchanan County Tourism is effectively investing in the future of every resident. A stronger tourism sector means a more resilient local economy.
Humanizing the Mission
At its core, this grant isn’t about the numbers on a check. It’s about the volunteer at the historical society who can now afford to preserve a new exhibit. It’s about the restaurant owner who sees a few more tables filled on a Tuesday night. It’s about the pride that comes from seeing your hometown celebrated on a regional stage.
The board members and local officials who worked tirelessly to “snag” these funds understand that tourism is a labor of love. It requires a deep appreciation for where you come from and a bold vision for where you are going.
Looking Ahead
The rollout of projects funded by this grant is expected to begin in the coming months. Residents can look forward to seeing fresh marketing campaigns and physical improvements throughout the county.
As Buchanan County steps into this new chapter, the message to the world is clear: We’re ready for you. Whether you’re coming for a day trip or a week-long getaway, the heart of Iowa has never looked better.
The North Bali International Airport travel project is set to redefine how tourists experience Bali. Located in Buleleng Regency, this airport will give travellers direct access to northern beaches, waterfalls, and cultural villages. Currently, most visitors land in southern Bali, causing congestion and longer travel times. This new airport will ease travel pressure, providing a smoother entry point for global tourists. With the airport in place, journeys to places like Lovina, Munduk, and the West Bali National Park will be more convenient. The airport is designed to boost Bali tourism and open up northern regions for exploration.
Investment Partnerships Drive Bali Aviation Expansion
The development of the airport is backed by strategic investment partners who aim to bring world-class infrastructure and innovation to Bali. Advanced digital systems and modern airport designs will enhance the North Bali International Airport travel experience. The project merges cutting-edge technology with Balinese cultural elements, making the airport a welcoming gateway for tourists. It is expected to begin operations by 2028. These investments signal strong confidence in Bali’s tourism potential. The airport will not only improve air connectivity but also strengthen northern Bali as a key destination for leisure, eco-tourism, and cultural travel.
What the Airport Means for Global Travellers
For international visitors, Bali has always been more than just southern beaches. The North Bali International Airport travel project will provide easier access to northern treasures like volcanic lakes, lush jungles, and traditional temples. Travellers will be able to bypass the crowded southern airport, reducing travel time and stress. This development will allow visitors to reach northern hotspots quickly, encouraging exploration of underappreciated areas. Families, solo travellers, and adventure seekers will all benefit from faster access to northern resorts, waterfalls, and wellness retreats. The airport is set to enhance Bali tourism by offering new travel experiences beyond the island’s traditional tourist hubs.
Travel Tips While the Airport Is Under Construction
Until the airport opens, tourists should plan ahead using Bali’s current infrastructure. Visitors should allow extra time at Ngurah Rai International Airport during peak seasons. Understanding the tourism levy and entry requirements will ensure smooth travel. Booking tours that include northern destinations can help travellers prepare for future trips once the new airport is operational. Keeping informed about developments in the North Bali International Airport travel project will allow tourists to plan longer, more immersive experiences. This preparation ensures that visitors can fully enjoy northern Bali without delays or unnecessary transfers.
Exploring Northern Bali With Ease
Once operational, the North Bali International Airport travel project will unlock northern destinations for global tourists. Direct flights from Australia, Asia, and other regions will provide convenient access. The airport will encourage eco-tourism, cultural exploration, and wellness tourism in northern Bali. Travellers can plan visits to waterfalls, black-sand beaches, and serene villages with shorter transit times. This development will also make it easier for visitors to enjoy activities like dolphin watching at Lovina, hikes in Munduk, or visits to local temples. Northern Bali will become more attractive to tourists looking for authentic experiences away from crowded southern beaches.
Economic and Tourism Benefits for Bali
Beyond improving travel, the airport will create jobs, enhance infrastructure, and support local businesses. Northern Bali will emerge as a vibrant tourism hub, with eco-lodges, boutique resorts, and cultural attractions. The project strengthens Bali tourism by promoting sustainable development, balancing visitor growth with the preservation of local culture and natural beauty. By providing efficient access, the airport will allow tourists to spend more time enjoying experiences rather than commuting. Northern Bali will gain recognition as a premier destination, complementing the southern regions while offering a unique, authentic travel experience.
The Future of Travel in Bali
The North Bali International Airport travel initiative promises a more convenient, efficient, and travel-friendly Bali. It opens new opportunities for visitors to explore previously hard-to-reach destinations. Sunrise hikes at Mount Batur, dolphin watching in Lovina, or visiting the lush northern villages will be easier and more accessible. The airport represents a new chapter in Bali tourism, where visitors can experience the island’s diverse landscapes, culture, and attractions with minimal hassle. Bali is preparing for a future where northern and southern regions together offer global travellers unforgettable experiences.
Conclusion: A Gateway to Northern Bali for Global Tourists
The North Bali International Airport travel project is more than just an airport; it is a transformative step for Bali tourism. By improving access, reducing congestion, and opening northern regions to visitors, the airport will reshape travel experiences on the island. Global tourists will enjoy smoother journeys, faster transfers, and easy access to hidden gems. Northern Bali’s natural beauty, cultural heritage, and eco-tourism opportunities will be within reach. The airport ensures that Bali remains a top destination, offering authentic experiences for every kind of traveller.
The Gulf Cooperation Council includes wealthy and modern nations, but official travel advisories reveal hidden danger zones. The countries of Saudi Arabia, Kuwait, Oman, Bahrain, Qatar and the United Arab Emirates share prosperous skylines, yet serious risks lurk in some cities. Government authorities report missile strikes, terrorist attacks, violent protests and unexploded bombs. This report summarises government‑verified warnings about locations that are considered unsafe and unfavourable for visitors in 2026. These warnings highlight the contrast between development and instability across the Gulf.
The oil rich kingdom has drawn tourists with high‑end cities like Riyadh and Jeddah, but official advisories paint a stark picture. Authorities from the United Kingdom caution that travellers should not go within 10 km of the Yemen border and should only undertake essential travel up to 80 km because missiles and drones have been fired across the border[1]. Warnings emphasise that missiles and drones have hit critical infrastructure and that attacks have targeted Riyadh and Jeddah[2]. Officials from the United States advise against travel to the southern city of Najran and the eastern suburb of Qatif, including Awamiyah, due to ongoing missile and drone attacks and terrorism[3]. These regions are considered unsafe for 2026 and caution is urged. Officials note that militants have targeted airports and oil facilities, demonstrating the scale of the threat[4].
Tiny Kuwait appears stable, but government sources identify localised dangers. Travellers are advised to exercise increased caution in Jleeb Al‑Shuyoukh, a district near Kuwait City’s airport where high crime rates persist[5]. Outside the urban centre, the desert north of the Mutla’a Ridge and near the Iraqi border is considered extremely hazardous. Advisories explain that unexploded bombs, shells and landmines remain from the 1990 Gulf War and could detonate if disturbed[6]. Thus Kuwait has both a crime plagued neighbourhood and a lethal desert environment, making these areas unfavourable for tourists in 2026. Travellers are told not to leave marked roads or handle abandoned objects because of the risk posed by unexploded devices.
The sultanate is often portrayed as peaceful, but official guidance suggests caution. The Government of Canada advises avoiding any non‑essential travel within 10 km of the Yemeni border, noting that militias operate across the frontier and violence can spill over[7]. A 2024 shooting in Muscat’s Wadi Al Kabir district caused casualties[8], and officials explain that terrorism remains a possibility and targets could include public buildings and markets[9]. The combination of border conflict and sporadic urban violence means that certain parts of Oman are deemed unsafe for 2026. Travellers are urged to remain on main roads and avoid remote desert routes because of the ongoing conflict.
Bahrain is small but politically tense. Government advisories highlight districts where demonstrations and unrest occur regularly, including Sitra, Karbabad, Adliya, Sanabis and Bani Jamra[10]. Officials note that protests can involve burning tyres, Molotov cocktails and improvised explosive devices, leading to violent clashes and road closures[11]. Because protests can erupt without warning, these districts are considered unsafe and unfavourable for travel in 2026. Travellers are advised to avoid demonstration areas and to monitor local media for updates.
No specific unsafe cities have been identified in Qatar or the United Arab Emirates, but official advisories call for vigilance. Qatar is assigned a Level 1 advisory, while the UAE carries a Level 2 advisory because of the potential for terrorist attacks and missile or drone strikes[12][13]. Travellers are encouraged to remain aware even though no districts are flagged.
Government‑verified travel advisories reveal that certain cities and regions in the Gulf are unsafe for visitors in 2026. Najran, Qatif, Riyadh and Jeddah face missile and drone attacks[3][2]. Kuwait’s Jleeb Al‑Shuyoukh has high crime, while its northern desert hides lethal unexploded bombs[5][6]. Oman’s border with Yemen and Muscat’s Wadi Al Kabir district are subject to conflict and terrorism[7][9]. Bahrain’s protest‑prone districts pose a risk of violence[10]. Although Qatar and the UAE have no specific danger zones, vigilance is recommended[12][13]. These official warnings should be heeded by anyone considering travel to the GCC.
Sources
[1] [2] Regional risks – Saudi Arabia travel advice – GOV.UK https://www.gov.uk/foreign-travel-advice/saudi-arabia/regional-risks [3] [4] Saudi Arabia International Travel Information https://travel.state.gov/content/travel/en/international-travel/International-Travel-Country-Information-Pages/SaudiArabia.html [5] [6] Kuwait International Travel Information https://travel.state.gov/content/travel/en/international-travel/International-Travel-Country-Information-Pages/Kuwait.html [7] [8] [9] Travel advice and advisories for Oman https://travel.gc.ca/destinations/oman [10] Travel advice and advisories for Bahrain https://travel.gc.ca/destinations/bahrain [11] Bahrain International Travel Information https://travel.state.gov/content/travel/en/international-travel/International-Travel-Country-Information-Pages/Bahrain.html [12] Qatar Travel Advisory https://travel.state.gov/content/travel/en/traveladvisories/traveladvisories/qatar-travel-advisory.html [13] United Arab Emirates Travel Advisory https://travel.state.gov/content/travel/en/traveladvisories/traveladvisories/united-arab-emirates-travel-advisory.html
The charming French Caribbean island of Martinique is getting ready for its much-anticipated Carnival, which will take place from February 15–18, 2026. The Carnival promises to provide a genuinely remarkable cultural experience with its vibrant parades, elaborate costumes, upbeat music, and extensive history. In contrast to the opulent Carnivals in Rio or Europe, Martinique’s celebration is deeply rooted in regional customs, mirroring the island’s distinct past and lively sense of community.
A Celebration Rooted in History
The origins of Martinique’s Carnival trace back to the mid-18th century when enslaved individuals used masked celebrations as a form of protest, cultural expression, and satire. Over time, the event evolved into a vibrant mix of both African and French influences, becoming an integral part of the island’s cultural fabric. Today, the Carnival continues to uphold this legacy, with modern celebrations blending traditional performances with spontaneous street parties.
Key Highlights of the 2026 Carnival
The Carnival’s festivities kick off with Samedi Gras (Shrove Saturday), which brings together Carnival Queens from across the island’s towns and villages. They parade through the streets of Fort-de-France, Martinique’s capital, delighting spectators with dazzling costumes and graceful choreography.
On Dimanche Gras (Shrove Sunday), the highly anticipated arrival of Vaval, the Carnival King, marks a significant moment in the celebration. Vaval’s true identity remains a secret until his grand procession, accompanied by lively marching groups and street bands. His arrival is filled with joyous energy, blending local satire with upbeat music, creating an exhilarating atmosphere throughout the island.
Lively Street Parties and Cultural Performances
Lundi Gras (Shrove Monday) features exciting “mariages burlesques”, where participants reverse traditional gender roles in a fun and lively manner. This is followed by street parties, known locally as vidés, where dancers immerse themselves in the rhythmic beats of traditional drums and folkloric music. The streets become a massive celebration of Martinique’s musical heritage, with everyone invited to join in the spontaneous fun.
On Mardi Gras (Fat Tuesday), the streets come alive with the energetic and symbolic presence of the Red Devils. These figures, donned in mirrored, horned masks, are revered as symbols of abundance and wisdom. The Red Devils’ presence heightens the intensity of the celebration, with dance and music filling every corner of the island.
Farewell on Ash Wednesday
The Carnival concludes on Ash Wednesday in a poignant black-and-white procession, marking the official end of the festivities. The tradition includes singing, dancing, and the symbolic burning of Vaval, which marks the transition into Lent.
A Unique Cultural Experience for Travelers
For visitors, Martinique’s Carnival provides an exceptional opportunity to immerse themselves in an authentic Caribbean cultural experience. The Carnival showcases more than just lively parades; it is a testament to the island’s resilience, history, and sense of community. Travelers can enjoy the high-spirited atmosphere while witnessing the deep-rooted cultural traditions passed down through generations.
Beyond the parades and performances, the event offers a chance to indulge in Martinique’s gastronomy. The island’s culinary offerings, influenced by African, French, and Caribbean flavors, are an integral part of the festivities. From traditional accras (fried cod fritters) to boudin (blood sausage), visitors will experience a delightful mix of local flavors that complement the rhythm and energy of the celebrations.
Tips for Planning Your Visit to Martinique Carnival
Accommodation and Transportation: Plan your stay early, as the Carnival season attracts a large number of visitors. Fort-de-France, where many of the major events take place, offers a wide range of accommodations, from luxury hotels to more budget-friendly options. It’s advisable to book in advance to secure your spot during the peak season. Public transportation and taxis are available, but renting a car could provide more flexibility, especially if you plan to explore the island beyond the Carnival events.
Experience Local Culture: To fully appreciate the significance of the Carnival, take time to explore the local culture outside of the parades. Visit historical sites like Fort Saint-Louis, where the French influence on the island’s past can be traced, or take a trip to the Jardin de Balata, a botanical garden showcasing Martinique’s stunning flora.
Dress Appropriately: While Carnival is all about vibrant costumes and dressing up, it’s important to consider the weather. Martinique enjoys a tropical climate, so lightweight clothing, comfortable shoes, and sunscreen are a must. Don’t forget to bring a hat and sunglasses for protection against the sun!
Get Ready to Dance: Martinique’s Carnival is known for its infectious rhythms. Prepare to join the street dances by wearing comfortable shoes and practicing a few dance moves! The Carnival’s rhythmic beats, especially from the drums, are irresistible and will have you on your feet.
Final Thoughts
Martinique’s Carnival in 2026 is a must-see event for tourists looking for a distinctive, immersive cultural experience. With its rich history, colorful festivities, and upbeat sense of community, the Carnival provides an opportunity to see a different side of the Caribbean. This event guarantees to leave you with priceless memories of Martinique’s vibrant and hospitable culture, regardless of whether you are drawn to the parades, the music, or the delectable local cuisine.
Make your plans now to see Martinique’s heart and soul during Carnival!
Cruising has evolved into one of the most exciting travel experiences for global tourists. The rise of mega cruise ships has transformed traditional sea journeys into floating cities filled with luxury, entertainment, and adventure. This Mega Cruise Ship Travel Guide 2026 is designed to help travellers navigate these colossal vessels, plan the perfect itinerary, and enjoy every moment on board. Whether you are a first-time cruiser from the UK or an experienced traveller from Asia or Europe, this guide provides insights, tips, and practical advice for an unforgettable voyage.
Mega cruise ships are not just transport; they are complete holiday destinations. Modern vessels carry thousands of passengers and include features like multiple restaurants, theatres, water parks, gyms, spas, and themed entertainment areas. This guide shows how travellers can make the most of these experiences and why mega cruise ship travel has become a must-try adventure for tourists worldwide.
Mega Cruise Ships: Floating Cities of Entertainment and Luxury
One of the most striking features of mega cruise travel is the scale. These ships are essentially floating cities, combining all the amenities of a resort with the mobility of travel. Families, couples, and solo travellers can enjoy countless activities without leaving the ship. Pools, climbing walls, surf simulators, and kids’ zones offer fun for all ages. Adult-only decks and tranquil spa areas provide spaces for relaxation.
Dining is another highlight. Passengers can choose from casual buffets, fine dining experiences, themed restaurants, and international cuisine. Entertainment ranges from live shows and concerts to cultural performances and cinema screenings. This variety ensures every traveller finds something enjoyable. Mega cruise ship travel offers an immersive holiday experience that merges luxury, convenience, and adventure in one package.
Planning Your 2026 Cruise Itinerary: Tips for Global Travellers
Planning is key to a smooth mega cruise holiday. This guide recommends starting with destinations. Caribbean routes are highly popular for UK and European tourists, with ports in the Bahamas, Jamaica, Mexico, and other islands. Each port offers beaches, cultural tours, markets, and local dining experiences. Mediterranean itineraries also provide historic sites, charming villages, and scenic coastlines.
Booking early is crucial. Cabins with ocean views, popular shore excursions, and onboard activities often sell out quickly. Tourists should plan in advance to secure the best rooms and experiences. Mobile apps offered by cruise lines allow passengers to book activities, reserve dining, and manage itineraries efficiently. Planning ahead ensures travellers make the most of every day at sea.
Mega cruise ship travel allows a blend of relaxation and exploration. Shore excursions can include snorkeling, zip-lining, rainforest hikes, or cultural tours. For those who prefer leisure, deck lounging and spa treatments provide peaceful breaks. This balance of adventure and comfort is central to the mega cruise experience.
Travel Tips for Enjoying Mega Cruise Ship Adventures
Every traveller benefits from practical tips. Carry comfortable clothing, swimwear, sun protection, and walking shoes. Cruise holidays often involve both shipboard activities and shore exploration. Passports, visas, and travel insurance should be checked in advance to ensure smooth entry into every port.
Digital tools enhance mega cruise ship travel. Cruise line apps help manage daily schedules, book shows, and reserve dining. Staying organised ensures travellers don’t miss any experiences. Moreover, packing light and smart makes transitions between ports easier, while allowing for on-board shopping and souvenirs.
Travellers should also schedule downtime. Despite numerous activities, relaxing on deck, enjoying sea views, or reading at a poolside lounge enhances the holiday experience. This thoughtful approach to leisure maximises enjoyment and ensures the journey feels luxurious, not rushed.
Sustainable Travel: Eco-Friendly Features on Mega Ships
Sustainability has become an integral part of mega cruise ship travel. Many modern vessels use cleaner fuels, advanced waste management systems, and energy-efficient technologies. These initiatives reduce environmental impact while allowing tourists to enjoy luxury travel responsibly. Eco-conscious travellers can now explore the oceans without compromising environmental ethics.
Mega cruise tourism also supports local economies. Visiting ports stimulates local businesses, from restaurants and markets to guided tours and cultural experiences. By combining responsible travel with adventure, tourists contribute positively to communities while enjoying global destinations.
Why Mega Cruise Ship Travel Is the Future of Global Tourism
Mega cruise ship travel represents a new era in global tourism. These floating cities provide unmatched comfort, entertainment, and convenience. From Caribbean beaches to Mediterranean coasts, mega cruise itineraries allow tourists to explore multiple destinations in a single holiday. With careful planning, travellers can experience cultural immersion, adventurous excursions, and serene relaxation all in one journey.
This Mega Cruise Ship Travel Guide 2026 equips tourists with the knowledge to choose the best ships, plan itineraries, and make each moment unforgettable. Whether for families, couples, or solo travellers, mega cruise travel promises memories, luxury, and experiences that will be cherished for a lifetime.
One of India’s most recognizable cultural events, the Khajuraho Dance Festival, will return in 2026 with an emphasis on enhancing the cultural experience. As the festival adopts a dynamic new style intended to fascinate both seasoned connoisseurs and first-time visitors, the bright rhythms of classical Indian dance will bring the UNESCO World Heritage site of Khajuraho to life from February 20 to 26.
A Unique Fusion of Tradition and Innovation
The 2026 edition introduces an exciting Carnival format, offering a fresh take on the classic festival structure. This change enhances the experience, blending traditional performances with interactive cultural activities. While the core of the festival remains its impressive classical dance performances, the expanded Carnival aspect provides a deeper, more inclusive cultural experience. Visitors can now enjoy not only the mesmerizing dance forms but also craft displays, folk art exhibitions, live cooking shows, and a variety of workshops.
Classic Dance Forms at a UNESCO Heritage Site
Khajuraho, renowned for its intricately designed temples and stunning sculptures, serves as the perfect backdrop for the performances. The illuminated temples at night add to the enchanting atmosphere, creating a visual spectacle that merges history with dance. The festival showcases major classical dance forms from India, including Bharatanatyam, Kathak, Odissi, Kuchipudi, Manipuri, and Mohiniyattam. These classical traditions are presented by some of the best dancers and institutions from across the country, allowing attendees to witness the finest talents in an exceptional setting.
The Carnival: A Festival for All Ages
One of the most significant developments for the 2026 festival is the incorporation of the Carnival format, which ensures a more engaging and accessible experience. While the classical dance performances remain at the heart of the event, the Carnival extends the festival’s reach beyond the evening performances. During the day, visitors can explore various cultural activities such as craft displays, local artisan workshops, and culinary showcases, giving them a taste of Madhya Pradesh’s diverse heritage.
The festival also includes opportunities for visitors to interact with folk and tribal art practitioners, providing a deeper understanding of the region’s cultural richness. These daytime events bring a sense of community to the festival, inviting locals and tourists to engage with the arts on a personal level.
Cultural Dialogue and Learning
Khajuraho Dance Festival 2026 goes beyond showcasing traditional art forms. It is a platform for cultural exchange, where lectures, discussions, and informal interactions take place between dancers, scholars, and festival-goers. These sessions are designed to provide a deeper understanding of India’s cultural heritage and its evolving traditions. Young practitioners of classical dance are given the opportunity to interact with experienced artists, fostering a future generation of cultural custodians.
This dialogue is crucial for preserving India’s intangible cultural heritage. The festival not only celebrates classical dance but also educates attendees about the importance of maintaining these traditions for future generations.
Khajuraho’s Heritage: More Than Just a Dance Festival
While the dance performances steal the spotlight, Khajuraho’s temples, with their remarkable sculptures, remain an integral part of the festival’s identity. The temples, which date back over a thousand years, are masterpieces of art and architecture. They tell stories of gods, goddesses, and mythical tales through detailed sculptures, creating a strong connection between the spiritual and the artistic.
This unique blend of architecture and dance forms the core of the festival’s vision, making it not just a celebration of performing arts but a true reflection of India’s rich history and spiritual heritage.
Exploring Madhya Pradesh Beyond the Festival
The Khajuraho Dance Festival has a significant impact on cultural tourism in Madhya Pradesh. The region offers much more than just the iconic temples. Visitors can explore nearby historical towns, picturesque natural landscapes, and other cultural circuits that highlight the state’s diverse heritage.
Madhya Pradesh is known for its ancient forts, wildlife sanctuaries, and temples that make it a rich cultural destination. The Khajuraho Dance Festival encourages tourists to discover the other hidden gems of the state, enhancing its appeal as a must-visit destination in India.
A Festival with Lasting Impact
The 2026 edition of the Khajuraho Dance Festival reinforces the significance of classical dance as a living, evolving tradition. By combining the ancient with the modern through the introduction of the Carnival format, the festival aims to attract new audiences while preserving its cultural roots. It continues to play an essential role in promoting and preserving India’s diverse performing arts while encouraging cultural dialogue between artists, scholars, and the audience.
This year’s edition promises to be an unforgettable experience for anyone looking to immerse themselves in the vibrant traditions of India. Whether you are a dance enthusiast or someone looking to explore the rich culture of Madhya Pradesh, the Khajuraho Dance Festival 2026 is a must-attend event.
Travel Guide to Khajuraho
For those planning to attend the festival, Khajuraho is well-connected by air, road, and rail. The nearest airport, Khajuraho Airport (HJR), is approximately 5 kilometers from the festival venue. Several daily flights connect Khajuraho with major cities like Delhi and Varanasi. Alternatively, visitors can take a train to Khajuraho Railway Station, which is also a convenient option for travelers.
Final Thoughts
The Khajuraho Dance Festival 2026 is expected to be a remarkable celebration of India’s classical arts because of its rich cultural heritage and creative approach. This festival is a celebration of the rhythm of tradition that will make an impression, regardless of whether you are drawn to it by the magnificent temples or the enthralling performances.
Drew and Barbara Cochran welcomed two children — daughter Cate and son Ryan — before divorcing in 1993. Ryan has another sister, Melanie, per his Team USA bio.
The kids grew up around Barbara's family ski area in Vermont — the same slopes that Barbara trained on as a junior skier before earning her own gold medal in the women’s slalom at the 1972 Winter Games in Sapporo, Japan.
On the day of her Olympic win, little did Barbara know that nearly 50 years later her son would share some of the same experiences. Ryan took home a silver medal in the men’s super-G race at the 2022 Games in Beijing, becoming the only American Alpine skier to medal that year. Now, Ryan is embarking on his third Olympic Games in Milan Cortina.
Ryan doesn’t feel the pressure of upholding the Cochran legacy, despite hailing from a multi-generational skiing family. (Barbara’s three siblings were also members of the U.S. Alpine Ski Team, as were four of Ryan’s cousins, per his NBC Olympic profile.)
"My family has always just said they’re proud of me," he told NBC in February 2022. "I guess it might have been pressure-inducing for some people. For me, it’s been motivating."
Here’s everything to know about Ryan Cochran-Siegle’s parents, Drew Cochran and former Olympian Barbara Cochran.
Barbara grew up on her family’s ski area
Barbara Cochran after winning Women's Slalom gold in 1972
John G. Zimmerman /Sports Illustrated via Getty
Skiing runs through the Cochran veins. Barbara and her three siblings grew up on a 150-acre hillside farm in Richmond, Vt., which is now home to the family's ski slope, Cochran’s Ski Area. What originally started as a few makeshift ski trails in the backyard — which were built by their father, Mickey Cochran — is now a breeding ground for junior skiers, per the website for the family’s syrup company, Slopeside Syrup.
In fact, it was on these slopes that Barbara and her siblings perfected their craft — eventually leading them to several World Cup titles and even an Olympic medal.
After 37 years of local community service, Cochran’s Ski Area was recognized as a non-profit organization in 1998, becoming the first 501 (c)(3) ski area in the country. The family-owned area also offers lessons and professional training through its ski school, which was previously helmed by Barbara herself.
Their mission is “to provide area youth and families with affordable skiing and snowboarding, lessons and race training, in the Cochran tradition,” per the website.
Barbara comes from a family of famous skiers
Barbara Cochran (C) is carried on the shoulders of her brother Bob Cochran (L) and Rick Chafee after she won a first place in the women's slalom event in 1972
Bettmann/Getty
Barbara took home gold in the women’s slalom event at the 1972 Winter Olympics — however, she wasn’t the only Cochran competing at those Games.
She was joined by her older sister Marilyn, an Alpine Ski World Cup champion, as well as their brother Bobby, a fellow alpine skier, according to Ryan's NBC Olympic profile. Lindy, the youngest of Barbara Ann's siblings, made her Olympic debut at the 1976 Winter Games in Austria.
Together, Barbara and her siblings have earned the nickname “Skiing Cochrans.”
As for his mom’s impressive skiing career, Ryan told NBC in February 2022, “My mother had success, and such a storied career. It shows that it’s possible for anyone."
Ryan has two sisters
Ryan Cochran-Siegle and Barbara
Ryan Cochran-Siegle/Instagram
Barbara and Drew welcomed Ryan on March 27, 1992, in Burlington, Vt. They went on to divorce one year later in 1993, per NBC.
Ryan has two sisters, according to his Team USA bio: Cate and Melanie. Cate is now the mom of two children, according to the VTDigger.
Despite their family’s generational success, Ryan said there was never any pressure from his parents to carry on the Cochran skiing legacy.
“My mom always told my sister and me that true success isn’t about medals — it’s about finding love and passion in whatever you choose to pursue,” he said in a May 2025 Team USA profile.
Barbara raised her kids in Vermont
Ryan Cochran-Siegle
Fabrice COFFRINI / AFP via Getty
After Barbara and Drew's divorce, Barbara primarily raised the children as a single mom, according to Ski Racing Media. The family lived in the town of Starksboro, Vt., which is just down the road from the family's ski area in Richmond, where Barbara was an instructor for 40 years.
“I spent my whole childhood in Starksboro, Vermont. It's where I grew up. The people and places there helped shape me into who I am today," Ryan told NBC in January 2022. "It's where I learned humility, hard work, and dedication, along with how to be a good person and be respectful."
Barbara was by Ryan’s side after his 2021 World Cup injury
Ryan Cochran-Siegle
Mine Kasapoglu/Anadolu via Getty
Ryan’s Olympic career was almost over before it even began. A year prior to the 2022 Winter Games in Beijing, Ryan crashed while competing in the men’s downhill alpine race at the 2021 World Cup in Austria. Subsequently, he broke his neck and underwent surgery to fuse the C6 and C7 vertebrae, per the Los Angeles Times.
In his May 2025 Team USA profile, Ryan shared how his mom encouraged him to push through the setback — and eventually, land a spot on the 2022 U.S. Alpine Ski Team.
“She taught me that a positive mindset can carry you through the toughest moments, and that even when the pressure is high, never forget to have fun. That joy is where the magic begins — and that’s how I found my own Olympic path,” he said.
They are Ryan’s biggest supporters
Ryan Cochran-Siegle is welcomed home to Richmond, VT, in 2022
John Lazenby/Alamy
Barbara and Drew are Ryan’s biggest fans, both on and off the slope. The Olympian attributes his success to his mom, who taught him how to ski at 2 years old.
Although Barbara Ann wasn’t able to witness Ryan’s first Olympic podium finish in person, she raved on PEOPLE (The TV Show!) in February 2022 about how she was “so, so proud." "I was nervous. I was excited. I was trembling. I was crying. It was just like everything all packed in together," she recalled.
"I knew he could do it, I absolutely had confidence that he could do it," she said. "But yet at the same time, I just think that I wasn't sure that it would happen. And when it did, it was unbelievable."
Meanwhile, Drew sent his son an inspiring message just moments before the race. "I had sent him a text saying you're in my heart all the time and now is your time to fly down this hill," he told NBC 5 in February 2022.
To learn more about all the Olympic and Paralympic hopefuls, come to people.com to check out ongoing coverage before, during and after the games. Watch the Milan Cortina Olympics and Paralympics, beginning Feb. 6, on NBC and Peacock.
Tulum, Mexico, will take center stage in the global wedding industry from February 11 to 13, 2026, when it hosts the highly anticipated Destination Wedding Business Summit. As a key event of Tulum Wedding Week 2026, the summit will attract influential leaders and professionals from the wedding and romance tourism sector, reinforcing Tulum’s status as one of the world’s top destinations for weddings and romantic celebrations.
With its breathtaking beaches, luxury venues, and bohemian charm, Tulum continues to gain popularity as a premier wedding destination. The Destination Wedding Business Summit promises to highlight this trend by providing a platform for networking, collaboration, and sharing best practices within the destination wedding industry. The summit is designed to connect professionals and industry leaders while promoting Tulum’s unrivaled appeal as a wedding hotspot for both local and international couples.
The Summit’s Significance for the Wedding Industry
The Destination Wedding Business Summit is poised to make a substantial impact on the wedding industry by bringing together key players such as wedding planners, destination management companies (DMCs), venue owners, photographers, and other creatives. The event will serve as a hub for knowledge exchange, providing attendees with insights into the latest trends, technologies, and marketing strategies that will shape the future of destination weddings.
Tulum’s growing reputation in the wedding tourism market makes it an ideal setting for such a high-profile event. As destination weddings become an increasingly popular choice for couples, the summit will provide attendees with the tools and knowledge needed to succeed in this expanding sector. The event will also serve as a testament to Tulum’s emergence as a leading global destination for wedding tourism, showcasing the region’s unique combination of luxury, natural beauty, and exclusive offerings.
An Exclusive Three-Day Experience
The Destination Wedding Business Summit will unfold over three exciting days, each dedicated to a specific audience, ensuring a tailored experience for all participants.
Day 1 (February 11): The first day will focus on couples looking to marry in the Mexican Caribbean. Expect personalized workshops and sessions that will help couples plan their perfect destination wedding in Tulum. From selecting the ideal venue to choosing local vendors, the day will provide expert advice and inspiration for couples seeking to create a wedding that reflects their unique love story. An estimated 30 to 40 couples will take part in this intimate and informative experience.
Day 2 (February 12): Day two will cater to industry professionals. This day will provide a deeper dive into the business aspects of the wedding tourism industry, offering presentations and panels that cover everything from growing a destination wedding business to understanding global market trends. With 50 to 100 professionals in attendance, this day will facilitate valuable networking opportunities and foster collaboration among vendors and industry leaders.
Day 3 (February 13): The final day will open up the event to the public with a free wedding expo, featuring over 70 to 100 vendors from across the wedding industry. This public event will allow couples, planners, and attendees to explore a wide range of wedding-related services, including florists, fashion designers, musicians, and photographers. With an expected 3,000 to 3,500 visitors, the expo will be a vibrant showcase of Tulum’s wedding offerings, making it a key opportunity for couples to meet local vendors and find inspiration for their upcoming celebrations.
Tulum’s Rising Appeal as a Wedding Destination
Tulum’s appeal as a wedding destination continues to grow, fueled by its idyllic beaches, upscale venues, and unique blend of rustic charm and luxury. The town has become synonymous with exclusive, high-end weddings, attracting couples from around the world who seek a romantic and intimate setting for their nuptials.
The Riviera Maya, with its array of luxurious hotels, private villas, and beach resorts, provides an excellent backdrop for weddings, offering something for every type of couple. From intimate ceremonies at a beachside location to large-scale celebrations at world-class resorts, Tulum offers a variety of options for couples seeking the perfect wedding venue.
In addition to its stunning venues, Tulum is renowned for its high-quality services tailored specifically for weddings, such as gourmet catering, personalized decor, professional photography, and exclusive entertainment options. The region’s natural beauty and laid-back, bohemian atmosphere also add to its allure, making it a destination that combines elegance with authenticity.
Boosting Romance Tourism in the Mexican Caribbean
The Destination Wedding Business Summit is part of a broader strategy to boost romance tourism in Tulum and the Mexican Caribbean. As destination weddings continue to gain popularity, Tulum is positioning itself as a key player in the romance tourism sector. The region is not only ideal for weddings but also for honeymoons, anniversaries, and other romantic getaways, attracting couples seeking an unforgettable experience.
The event is expected to bring substantial benefits to the local economy, as professionals and attendees contribute to the demand for services, accommodations, and other local offerings. It will also shine a spotlight on Tulum’s commitment to sustainable tourism practices, making it a desirable location for eco-conscious couples looking for a destination that prioritizes environmental responsibility while offering a luxury experience.
By hosting the summit, Tulum aims to showcase its unique ability to blend luxury, culture, and sustainability, providing an experience that is not only exclusive but also mindful of the environment.
The Future of Weddings in Tulum
As Tulum continues to grow as a wedding destination, the Destination Wedding Business Summit is expected to remain a central event in the calendar of wedding professionals and couples alike. The summit will help solidify Tulum’s role as a top-tier location for destination weddings and provide industry professionals with the tools and connections they need to succeed in this competitive sector.
With its pristine beaches, luxurious resorts, and professional services, Tulum is well on its way to becoming one of the most sought-after wedding destinations in the world. As the wedding tourism industry continues to evolve, Tulum is perfectly positioned to lead the charge, offering couples an unparalleled destination to celebrate their love in style.
The vibrant potential of Azerbaijan tourism is currently being showcased on an international scale during the prestigious EMITT 2026 exhibition held in the historic city of Istanbul, Türkiye. This participation is organized under the meticulous guidance of the Azerbaijan Tourism Board, which operates as a vital functional arm of the State Tourism Agency. By securing a prominent presence at the 29th East Mediterranean International Travel & Tourism Exhibition, the nation is positioned to strengthen its visibility within the global travel market while fostering deeper regional connections.
The presence of the Azerbaijani national stand serves as a central hub for professional engagement, where the rich tapestry of the country’s offerings is unveiled to a global audience. It is noted that the delegation is not limited to governmental bodies alone; rather, it includes a robust contingent of 11 local tourism industry representatives alongside Azerbaijan Airlines CJSC, commonly referred to as AZAL. This collaborative approach ensures that every facet of the nation’s travel infrastructure, from aviation to local hospitality services, is represented with the utmost professionalism and detail.
A Multi-Faceted Display of National Heritage
Within the designated Experience Azerbaijan area, a comprehensive narrative regarding the nation’s appeal is being constructed. This narrative is shared through a series of structured B2B and B2C meetings, where intricate details regarding the country’s tourism opportunities are meticulously disseminated. The diverse nature of these presentations allows for a holistic view of the land, ranging from its ancient cultural sites to its modern natural reserves.
The cultural and natural heritage of Azerbaijan is highlighted as a primary pillar of its global identity. Visitors to the exhibition are introduced to the seamless blend of East and West that characterizes the local architecture, traditions, and historical landmarks. Furthermore, the natural landscape is promoted through various specialized sectors, ensuring that the country appeals to a wide demographic of travelers seeking different experiences.
Specialized Tourism Products and Gastronomy
A significant emphasis is placed on the promotion of specialized tourism products that cater to niche markets. Among these, the world-renowned Azerbaijani gastronomy is presented as a cornerstone of the travel experience, inviting guests to explore a culinary tradition that is as varied as it is flavorful. In addition to food, the nation’s high-altitude offerings are showcased through its premier ski resorts, which have seen considerable investment and development in recent years.
The exhibition also serves as a platform to highlight the growing sectors of wine tourism and health tourism. The ancient tradition of viticulture in the region is emphasized, offering travelers an opportunity to visit historic vineyards and modern production facilities. Simultaneously, the health tourism sector is promoted through the country’s unique therapeutic offerings, including the famous oil baths and mineral water springs that have attracted wellness seekers for generations.
The Scale of EMITT 2026 and International Networking
The significance of this participation is further underscored by the sheer scale of the event itself. EMITT 2026 is recognized as one of the largest travel exhibitions globally, featuring 660 tour operators hailing from 109 different countries. Within this competitive and bustling environment, the Azerbaijani delegation is tasked with distinguishing the nation as a premier destination in the East Mediterranean and beyond.
Through the various networking sessions held at the stand, long-term partnerships are being forged between Azerbaijani operators and their international counterparts. These interactions are designed to facilitate a greater flow of information and to streamline the process of organizing tours for foreign visitors. The passive voice of diplomacy and industry standards is maintained throughout these proceedings, ensuring a formal and respectful atmosphere for all participants.
Strengthening Bonds with the Turkish Market
The timing of this exhibition is particularly relevant given the recent statistical trends observed in regional travel. A notable increase in the number of Turkish citizens visiting Azerbaijan has been recorded, with January 2026 seeing 36,536 visitors from Türkiye. This figure represents a 16% rise compared to the same period in the previous year, indicating a strengthening of the fraternal and economic bonds between the two nations.
This upward trajectory in visitor numbers serves as a backdrop for the activities at EMITT 2026. The promotion of Azerbaijani destinations is viewed not only as a commercial endeavor but also as a means of reinforcing the shared cultural ties that exist between the two countries. By providing detailed information and high-quality service presentations in Istanbul, the Azerbaijan Tourism Board aims to sustain and further accelerate this growth in the coming months and years.
Future Prospects for Azerbaijani Tourism Growth
As the exhibition nears its conclusion, the focus remains on the long-term impacts of such international exposure. The systematic presentation of diverse products—from the snowy peaks of the Caucasus to the rejuvenating spas of the Caspian coast—is expected to yield significant returns in the form of increased international arrivals. The involvement of AZAL ensures that logistical concerns, such as flight connectivity and accessibility, are addressed in tandem with the promotion of the destinations themselves.
The strategic efforts undertaken in Istanbul are reflective of a broader national policy aimed at diversifying the economy through the development of the tourism sector. By engaging with 109 countries in a single venue, Azerbaijan effectively communicates its readiness to welcome the world. The formal narrative established at the national stand is one of hospitality, quality, and an unwavering commitment to showcasing the very best of what the country has to offer to the global community.
Samsung has yet to reveal the Galaxy S26 launch date, but a new Unpacked campaign has just done so. The Unpacked season has officially begun, and the event invite may be dropped next week, probably on Monday.
Just recently, Samsung Gulf kickstarted an awarding campaign linked to the Unpacked, with its terms revealed Galaxy S26 launch date.
Samsung Gulf is asking netizens what it’s going to unveil at the Galaxy Unpacked. The video clip alone has no hint of the launch date, but the terms and conditions page does.
The company encourages people to comment as much as possible to amplify winning chances. Winners would receive a Galaxy S25 FE smartphone or the Galaxy Watch 8 smartwatch.
The question is:
What do you think will happen during #GalaxyUnpacked ?
Fans just need to respond in comments and use the #GalaxyUnpacked hashtag. The campaign began on February 2 and remains live through April 10.
Image – Samsung Gulf
While we (fans) are already aware of February 25 as the Galaxy S25 unveiling, a formal confirmation is still awaited. Digging into the campaign’s terms and conditions gave us a clear idea of the official launch date.
The page lists two stages of the campaign:
Teaser (Before Galaxy Unpacked)
During and After Galaxy Unpacked
The pre-Unpacked stage asks what Samsung is revealing at the event, as part of creating hype. The second stage features during and post-Unpacked tasks, with fans being asked to share “their favorite feature about the new devices.”
Interested fans residing in Gulf countries can participate as described by Samsung. The pre-Unpacked campaign is live until February 24, and the “during and post-Unpacked” is scheduled for February 25 to April 10.
It’s the official confirmation that the Unpacked is happening on February 25.
Samsung is circulating a fresh new teaser, which showcases the Galaxy S26 Ultra’s selfie camera, display bezels, frame corners, and physical buttons.
The teaser, highlighting “Next level privacy,” primarily focuses on the Privacy Display feature. Upon closely viewing the teaser reveals a better look at the Galaxy S26 Ultra’s selfie snapper, screen bezels, rounded corners, and buttons.
Galaxy S26 Ultra design
Samsung has increased the curvature of Galaxy S26 Ultra corners. With the Galaxy S25 Ultra, Samsung dumped the boxy design. The Galaxy S26 Ultra is a step forward in Samsung’s aim to unify design across all models.
The selfie camera’s hole is getting a little bigger than the S25 Ultra. It’s a wise answer to Apple’s iPhone 17, which offers better group selfies. Samsung has enlarged the hole in the display to extend the field of view of the selfie shooter.
Next come the bezels that separate the screen from the phone’s frame. The Galaxy S26 Ultra shows very thin bezels that are symmetric (equally thick from all sides). It’s said that the bezels have the same thickness as the S25 Ultra.
The right side of the device features three physical buttons. Two of those buttons allow users to adjust the speakers’ volume. The side key is multifunctional as you can make it a dedicated AI key or use it as a power button.
Samsung’s post caption also contains a URL, belonging to its Kenya subsidiary. The web page hasn’t been published yet, but the teaser did show the purpose. Samsung began teasing Galaxy Unpacked and we’re getting big news next week.
New York City joins Dearborn, Houston, and more in creating the most electrifying Ramadan month across the U.S. In 2026, the country’s cities are transforming the holy month into a vibrant celebration of culture, unity, and community. From the neon glow of New York’s Times Square to Dearborn’s festive streets, every city brings its unique charm to Ramadan festivities. Houston’s government-sponsored Iftar dinners unite people from all backgrounds, while the City of Bell hosts a thrilling night market.
These cities are not just celebrating Ramadan—they’re igniting a patriotic spirit that embraces diversity and inclusion. This year, the U.S. is showcasing how faith, culture, and civic pride come together in the most spectacular way. Discover why you must be there to witness this unforgettable experience and take part in the joyous celebrations that make Ramadan in the U.S. truly extraordinary.
New York City: Ramadan in the U.S.
New York City is renowned for its ever-bustling energy, and Ramadan only adds to this excitement. The Mayor’s Office of Special Projects has been hosting an official Iftar Dinner, with 2024 marking another remarkable year where Mayor Eric Adams invited Muslim New Yorkers from all five boroughs to reflect, pray, and break their fast together. The dinner isn’t just about food – it’s a testament to New York’s deep respect for its Muslim residents. Streets, mosques, and cultural events fill the city with an electric energy as neon lights mix with traditional lanterns. From Brooklyn to Queens, local mosques host community Iftar events where you can taste dishes from every corner of the Islamic world. The flavourful spices of skewers are served late into the night, and the community celebrates with true pride in religious freedom. In Times Square, the fusion of American culture and Islamic traditions makes New York’s Ramadan celebrations nothing short of magical.
Dearborn: The Heart of Ramadan in the U.S.
Dearborn, Michigan, known as the Arab capital of North America, transforms during Ramadan into a lively, celebratory city. The significance of this city is heightened by the government’s acknowledgment of Eid al-Fitr, marking the end of Ramadan. The city closes its administrative centre and libraries to observe the holiday. Such a gesture is a historic mark of respect and recognition of Dearborn’s thriving Muslim community. The streets, lit with crescent moon lights, smell of freshly baked baklava, and the atmosphere is one of unity and joy. Halal restaurants stay open late, and families gather together to feast after a long day of fasting. Visitors will feel as though they’ve stepped into a Middle Eastern market without leaving the U.S. From mosques filled with worshippers to the vibrant displays of lights and prayers echoing through the streets, Dearborn’s Ramadan celebrations are full of culture, community, and heart.
Houston: Where Diversity Meets Spirituality
In Houston, Texas, Ramadan is not just observed – it is celebrated on a grand scale. The Mayor’s Office of Trade and International Affairs has made the Houston Iftar Annual Ramadan Dinner a staple in the city’s event calendar. Hosted for years, this dinner attracts civic leaders, community members, and even diplomats. Houston’s diversity shines through as you can enjoy a mix of Pakistani, Lebanese, Somali, and Indonesian cuisines in the same street. The event draws people from different backgrounds, offering a space for unity and understanding. In addition to the Iftar, many mosques open their doors to visitors, allowing them to witness Qur’an recitations and participate in community service projects. Houston’s Ramadan celebrations offer a blend of spiritual reflection and civic engagement that showcases the city’s unique blend of energy and calm. From sharing meals with diplomats to dancing to traditional music, Houston is a city where spirituality and culture collide.
City of Bell: A Night Market Like No Other
In California’s City of Bell, Ramadan takes on an entirely different, yet equally exciting form. On 7 March 2026, the City of Bell will host its first-ever Ramadan Night Market, inviting visitors to indulge in a rich mix of halal food, vibrant shopping, and cultural experiences. From shawarma to artisan crafts, vendors will provide a diverse selection of food and goods. The market, open from 9 p.m. to 3 a.m., creates a fusion of Middle Eastern celebration and Californian cool. Traditional music fills the air, while families shop and children play with lanterns. The event represents the perfect blend of cultural immersion, food, and community, all under the warmth of California’s night sky. With government-sponsored events like this, the City of Bell proves that even small towns can offer unique experiences, breaking stereotypes and delivering one-of-a-kind Ramadan celebrations.
Washington D.C.: A Capital of Solidarity and Justice
In Washington D.C., the nation’s capital, Ramadan becomes a symbol of national solidarity. The District of Columbia’s Office of Human Rights runs the #FastWithDCMuslims campaign, encouraging both Muslims and non-Muslims to fast for a day in solidarity with the Muslim community. This initiative has become an integral part of D.C.’s Ramadan celebrations, showcasing the power of interfaith solidarity and activism. The White House also takes part in Ramadan celebrations, issuing formal messages that acknowledge the significance of the holy month and reaffirm the country’s commitment to religious liberty. On any given night during Ramadan, you can attend iftar dinners in embassies or spot government leaders breaking their fast with local community leaders. The patriotic spirit of D.C. shines through in its recognition of Ramadan, making the city an ideal destination for travellers wanting to witness how faith and civic pride can come together.
Seattle: The Green Ramadan of the Pacific Northwest
Seattle, known for its environmental consciousness, adds a unique twist to Ramadan with its Green Ramadan initiative. This program encourages residents to celebrate sustainably by bringing reusable plates, cups, and bottles to community Iftars. The city’s focus on sustainability aligns with Islamic principles of moderation and environmental stewardship. In 2026, Ramadan runs from 17 February to 18 March, and throughout this time, you’ll find mosques and community gatherings emphasising eco-friendly practices. The city’s glowing skyline reflects off the tranquil waters of Puget Sound as families gather in parks for tarawih prayers. Seattle offers a blend of serenity and environmental activism, making it a great destination for travellers seeking a more conscious way to celebrate Ramadan while still enjoying the vibrant atmosphere of the season.
What to Expect in Ramadan 2026
Ramadan in 2026 will fall between 17 February and 18 March, making it a wonderful time to experience the season in the U.S. Many cities will host free community Iftars, and government-sponsored events may require registration, so it’s wise to sign up early. Expect some local businesses to offer Ramadan-specific deals, from special menu items to discounted hotel packages. The overlap with Presidents’ Day and early spring breaks means that popular destinations may experience larger crowds, so plan accordingly. When attending religious events, remember to dress modestly and be respectful when taking photographs. Always follow local guidelines, especially in regard to food, prayer, and cultural practices. It’s a time for reflection, togetherness, and making memories that will last long beyond the month of Ramadan.
Why Government Involvement Matters
One of the things that make Ramadan celebrations in the U.S. special is the involvement of local and national governments. From New York City’s Iftar Dinner to the closures in Dearborn in observance of Eid al-Fitr, these acts of civic recognition are a clear indication of the importance of Ramadan to the American community. Washington D.C.’s #FastWithDCMuslims campaign and Houston’s government-sponsored Iftar further show that Ramadan isn’t just about individual observance, but about coming together as a nation. Such government involvement ensures that these celebrations are well-organized, inclusive, and accessible to everyone, making them even more meaningful for travellers and locals alike.
Insider Tips: Secrets of American Ramadan Celebrations
There are hidden gems that only insiders know about when it comes to Ramadan in the U.S. In New York, the halal carts near the 96th Street Mosque serve melt-in-your-mouth lamb after Iftar. In Dearborn, the neighbourhood off Warren Avenue features thousands of lights that transform the area into a carnival-like atmosphere. In Houston, the Iftar isn’t just about the food; it’s also about speeches that tackle global issues. The Ramadan Night Market in Bell may surprise visitors with celebrity appearances from Muslim American influencers. In D.C., embassy social media often post open invites to cultural nights, while in Seattle, mosques pair Iftars with interfaith dialogues. Keep your schedule flexible and be prepared to stay out late because some of the best moments of Ramadan happen after midnight.
Embrace the Spirit of Ramadan in the U.S.
Ramadan in the U.S. is an exhilarating, deeply spiritual experience that showcases the nation’s commitment to religious freedom and cultural diversity. Whether you’re in New York’s neon glow or Dearborn’s festive streets, Houston’s diplomatic Iftars or Bell’s night markets, you will experience a unique blend of community, culture, and patriotism. Each city offers its own way to celebrate, making Ramadan in the U.S. a journey worth taking. Embrace the spirit of togetherness, sustainability, and inclusion as you partake in the holy month’s festivities and make memories that will stay with you long after.
The Radisson RED Hotel Queenstown is all set to make its grand entrance, providing Queenstown, the adventure capital of New Zealand, with a new and lively hospitality concept. Scheduled to open in 2026, the hotel will feature 221 rooms, including four deluxe rooms and five suites, inspired by the energy and excitement of Queenstown’s dynamic tourism industry.
With its location merely at a walking distance of seven minutes from the heart of town, the hotel’s position provides its visitors an advantage never before experienced. The addition of this location will definitely contribute to further growth and expansion in the hospitality industry that Queenstown has to offer to its tourists and visitors globally and further substantiate its position as an industry leader for luxury and adventure tourism.
A Social Hub for Queenstown’s Growing Tourism Market
At the core of Radisson RED Queenstown will be its lively all-day dining restaurant and bar, designed to be the hotel’s social center. Guests can also enjoy a sophisticated rooftop bar with an expansive terrace, perfect for soaking in the golden-hour mountain views. The hotel offers the ideal setting for relaxation and socializing, complementing Queenstown’s mix of adventure tourism and vibrant local dining and arts scene. With two flexible meeting rooms, the hotel will also cater to smaller, intimate events and creative sessions, ensuring it appeals to both leisure and business travelers alike.
This new property is also a vital part of Queenstown’s rapidly expanding tourism infrastructure, including new retail outlets, dining concepts, and even a supermarket within an emerging precinct. Additionally, the hotel will benefit from plans to transform the adjoining recreation reserve into a community park, offering long-term value to both local residents and tourists. This infrastructure development lays the foundation for future hospitality growth in Queenstown, as more visitors flock to the region.
Location Perfect for Adventure Seekers and Nature Lovers
Queenstown is renowned as a four-season adventure capital and offers an abundance of outdoor activities year-round, from skiing at Coronet Peak and The Remarkables in winter to hiking, biking trails, and winery visits in the warmer months. Radisson RED Queenstown’s location provides easy access to Coronet Peak’s ski lifts, just a 15-minute drive away, while the summer trailheads and the surrounding Lake Wakatipu offer endless outdoor adventures. This strategic positioning makes the hotel a prime choice for tourists seeking both adventure and relaxation in New Zealand’s spectacular natural landscape.
The growing demand for adventure tourism in the region aligns with the global trend of travelers seeking experiential stays that combine outdoor exploration with comfort and style. This trend positions Queenstown as a growing hospitality destination, and the Radisson RED Hotel will play a key role in meeting this demand.
Enhancing Queenstown’s Tourism Growth and Future Hospitality Opportunities
As tourism continues to grow in Queenstown, Radisson RED Hotel Queenstown plays a significant role in expanding accommodation options for the area. The hotel will cater to both international tourists and domestic visitors who seek a modern, comfortable, and social hotel experience. With easy access to Queenstown Airport, just 16 minutes from the hotel, and direct flights from major Australian east-coast cities, this development is poised to boost the local tourism sector by attracting more visitors from across the globe. The growth in luxury adventure tourism in Queenstown is expected to fuel a rising demand for high-quality accommodations, and Radisson RED is set to fulfill this need.
Radisson RED Brand Expands Its Footprint in New Zealand
The opening of Radisson RED Queenstown marks a major milestone in the expansion of the Radisson RED brand across New Zealand. Following the brand’s upcoming debut in Auckland, the Queenstown property strengthens the Radisson Hotel Group’s presence in two of the country’s most sought-after destinations for both leisure tourism and urban exploration. The hotel’s opening is part of the Group’s broader strategy to expand its premium lifestyle and midscale brands in key resort markets and gateway cities across Asia Pacific.
The Group’s investments in New Zealand signal strong future growth for Radisson RED in the region. The expansion of the Radisson RED brand is expected to capture the growing demand for lifestyle hotels that cater to travelers seeking authentic experiences that blend luxury, comfort, and community. As more travelers look for immersive destinations that offer both relaxation and adventure, Radisson RED is positioned to lead in meeting these needs.
Sustainable and Modern Amenities for the Eco-Conscious Traveler
The Radisson RED Queenstown experience is complemented by a focus on sustainability and modern amenities. Guests will have access to eco-conscious facilities, as well as a modern gym for fitness enthusiasts. The hotel’s design prioritizes comfort, style, and sustainability, ensuring that travelers can enjoy the area’s natural beauty while minimizing their environmental footprint. With a focus on innovative design and the incorporation of local materials, Radisson RED Queenstown promises to provide guests with a stay that reflects both the spirit of Queenstown and a commitment to sustainable tourism.
This sustainability approach supports the future of hospitality growth in the region, where travelers are becoming increasingly interested in eco-friendly travel options and responsible tourism.
Radisson RED Queenstown Enhances the Region’s Tourism Offerings
The opening of the Radisson RED Hotel Queenstown is a milestone event for both the tourism sector in Queenstown and the overall Radisson brand globally, as not only will the hotel reshape the local tourism landscape but also provide Queenstown with yet another state-of-the-art facility to attract visitors from all over the world, all as the brand continues to further expand its footprint in both New Zealand and the overall Asia Pacific region.
As the potential of Queenstown as a tourism and hospitality hub continues to grow, the role of the likes of the Radisson RED in molding the future of tourism and hospitality in the region cannot be overstated.
Kilifi County’s coastal breeze is fundamentally changing the face of East African tourism. Vipingo Ridge is at the heart of this transformation, having recently secured its dominance by being named Best Golf Resort at the 2026 Kenya Tourism Awards (KTA). This is the resort’s second consecutive year of recognition, cementing its position as a key player in Kenya’s high-end travel sector. The distinction is largely due to its status as the only PGA-accredited golf course on the African continent, which has helped put Kenya on the map for both professional and amateur golfers.
The prestige associated with PGA accreditation ensures that world-class standards are upheld on every fairway and green. The resort is no longer viewed solely as a local getaway; it is now recognised as an international standard of excellence. During the recent awards ceremony, Vipingo Ridge’s leadership stated that this consecutive win is a powerful validation of the resort’s rigorous benchmarks for both sporting facilities and environmental stewardship.
A Strategic Fusion of Business and Leisure
Beyond the meticulous manicuring of its championship course, a significant shift in the resort’s operational focus has been observed. Substantial investments have been channelled into conferencing infrastructure, effectively transitioning the property into a hybrid “bleisure” hub. This evolution is designed to cater to a modern demographic of travellers who demand a seamless intersection between professional obligations and recreational pursuits.
The recognition received in the conferencing category at the KTA further highlights the progress being made in diversifying the resort’s appeal. By offering sophisticated meeting spaces alongside elite sporting facilities, a broader spectrum of global travellers is being attracted to the Kenyan coast. It is increasingly evident that integrated experiences, situated away from the traditional, congested urban centres, are being prioritized by corporate clients and luxury seekers.
The Economic Engine of Golf Tourism
Golf tourism is defined as a specialized niche where travel itineraries are primarily structured around the sport, often augmented by high-quality hospitality and local sightseeing. In the context of the Kenyan economy, the impact of this segment is profound. It has been estimated that a golf tourist typically spends approximately $3,200 (Ksh 412,814) per visit. When contrasted with the expenditure of a standard leisure traveller, the spending power of a golfer is nearly three times higher.
This high-yield demographic contributes significantly to the local ecosystem, with funds being distributed across the hospitality, transportation, and service sectors. While Kenya’s golf tourism market is still categorized as emerging when compared to global giants like Spain or regional competitors like South Africa and Morocco, the growth trajectory is undeniable. With over 40 courses currently operational across the country—many of which, such as those hosting the Kenya Open on the European Tour, are of international calibre—the infrastructure for rapid expansion is already in place.
Projections and National Growth
The economic potential of attracting 100,000 golf-centric visitors annually is staggering. It is projected that such a milestone could generate over Ksh 50 billion (approximately $380 million) in direct revenue. To put this in perspective, the total tourism earnings for Kenya in 2024 were recorded at roughly Ksh 452 billion ($3.5 billion). With forecasts for 2025 suggesting a rise to over Ksh 650 billion ($5 billion), the contribution of specialized niches like golf is viewed as a vital component of this upward trend.
The global golf tourism market is currently experiencing an annual expansion of between 3% and 9%. This growth is being fuelled by an international appetite for experiential and sports-focused travel. By improving national infrastructure and hosting high-profile international tournaments, Kenya is successfully tapping into this lucrative market. The efforts led by the Kenya Tourism Board to market the nation as a multi-dimensional destination are clearly yielding results, particularly within European and Middle Eastern markets.
Sustainability and the New Baseline for Luxury
Vipingo Ridge’s consecutive victories are interpreted by industry observers as a sign of a larger shift in traveller expectations. Traditional tourism models are being replaced by a “new baseline” in which luxury is combined with sustainability and multi-functionality. The resort’s commitment to maintaining a world-class sporting environment while also contributing to Kenya’s overall tourism growth is viewed as a model for future developments in the region.
As the country expands its offerings, the emphasis remains on creating destinations that offer exceptional, multifaceted experiences. The success of the Kilifi-based resort demonstrates that Kenya is no longer just a safari destination but also a serious contender in the world of professional sports tourism. The combination of elite training facilities, tournament-grade courses, and luxury lifestyle amenities ensures that the country’s reputation as a sophisticated travel hub continues to grow.
The Tourism Authority of Thailand (TAT) Pattaya Office has announced the inauguration of the Pattaya International Kite Festival 2026, a new addition to the tourism calendar that promises to be one of the most exciting events of the year. From February 25 to March 1, 2026, this extraordinary festival will feature Thailand’s longest kite parade, an event set to mesmerize both locals and tourists alike. The festival will take place at Pattaya Beach, directly in front of the Central Pattaya Shopping Mall, and will run daily from 11:00 AM to 6:00 PM, weather and wind conditions permitting.
A Visual Spectacle in the Sky: The Longest Kite Parade in Thailand
The Pattaya International Kite Festival 2026 will bring together kite enthusiasts from all over the world, showcasing a stunning array of kites in a vibrant and colourful display. The highlight of the festival is the kite parade, which will stretch across the beach in an unparalleled spectacle of design and artistry. This parade holds the distinction of being the longest kite parade ever seen in Thailand, making it a must-see event for tourists visiting Pattaya during the period.
The parade will feature a wide variety of kites, from traditional designs to contemporary, and will include both local Thai kite creators and international participants. These kites will add a delightful splash of colour to the already picturesque Pattaya sky, creating an atmosphere of joy, creativity, and excitement. Visitors will have the opportunity to witness the artistic skill and cultural significance behind each kite as it soars high above the shoreline.
A Unique Experience for Tourists and Locals Alike
The Pattaya International Kite Festival 2026 is not just an event for kite lovers, but an opportunity to immerse oneself in the local culture and beauty of Thailand. As the largest of its kind in the country, the event offers a distinctive way to experience Pattaya’s coastal charm. Tourists can enjoy the beautiful beach setting while engaging in one of the most visually striking events in Thailand’s tourism calendar.
Apart from the kite parade, the festival will feature a range of activities designed to engage visitors. These include kite flying competitions, kite-making workshops, and live music performances that will enhance the festive atmosphere. The event is also set to stimulate the local economy, with increased tourism bringing opportunities for local businesses, including restaurants, hotels, and shops, to benefit from the influx of visitors.
The Pattaya Beach area, already known for its vibrant tourism scene, will serve as the perfect venue for this event. The presence of Central Pattaya Shopping Mall ensures that visitors will have easy access to a variety of shopping, dining, and entertainment options during their visit to the festival.
A Festival to Remember: Capture the Moments
The Pattaya International Kite Festival 2026 offers more than just a visual treat – it promises unforgettable experiences for all. The event encourages visitors to capture the magical moments of the parade and the artistic kite displays, with plenty of opportunities for photography along the beach. The picturesque backdrop of Pattaya Beach combined with the soaring kites creates an atmosphere that is perfect for creating lasting memories.
For those who have always dreamed of flying their own kite, the festival offers a rare opportunity to take part in the action. Visitors can try their hand at flying kites, adding their own contribution to the vibrant landscape above Pattaya Beach.
Boosting Tourism and Local Economy
This festival is part of the Tourism Authority of Thailand’s (TAT) ongoing efforts to promote Pattaya as a diverse and dynamic travel destination. By integrating such unique cultural events into the tourism calendar, the TAT aims to boost local tourism, increase global visibility, and create new experiences for both returning and first-time visitors to Pattaya.
As a major player in Thailand’s tourism industry, Pattaya consistently attracts millions of visitors annually. The Pattaya International Kite Festival 2026 will further strengthen its appeal as a family-friendly and culturally rich destination. The event is expected to contribute positively to the local economy, generating additional revenue for Pattaya’s businesses and highlighting the city’s reputation as a premier tourist hub.
Conclusion: Don’t Miss Pattaya’s Kite Festival
The Pattaya International Kite Festival 2026 offers a spectacular opportunity for tourists to enjoy a one-of-a-kind event in the heart of Pattaya. Whether you are an avid kite enthusiast or someone simply seeking to witness a stunning celebration of creativity, this event promises something for everyone. From the longest kite parade in Thailand to hands-on kite flying experiences, the festival is poised to become a beloved fixture in Pattaya’s tourism calendar for years to come.
Visitors are encouraged to make the most of this incredible opportunity to experience Pattaya in a new and exciting way. Mark your calendars, pack your bags, and get ready to witness the skies above Pattaya filled with vibrant colours, as Thailand’s longest kite parade takes flight!
As the global tourism industry continues to grow, countries are increasingly finding creative ways to highlight their unique cultural and natural treasures. One such initiative is the Azerbaijan Tourism Board’s (ATB) active participation in the EMITT 2026 exhibition held in Istanbul, Türkiye. The 29th East Mediterranean International Travel & Tourism Exhibition serves as an important platform for showcasing travel destinations, and Azerbaijan’s vibrant tourism sector is capturing attention this year. The Azerbaijan Tourism Board, alongside representatives from the local tourism industry and Azerbaijan Airlines (AZAL), is bringing the country’s tourism offerings to the international stage.
Visitors to the Azerbaijan national stand are being treated to an in-depth experience of the nation’s diverse tourism products, which include everything from gastronomy and ski resorts to wine tourism and health tourism. The exhibition, which runs through February 7, 2026, features over 660 exhibitors from 109 countries, creating an ideal environment for business-to-business (B2B) and business-to-consumer (B2C) interactions. This event underscores Azerbaijan’s growing presence in the international travel scene and its efforts to position itself as a must-visit destination.
Azerbaijan’s Tourism Potential at EMITT 2026
Azerbaijan’s participation in the EMITT exhibition is more than just a showcase; it is a demonstration of the country’s diverse tourism offerings and its commitment to attracting international tourists. The Experience Azerbaijan stand is a hub where visitors can learn about the country’s rich cultural heritage, scenic landscapes, and world-class facilities for tourists. Azerbaijan is known for its stunning mountain ranges, historical sites, and modern cities, making it an attractive destination for a variety of travelers.
Azerbaijan’s tourism offerings are diverse, catering to different types of tourists with varied interests. Gastronomy enthusiasts can explore the country’s rich culinary traditions, while those seeking adventure will find plenty of ski resorts in the Caucasus Mountains. Wine lovers can enjoy Azerbaijan’s long-standing wine-making tradition, and health tourists will find wellness centers offering traditional treatments. The country’s blend of modernity and tradition offers something for everyone, making it an excellent choice for your next travel destination.
A Rising Destination for Turkish Tourists
In recent years, Azerbaijan has seen a surge in tourism from neighboring countries, particularly Turkey. According to the latest statistics, 36,536 Turkish visitors traveled to Azerbaijan in January 2026, marking a 16% increase from the same period in the previous year. This growth is a strong indicator of the country’s growing popularity among Turkish tourists, who are increasingly discovering Azerbaijan’s unique blend of cultural heritage, natural beauty, and hospitality.
Azerbaijan Airlines (AZAL) has played a crucial role in boosting travel between the two nations, offering convenient flights and enhancing accessibility for Turkish travelers. The close ties between Azerbaijan and Turkey, combined with easy air travel options, make the journey between the two countries smooth and hassle-free.
Diverse Tourism Offerings to Explore
Azerbaijan’s tourism offerings are as diverse as its landscape. For adventure seekers, the Caucasus Mountains provide ample opportunities for skiing, trekking, and mountain climbing, while travelers looking for a more relaxed experience can explore the picturesque cities like Baku, known for its mix of modern architecture and ancient landmarks.
Wine enthusiasts will find the country’s long tradition of winemaking fascinating, with several vineyards and wineries offering tasting tours and educational experiences. Azerbaijan’s wine region, particularly the Ganja and Shamakhi areas, is gaining recognition on the international wine scene. Additionally, the country’s gastronomy tourism allows visitors to sample the flavors of traditional dishes such as plov (pilaf), dolma, and kebabs, paired with exquisite local wines.
Health and wellness tourism is also growing in Azerbaijan, with many wellness centers located near natural springs, offering traditional spa treatments that blend Eastern and Western therapies. Visitors can enjoy the therapeutic benefits of the country’s unique mineral waters while surrounded by beautiful landscapes, making it the perfect destination for those seeking relaxation and rejuvenation.
Top Travel Tips for Tourists Visiting Azerbaijan
If you’re planning a trip to Azerbaijan, here are a few travel tips to make the most of your visit:
Best Time to Visit: The best time to visit Azerbaijan is during the spring (April to June) and autumn (September to November) months when the weather is mild and the landscapes are lush and vibrant.
Transportation: Baku, the capital city, has a well-developed public transportation system, including buses, metro, and taxis. However, if you plan to explore other regions, consider renting a car for the most convenient access to remote areas.
Cultural Etiquette: Azerbaijan is a country that values hospitality. While the official language is Azerbaijani, many people speak Russian and Turkish, making it easier for visitors from neighboring countries to communicate. It’s customary to greet people with a handshake, and offering small gifts, such as sweets or tea, is a common gesture of goodwill.
Currency: The currency in Azerbaijan is the Azerbaijani manat (AZN). It is advisable to carry some local currency for small transactions, but credit cards are widely accepted in major cities and tourist areas.
Why Azerbaijan Should Be on Your Travel Radar
Azerbaijan offers a unique blend of Eastern charm and Western influence, making it an exciting travel destination for both culture lovers and adventure seekers. From its rich history and culture to its natural beauty and modern amenities, Azerbaijan has something for everyone. Whether you’re exploring the ancient ruins of Gobustan National Park, taking a stroll along the Casual Caspian coastline, or enjoying a traditional Azerbaijani tea in a local café, your visit to Azerbaijan is sure to be unforgettable.
With the EMITT 2026 exhibition in Istanbul acting as a gateway for international travelers, Azerbaijan is gaining well-deserved recognition as a prime travel destination. For those seeking a unique blend of adventure, luxury, and culture, Azerbaijan is a place worth visiting.
Samsung officially retired the Galaxy S21 series, leaving millions of users confused about what to do next. The decision came right before the unveiling of the Galaxy S26 series, and that’s going to be a massive upgrade for fans.
This month, Samsung made it official that the Galaxy S21, S21+, and S21 Ultra are now EOL. The three devices are no longer eligible for new security patches. January 2026 patch arrived last month as probably the last SMR.
The Galaxy S21 series was pushed to quarterly updates back in early 2025. That was the warning sign, with February 2026 being the line in the sand.
The S21 Ultra still feels solid as the display holds up, performance is smooth, and One UI is still seamless. Day-to-day use does not suddenly fall apart, but security does not care how smooth your scrolling feels.
No SMR means no protection against newly discovered zero-day exploits. No fixes for banking trojans that target outdated kernels. No patches for Qualcomm vulnerabilities that attackers already know how to chain.
If you use mobile banking, UPI apps, work profiles, or even store passwords locally, you are trusting an OS that no longer gets emergency doors welded shut. Samsung’s One UI updates will not save you here.
Want peace of mind? Galaxy S26 is the cleanest break
Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 is a real leap, not a marketing one. Sustained performance is better, thermal behavior is smarter, and One UI feels purpose-built around on-device AI tasks.
The new Privacy Display, internally known as Flex Magic Pixel, is not a gimmick. Shoulder surfing protection and dynamic pixel masking matter more than ever.
More importantly, Samsung is promising seven years of updates.
You can also go for a new Galaxy S25 phone, available with steep discounts. Samsung also launched certified re-newed devices in the US and Europe.
If you want zero drama and a long runway, move to the S26. If you want maximum sense per rupee, the S25 is sitting right there. Holding on to the S21 is possible, but it is a conscious gamble and requires special manual attention.
Carnival Cruise Line is warning its guests to expect cold weather in Norfolk, Virginia, for the February 7, 2026, sailing of the Carnival Sunshine. The ship, launched in 1996, is set to cruise as part of its year-round deployments from the U.S. East Coast, with the company making sure that all passengers are ready for the cold conditions on site in Norfolk, not to mention especially when embarking on an eight-night Caribbean and Bahamas cruise.
It came in one of those timely warnings issued by Carnival in the larger attempt to improve the experience within cruise tourism, making sure passengers are as comfortable as possible while embarking on their journey-irrespective of the weather being inclement or not.
Cold Weather Advisory for Embarkation Day
In a statement, Carnival Cruise Line informed passengers that the outdoor temperature in Norfolk is expected to be significantly low on the day of departure. The cruise line noted that, due to the number of open decks on the ship, additional measures would need to be taken to warm the interior parts of the vessel while docked in Norfolk. Passengers are encouraged to dress in layers for embarkation to stay comfortable while the ship’s team works on making the ship warmer for boarding.
“We are looking forward to having you sail with us, but ahead of your embarkation, we have an update regarding the weather to help you prepare for your first day onboard,” said Carnival Cruise Line in their communication to guests. This proactive approach is crucial for cruise tourism, as it highlights the industry’s responsibility in ensuring that guests feel cared for and ready to enjoy their vacation despite potential travel challenges, such as inclement weather.
Timely Check-In and Boarding Guidelines
In addition to preparing for cold temperatures, Carnival reminded guests to stick to their pre-selected terminal arrival appointment for check-in. The company emphasized the importance of adhering to the final boarding time indicated on passengers’ boarding passes. All passengers must be onboard by this time to avoid delays or missing the scheduled departure. These logistical measures are part of a broader trend in the cruise tourism sector, where companies like Carnival Cruise Line are continuously refining their operations to ensure a smooth embarkation process and improve the overall guest experience, leading to higher satisfaction and more efficient operations.
Carnival Sunshine’s February 2026 Caribbean and Bahamas Itinerary
Once the Carnival Sunshine sets sail, the ship will offer an eight-night roundtrip cruise from Norfolk, Virginia, visiting popular Caribbean and Bahamian destinations. Among the highlights of the itinerary is a visit to Half Moon Cay, Carnival Corporation’s private island in the Bahamas, known for its pristine beaches and exclusive experiences.
The itinerary also includes stops in Grand Turk in the Turks and Caicos Islands, and Amber Cove in the Dominican Republic, two destinations renowned for their scenic beauty, beaches, and local culture. These stops are expected to significantly boost tourism in these areas, where the arrival of cruise passengers plays a critical role in supporting local economies. With millions of cruise tourists traveling to the Caribbean each year, these islands depend on the tourism revenue generated by cruise visits to sustain their hospitality industries, from local attractions to restaurants and shops.
Preparing for a Memorable Caribbean Cruise
Despite the cold temperatures on embarkation day in Norfolk, Carnival Sunshine’s Caribbean and Bahamas cruise promises to offer a warm and enjoyable experience once guests are on board. As part of Carnival Cruise Line’s commitment to delivering an exceptional cruise experience, the company’s team will work diligently to ensure the comfort of all passengers as they embark on this exciting adventure to the tropics. This is particularly important for the cruise tourism industry, where delivering on promises of comfort, adventure, and service is key to customer loyalty and repeat business.
Impact of Cruise Tourism on Local Economies
The introduction of Carnival Sunshine’s new route from Norfolk plays an essential role in expanding cruise tourism in Virginia and surrounding areas. With this added convenience and connectivity, Virginia’s tourism industry is likely to see an increase in economic activity, benefiting local businesses such as restaurants, hotels, and transport services. In addition, by offering a route to Caribbean islands and Bahamas, the cruise also helps boost the regional tourism economy in the Caribbean and Dominican Republic.
Cruise tourism continues to be a significant economic driver for many destinations, creating jobs and supporting infrastructure development, particularly in port cities like Norfolk. This growth in demand for cruise travel not only enhances the passenger experience but also ensures local communities benefit from increased visitor spending.
A Unique Start to an Exciting Caribbean Getaway
Carnival Cruise Line is warning its guests to expect cold weather in Norfolk, Virginia, for the February 7, 2026, sailing of the Carnival Sunshine. The ship, launched in 1996, is set to cruise as part of its year-round deployments from the U.S. East Coast, with the company making sure that all passengers are ready for the cold conditions on site in Norfolk, not to mention especially when embarking on an eight-night Caribbean and Bahamas cruise.
It came in one of those timely warnings issued by Carnival in the larger attempt to improve the experience within cruise tourism, making sure passengers are as comfortable as possible while embarking on their journey-irrespective of the weather being inclement or not.
Camera bumps are returning to Galaxy flagships this year, and Samsung hasn’t just slapped a thick layer on the back. We just saw Galaxy S26 Plus in its White colorway, and a leaker with eagle eye discovered a transparent camera island design.
Galaxy S26 lineup’s camera bump features a 2-layer design. The bump hasn’t just enlarged in a single layer, but in two. The first layer is slapped to the back panel, surrounding the camera sensor, while the second sits above the first.
The leaked White color render showcases that the top camera island layer of the Galaxy S26 series is transparent. It doesn’t feature a glass finish like previous iPhones, but a subtle change to differentiate the design.
It might also be featured in other colors, including Black. However, White has become the first to brace the transparent layer. Paired with metallic rings, the 2-layer design offers a smooth and unique look to the smartphones.
Here’s the camera bump with a transparent layer, discovered by IceUniverse.
Image courtesy – Ice Universe (@UniverseIce/X)
Durability remains a concern when we talk about something like glass on a phone. Metal backs are more durable than glass or glasstic against accidental drops. Camera island could be heavily impacted if the device drops from a height.
Well, Samsung would have ensured the transparent layer doesn’t come at a cost of durability and reliability. Still, consumers have to take additional precautions and prevent accidental drops as much as possible.
Samsung’s next flagship, the Galaxy S26 series, is getting closer to launch. Now, listings at the Wireless Power Consortium reveal some key details about the phones, especially their wireless charging capabilities.
The Wireless Power Consortium (spotted by 9to5Google) listing of the Galaxy S26 series shows three model numbers – SM-K772, SM-K777, and SM-K778. These models likely reveal all three models of the Galaxy S26 series.
These phones support the Qi 2.2.1 wireless charging standard, which is an upgrade from the Galaxy S25 series. This means the S26 should charge faster and more efficiently on compatible chargers.
Source – DUXDUCIS
One downside is that the listing does not include a magnetic power profile (MPP). This suggests that Samsung might skip built-in magnets again and rely on magnetic cases to give the phones full Qi2 functionality.
While rumors of accessories like the “Magnet Wireless Charger” have surfaced, it seems users will still need extra cases if they want magnetic wireless charging. Even so, the updated Qi 2.2.1 support is a big improvement, which makes wireless charging smoother and more reliable.
Samsung will reportedly announce the Galaxy S26 series on February 25. The launch might also include the new Galaxy Buds 4. While some fans may be disappointed about the missing built-in magnets, the faster wireless charging is a meaningful upgrade. Stay tuned for more information.
Asus has expanded its laptop portfolio in India with the introduction of the Zenbook S16, Zenbook 14, and multiple new Vivobook models. The latest lineup highlights the company’s growing focus on AI-driven computing, featuring AMD Ryzen AI processors and Copilot+ PC capabilities. These devices aim to cater to different user segments, ranging from premium ultra-portable laptops to more affordable productivity-focused machines.
Asus Zenbook S16, Zenbook 14 and Vivobook lineup details
Asus Zenbook S16
Leading the new range is the Asus Zenbook S16, powered by the AMD Ryzen AI 9 465 processor paired with a dedicated NPU capable of delivering up to 50 TOPS of AI performance. The laptop features a slim metal design made using Ceraluminum material and weighs around 1.5kg. It comes with a 16-inch 3K Asus Lumina OLED display with a 120Hz refresh rate, Dolby Vision support and full DCI-P3 colour coverage. Asus has also included a six-speaker Dolby Atmos audio setup, along with claimed battery endurance of up to 23 hours.
The Zenbook 14 targets users looking for portability without compromising on AI features. It runs on the AMD Ryzen AI 5 430 processor with a similar 50 TOPS NPU, measures about 14.9mm in thickness and weighs approximately 1.28kg. The laptop includes a 14-inch FHD+ OLED touchscreen with HDR support and accurate colour reproduction. Additional features include a dedicated Copilot key, NumberPad 2.0 and a battery life claim exceeding 25 hours.
Asus Zenbook S16
Asus has also refreshed its Vivobook lineup with several new models designed for everyday productivity and creative workloads. The Vivobook S16 is equipped with AMD Ryzen AI 400 series processors and an OLED display, bringing AI capabilities to a slightly more accessible category.
The Vivobook 16 (M1607GA) runs on an AMD Ryzen AI 7 445 chip and features MIL-STD 810H certification, indicating improved durability. Meanwhile, the Vivobook 15 and another Vivobook 16 variant rely on AMD Ryzen 7 processors, offering up to 16GB DDR5 memory and PCIe 4.0 SSD storage aimed at smooth multitasking and general computing.
Price and availability
The Asus Zenbook S16 starts at Rs 1,69,990 (~$1,875), while the Zenbook 14 carries an initial price of Rs 1,15,990 (~$1,280). In the Vivobook series, pricing begins at Rs 62,990 (~$695), with higher variants such as the Vivobook S16 starting at Rs 1,04,990 (~$1,160) and the Vivobook 16 starting at Rs 87,990 (~$970), positioning them in the mid-range segment.
Pre-orders for the Zenbook models are currently open ahead of the official availability starting February 12 across Asus stores, online platforms and authorized retailers, with the Vivobook 16 (M1605NAQ) scheduled to arrive in early March.
Customers pre-booking the Zenbook S16 or Zenbook 14 can access bundled protection benefits valued at Rs 5,599 (~$62) for a nominal Re 1 during the promotional period.
For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.
Sony has begun teasing its next flagship true wireless earbuds, the WF-1000XM6, finally offering a first official hint after months of leaks and speculation.
WF-1000XM teaser
Sony refers to the earbuds as the “next generation,” and flashes part of the design for just a moment. Still, it’s the clearest signal so far that the successor to the WF-1000XM5 is close.
Sony has confirmed that the full announcement will take place on February 12, 2026, at 16:00 UTC (9:30 PM IST). The company hasn’t said whether this will be a livestream or a simple press release, but full specifications are expected either way.
It has been almost three years since the WF-1000XM5 launched in July 2023, which is a longer gap than usual for Sony’s 1000X lineup. In that time, competition from Apple, Bose, and Sennheiser has only intensified, raising expectations around what the XM6 needs to deliver.
WF-1000XM5 design
The design shown in the teaser appears to match recent leaks. The earbuds look more compact than before, moving away from the rounded shape of the XM5. The new form factor appears flatter and more pill-shaped, which could help with comfort and fit. The charging case also seems to have changed. It looks slimmer and more angular.
Leaks have also pointed to a few smaller but practical changes. A matte finish is expected to return, after some users complained about the glossy surface on the XM5. There also appears to be an extra microphone opening, which could be linked to improvements in active noise cancellation or call quality, though Sony hasn’t confirmed anything yet.
Colour options may expand slightly as well. Black and platinum silver have appeared in leaked images, and there are reports of a third colour, possibly Sand Pink.
With the announcement now just days away, Sony hasn’t left much room for surprises. Whether the WF-1000XM6 represents a major step forward or a more cautious update will become clear soon enough.
Several reports have claimed that Oppo is working on a couple of new phones, such as the Find N6 foldable, the Find X9 Ultra, and the Find X9s series for the Chinese market. In the latest development, Zhou Yibao, who leads Oppo’s Find-series products, has revealed when these devices will hit the Chinese market.
Oppo Find N6 to focus on crease optimization
According to Yibao’s latest Weibo post, a new foldable phone is slated for launch after the Chinese New Year period. Although the executive did not explicitly name the device, ongoing rumors strongly indicate that the teaser refers to the Oppo Find N6.
In his post, Zhou compared foldable phones to two beds placed together, suggesting that while they may look comfortable, the central gap or crease remains a key concern for users. He acknowledged that crease visibility continues to be one of the biggest barriers for buyers and emphasized that Oppo is investing heavily in improving crease management and overall durability.
Recent reports further support the Find N6 speculation. Two Oppo devices carrying model numbers PLP110 and PLP120 have received China’s 3C certification, with industry sources suggesting these could represent the standard model and a satellite communication variant. The devices are tipped to support 80W fast charging and may debut as one of the first large-format foldables powered by the Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 chipset. Early launch expectations point toward a possible unveiling around March in China.
Beyond China, the foldable has also appeared in regulatory databases in multiple regions, indicating a broader rollout plan. Listings in Singapore’s IMDA database reveal support for LTE, 5G, Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, NFC, and eSIM connectivity, suggesting that a global version is under development.
Meanwhile, other flagship models such as the Oppo Find X9 Ultra and Find X9s series have only recently surfaced in SRRC certification, with their 3C and TENAA approvals still pending, which implies that the Find N6 will launch first and the X9 models will follow soon after. Likely, all of these devices may debut in March in China.
For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.
Xiaomi is wrapping up the HyperOS 3.0 rollout and has already started focusing more on HyperOS 3.1. The upcoming HyperOS 3.1 software, based on Android 16, has already been released for a dozen devices, and now it appears the next phase of beta rollout has already begun.
Folks at HyperOS Insider have spotted HyperOS 3.1 beta builds for 10 new smartphones. The beta update has been spotted in multiple regions. So, if you’re planning to get an early taste of HyperOS 3.1, you may have a chance if your device is on the list and you’re in a supported region.
So, here’s a fresh list of devices that have been spotted with the HyperOS 3.1 beta build:
Redmi K70
China: OS3.0.300.1.WNKCNXM
POCO F6 Pro
EEA (Europe): OS3.0.300.1.WNKEUXM
Russia: OS3.0.300.1.WNKRUXM
Taiwan: OS3.0.300.1.WNKTWXM
Global: OS3.0.300.1.WNKMIXM
Redmi K70 Pro
China: OS3.0.300.1.WNMCNXM
Redmi Turbo 4 Pro
China: OS3.0.300.1.WOLCNXM
Redmi Turbo 4
China: OS3.0.300.1.WOJCNXM
POCO F7
India: OS3.0.300.1.WOLINXM
Global: OS3.0.300.1.WOLMIXM
Taiwan: OS3.0.300.1.WOLTWXM
Indonesia: OS3.0.300.1.WOLIDXM
Russia: OS3.0.300.1.WOLRUXM
EEA (Europe): OS3.0.300.1.WOLEUXM
POCO X7 Pro
Global: OS3.0.300.1.WOJMIXM
India: OS3.0.300.1.WOJINXM
Indonesia: OS3.0.300.1.WOJIDXM
Russia: OS3.0.300.1.WOJRUXM
Taiwan: OS3.0.300.1.WOJTWXM
Turkey: OS3.0.300.1.WOJTRXM
EEA/Europe: OS3.0.300.1.WOJEUXM
Xiaomi 15T
EEA (Europe): OS3.0.300.1.WOEEUXM
Global: OS3.0.300.2.WOEMIXM
Indonesia: OS3.0.300.2.WOEIDXM
Turkey: OS3.0.300.2.WOETRXM
Taiwan: OS3.0.300.2.WOETWXM
Russia: OS3.0.300.2.WOERUXM
Xiaomi 14T Pro
Global: OS3.0.300.1.WNNMIXM
Redmi Note 15 5G
China: OS3.0.300.2.WPQCNXM
EEA (Europe): OS3.0.300.1.WPQEUXM
Redmi Pad 2 Pro 5G
EEA (Europe): OS3.0.300.1.WPXEUXM
India: OS3.0.300.1.WPXINXM
Redmi Pad 2 Pro / POCO Pad M1
Global: OS3.0.300.1.WPWMIXM
India: OS3.0.300.1.WPWINXM
Turkey: OS3.0.300.1.WPWTRXM
Taiwan: OS3.0.300.1.WPWTWXM
Indonesia: OS3.0.300.1.WPWIDXM
Russia: OS3.0.300.1.WPWRUXM
You must sign up for the HyperOS beta program to get early access to beta builds before the public release. We’ve a detailed step-by-step guide on how to become a HyperOS tester on this page.
Keep in mind that the rollout happens in stages and hence may take a while to reach all the users, even if you’ve been accepted for the beta testing program. To manually check for the latest update on your device, go to Settings > About phone and then tap the HyperOS logo at the top.
As for the changes, HyperOS 3.1 brings an upgraded Super Island that is more interactive and informative, and integrates with more third-party apps. The Gallery and Weather apps feature new animations, and the lock screen is now more customizable than before.
Xiaomi has also improved cross-platform integration with Apple’s ecosystem, now showing a pop-up to pair Apple’s TWS earbuds and providing access to spatial audio. Furthermore, there are improvements to accessibility features, quick gestures, and system performance. Check this page for all the upgrades to HyperOS 3.1 in detail.
To ensure you don’t miss out on the important stuff, remember to visit the Xiaomi section on this website regularly. Alternatively, you can join us on Telegram to get instant notifications about the latest HyperOS updates, along with the biggest tech headlines.
Samsung’s new Galaxy S26 series is getting closer to release, and new images have leaked showing the phone in White. Previously, leaker Evleaks shared a video of the Galaxy S26 Ultra in Cobalt Violet. These leaks give us an early look at the design and colors of the upcoming phones.
Currently, it’s not clear if this is the Galaxy S26 or the S26 Plus, but the size suggests it could be the Plus model. Both versions are expected to come in the same colors. The phone looks very similar to the Ultra model but has three cameras on the back. The Ultra, by comparison, has more cameras.
According to the images, the phone has thin bezels, rounded corners, and a clean camera island on the back. This design is now used across all Galaxy S26 models. Samsung seems to be keeping a simple, modern look for the series.
Samsung is likely to officially announce the Galaxy S26 series on February 25 at the Galaxy Unpacked event, just a week before Mobile World Congress (MWC). Fans can expect to see the full details of the phones and earbuds at the Unpacked event.
From the leaks, we already know the design, colors, and camera setup. The Galaxy S26 series looks sleek, modern, and ready for everyday use. The February 25 event will reveal the full details, and fans are eagerly waiting to see Samsung’s new phones and other devices. Stay tuned for more information.
Samsung is building hype for the Galaxy S26 Unpacked, and then comes Apple, preparing to unveil a new iPhone, the iPhone 17e, this month.
New reports suggest the iPhone 17e could arrive as soon as February 19 with a simple press release. While Samsung is preparing a full-blown Galaxy S26 showcase, Apple appears content sliding its affordable iPhone into the news cycle.
According to industry sources cited by Macwelt, the iPhone 17e launch is now penciled in for later this month. This mirrors last year’s iPhone 16e strategy, which also skipped the stage and went straight to the newsroom inboxes.
Design-wise, the iPhone 17e reportedly sticks to the same look as the iPhone 16e. Apple is expected to ship the iPhone 17e with the new A19 chip, along with MagSafe support, pushing wireless charging speeds up to 25W.
MacOtakara claims earlier rumors about a visual refresh were off the mark, and the notch lives on for another year. Meanwhile, Apple is said to include its second-generation C1X modem and a new N1 wireless network chip.
iPhone 17e is a competitor to the Galaxy S25 FE and the upcoming Pixel 10a. It has nothing to do with the Galaxy S26 flagship phones. Apple is just filling the gap before it makes a major move with the iPhone 18 in 2027.
When the Galaxy S26 hits the stage later this month, it will not be fighting for attention. The iPhone 17e will still sell, but in a month dominated by Samsung firmware updates and flagship hype, it feels like background noise.
The Jaecoo 7 is only outsold by the Kia Sportage in January.
The UK new car market is up 3.4% year-on-year in January to 144,127 units, this is the highest January volume in six years: since pre-pandemic January 2020. Encouragingly, private sales beat the market at +4.5% to 52,397, but remain at a low 36.4% share vs. 36% a year ago. Fleet sales edge up 1.6% to 88,269 and 61.2% share vs. 62.3% in January 2025. Meanwhile business sales are up 46.5% to 3,461. BEV registrations disappoint at +0.1% to 29,654 and 20.6% share vs. 21.3% last year, the lowest since March 2025. HEVs are up 4.8% to 19,297 and 13.4% vs. 13.2%, PHEVs surge 47.3% to 18,557 and 12.9% share vs. 9% but petrol is off -1.9% to 68,757 and 47.7% share vs. 50.3% and diesel down -8.8% to 7,862 and 5.5% share vs. 6.2%.
In the brands ranking, the three best-sellers disappoint with year-on-year drops. Volkswagen (-7.6%) remains by far the most popular carmaker in the country with 8.7% share, consistent with its FY2025 level of 8.8%. Kia (-7.7%), although down significantly, continues on its traditional strong start of years at #2, a ranking it last held in September. BMW (-12.6%) is in trouble but climbs back up to the podium. Audi (+17.1%), Ford (+13.6%, Skoda (+13.1%) and Mercedes (+6.7%) all post solid scores below, whereas Peugeot (-21.6%) and Nissan (-16.7%) struggle. Further down, Chinese fare Jaecoo (+569.9%) ascends to a record ranking (#15) and share (3.4%) and is only 200 sales below MG (-6.6%). Omoda (+211.3%), BYD (+149.1%) and Citroen (+97.5%) also impress. Tesla is down -50.8% to #33 and 0.5% share.
Looking at the models charts, the Kia Sportage (+34.5%) snaps the top spot for the 5th time in the past 13 months, another good start of the year for the crossover. The event of the month is the brilliant 2nd place of the Jaecoo 7, a new record for the nameplate reaching an all time high share at 2.8%. Its previous best was #4 last September. This the 6th consecutive month the Jaecoo 7 is inside the UK Top 10, confirming it is an instant (and surprising) blockbuster here. Leader for the past three years, the Ford Puma (+59.3%) drops to #3 but manages surging year-on-year volumes. The BYD Seal U is up to a record #6, a ranking it also held last September. Strong showing also by the VW Tiguan (+18.8%) and Nissan Juke (+8.5%).
The Galaxy S26 Ultra is the most-awaited Android flagship launch of 2026, but leaks and rumors have already revealed a bigger picture of what Samsung has been cooking for consumers. Adding to this, we now have our clearest look at the Galaxy S26 Ultra, coming from the courtesy of evleaks.
The S26 Ultra carries notable upgrades over the previous Ultra device. Once again, the phone maker has chosen optimizations to improve the in-hand user experience over any drastic overhaul.
The front reveals high radius corners, aligning the appearance with standard and Plus variants. Making another shift from that boxy form that the Galaxy Ultra phone once popularized.
Source – evleaks/X
Another major change that many have noticed is the larger camera hole. It indicates that the company may have a new selfie camera for this smartphone. However, specifics remain unknown.
Sides has no extra features except for the volume and power keys, as well as antennas. Yet the rear side integrates a new camera bump, but with the same layout as the S25 Ultra. Specifically, the device has added a base camera bump and changed the camera lens crowns. One of the two camera openings on the right includes a secondary telephoto camera.
Source – evleaks/X
From a side look, you can see the thick profile of the camera design, which differs from last year’s version. Furthermore, the S-Pen’s click and release button, also known as the clicker, has a slightly arced shape, which facilitates the new corner curves.
Overall, it’s a pretty good upgrade, and the cobalt violet color makes it worth exploring. The clear look gave us an idea of the Galaxy S26 Ultra design, but that’s not the only thing you need to know about this flagship.
This upcoming device will use the Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 chipset, improving CPU and GPU performance for gaming and app experience. The upgraded NPU will support Galaxy AI features. The company has already annoucned innovative Privacy Display feature, which combines hardware and software capabilities to hide sensitive content while using the phone in crowded places.
New teasers show that the Galaxy S26 Ultra will have upgraded nightography and video graphy camera improvements. The camera setup also includes new telephoto camera optimizations that may enhance the zoom quality.
We may have some disappointment with the 5,000mAh battery specs, but a faster 60W charging support is rumored to come with the phone. Samsung is expected to launch the Galaxy S26 Ultra with the standard S25 and S25 Plus models in San Francisco on February 25. The official Unpacked 2026 date is yet to be announced.
Yet more worries for new car sales in Finland at -5.1% year-on-year in January to just 5,374 units. Toyota (-7.4%) reclaims the brands top spot with 15.1% share vs. 11.2% in December, distancing Skoda (+9.8%) at 11.5% vs. 10% last month. Volvo (-1.3%) advances two ranks on last month to #4 whereas Volkswagen (-10.7%), leader in December, falls to #5. Tesla (+286.2%) compensates on a particularly low January 2025 result (-65.7%) and ranks inside the Top 10 at #9. Other great performers below include Seat (+500%), Smart (+295.2%), Mini (+100%), BYD (+98%) and Xpeng (+87.5%).
Over in the models charts, the Tesla Model Y (+550%) surges to pole position which is unusual for a quarter start. Selling exactly the same amount is the Toyota Yaris Cross (+14.5%), leader over the Full Year 2025. At #3, the Toyota bZ4X (+101.1%) posts a fantastic result and climbs onto the Finnish podium for the first time – and in the Top 10 for the first time also. The Nissan Qashqai (-35.1%) was #1 a year ago and pays it this month. Another excellent month for the Skoda Elroq (+1176.9%) celebrating one year in market with a 5th position. The good surprise of the month is the 9th place of the Mercedes CLA (+633.3%), inside the Top 10 for the 2nd month in a row after ranking #10 in December – making Finland the only market in the world where the CLA is in the Top 10. For its part the new Smart #5 continues to shine at #20 even though this is significantly below the #7 it reached last month. Finland remains the only market in the world where the #5 is met with success.
The Dolphin Mini is the #1 BEV in Brazil and helps BYD to a record 6% share.
162,779 new light vehicles found a buyer in Brazil in January, a small 2.1% year-on-year improvement. Fiat (-0.3%) remains solid at 21% share vs. 20.9% over the Full Year 2025, distancing a surging Volkswagen (+21.6%). In contrast, Chevrolet (-17.8%) suffers but stays #3. In fact the entire Top 5 is unchanged on December, with Hyundai (+3.2%) at #4 and BYD (+48.8%) repeating at a record 5th place and reaching an all time high 6% market share. The rest of the Top 10 all underperform with year-on-year losses, with Nissan (-30.2%) and Toyota (-17.5%) hit the hardest and Honda (-9.1%), Renault (-5.2%) and Jeep (-3.7%) posting more modest falls. Below, GWM (+70.5%) hits a record ranking (#11) and share (2.7%), while newcomers Geely repeats at an all time high #18 and Omoda breaks into the Top 20 for the first time at #19.
Model-wise, like last year the Fiat Strada (+20.1%) starts 2026 all guns blazing with 6.5% of the market vs. 3.5% for the #2, the VW T-Cross (+8.1%). The VW Polo (-1.8%) is back up one spot on last month to #3 ahead of the Fiat Argo (+0.1%) also up one to #4 and the sensation of recent months the new VW Tera, lodging a 4th consecutive month inside the Brazilian Top 5 at #5. The Toyota Hilux (+10.4%) soars 10 spots on December to #10 and 2.5% share vs. #19 and 1.9% over the Full Year 2025. The BYD Dolphin Mini (+64.6%) cracks the Top 20 for the first time at #20 and tops all BEVs. Finally the GWM Haval H6 is up six ranks to an all-time high #22.
The Territory is Ford’s best-seller in Argentina in January.
The Argentinean new vehicle market drops -5.3% year-on-year in January to 62,749 units, keeping in mind January 2025 was up 103% on the year prior. Volkswagen (-15.6%) tops the brands charts for the third month running with 15.6% share, despite a steep year-on-year fall. Fiat (-9.9%) is back up four spots on December to #2 with 13.5% of the market, while Toyota (-28.3%) sinks at #3 whereas it topped the brands charts over the Full Year 2025. Chevrolet (+35.9%), Ford (+23.8%) and Nissan (+12.1%) are islands of growth in the Top 10, just as Peugeot (-36.1%), Jeep (-33.7%) and Renault (-26.3%) are all hit hard. Below, BAIC surges 711% to #11 and BYD improves to a record 13th place.
Over in the models charts, the Toyota Hilux (-0.8%) is stable to 5.4% share, however this is down on the 8.1% it commanded in December and level with the 5.3% of the Full Year 2025. The Fiat Cronos (-25.5%) and Peugeot 208 (-46.1%) both collapse but still manage to round out the podium. The Ford Territory (+119.3%) repeats at a record 4th place with 4.6% of the market vs. 2.4% over FY2025. The Ford Ranger (-32.6%) is down three ranks on last month to return to the #5 spot it held over FY2025. The VW Tera confirms its instant blockbuster status at #6 overall, still the brand’s best-seller above the VW Amarok.
Samsung Foundry is expected to initiate trial production of Tesla AI5 chip this month and CEO Elon Musk is personally watching the work.
According to reports (via Jukan), Samsung could kickstart Tesla AI5 chip manufacturing for trials, and Elon Musk is joining meetings. Beyond AI5, Samsung Foundry will also produce the next-generation AI6 processors for Tesla.
Tesla is putting considerable effort into the AI chip development and production preparation process with Samsung. In particular, Tesla CEO Elon Musk is reportedly personally overseeing key progress and leading the project.
It seems Samsung may turn its Taylor factory operational even before the schedule. It was said to enter production stage in the latter half of 2026, but trial production starting this month only signals a significant development.
An industry source said,
Tesla CEO Elon Musk is paying a lot of attention to cooperation with Samsung Electronics. He personally participates in working-level technical meetings at Samsung Electronics’ foundry division (related to AI5 and AI6 chip work), adding that I heard he actively checks progress one by one during meetings and presents opinions.
It was recently reported that Tesla has completed the AI5 design work. Quickly after the reports, new inputs hint at the commencement of trial production. Initial samples are expected to be secured by the first half of this year at the earliest.
Tesla’s AI5 silicon is slated to power Robotaxi and Robot. The leading EV maker inked a short-term deal for AI5 with Samsung, which isn’t beneficial for either side, yet the world’s richest man is ambitious for the future outcome.
Elon’s personal intervention signals expectations for increased profits through expanded collaboration. The deal signed between Samsung and Tesla is worth nearly $17 billion, but Elon said this is just the beginning.
Qualcomm may rely on Samsung HPB cooling tech, debuted in the Exynos 2600, for its next-gen Snapdragon processors.
Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 6 and Gen 6 Pro may launch later in the year, and Samsung HPB cooling trick is reportedly being considered by Qualcomm. If the adoption materializes, it will improve the SoCs’ heat dissipation abilities.
Heat Path Block could be expanding this year
Samsung’s HPB (Heat Path Block) is a next-gen packaging tech utilized in the Exynos 2600. This chip will be used in the Galaxy S26 and S26 Plus, which improve heat flow and lower thermal resistance by up to 16 percent.
The new chip packaging technology allows internal heat to move outward more quickly. It helps the mobile platform maintain a stable internal temperature. That said, the application processor remains reliable even under heavy loads.
With Qualcomm planning major upgrades for the Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 6 CPU, a modern cooling solution becomes a necessity. Samsung’s Heat Path Block fits nicely here, and Samsung already offered it to Apple and Qualcomm.
It’s said that the Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 6 could reach around 5GHz, while the Gen 6 Pro could surpass 5GHz CPU speed. These chips are expected to be used in the Galaxy S27 and S27 Ultra next year alongside Exynos 2700.
Rumors have it that Samsung Foundry may also produce Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 and Gen 6 using its 2nm GAA process. Qualcomm may offer a slice from its TSMC orders to maintain production costs of its next-gen chipsets.
Exynos 2600 is in mass production, and practical changes would be visible post-launch. It’s the world’s first processor made using 2nm technology. It rivals TSMC’s 3nm Snapdragon and Apple’s 3nm A series iPhone processors.
Today, The Verge's Tom Warren has published some updates on the Xbox schedule for this year. In 2026, the Xbox brand celebrates its 25th anniversary, and Microsoft is trying to launch games in four of its biggest franchises: Forza Horizon, Halo, Gears, and Fable. We already know the date of Playground's Forza Horizon 6, which will be released on May 19, 2026, as announced during the recent Xbox Developer Direct 2026. Warren adds that his sources indicate Halo Studios (formerly known as 343 Industries) is targeting a Summer release for Halo Campaign Evolved, the single-player remake of the 2001 game […]
Samsung’s Heat Pass Block (HPB) is currently applied to the Exynos 2600 and is an excellent implementation to help lower temperatures and improve thermal resistance by 16 percent. With reports doing the rounds that other chipset makers will also adopt this technology to their SoCs, the latest rumor now claims that Qualcomm will be implementing it in its Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 6 Pro and Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 6 later this year. Looking at the high clock speeds achieved by the Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5, the thermal limitations of passive coolers like vapor chambers are already being reached, requiring more […]
Arsenal midfielder Mikel Merino may be a doubt for the rest of the club season and perhaps even the 2026 World Cup in the summer due to a mysterious injury.
Gunners manager Mikel Arteta explained that Merino’s injury is a rare one, so there’s not a clear idea of when the Spain international will be back to fitness, though for the time being it is being treated as pretty serious.
Numerous outlets have reported that Merino is almost certainly out for the rest of the season, meaning he’ll miss the title run-in with Arsenal, while his participation at the World Cup could also be in doubt.
This will be a blow for fans of the Spanish national team as they start making their own preparations for the tournament and looking into how to buy Spain World Cup tickets as their country aims to lift the trophy this summer.
What Mikel Arteta has said about Mikel Merino’s injury
Describing it as a “big blow”, Arteta said: “He (Merino) needs to go through a procedure, which is not always positive. He’s a big player for us, a player that has such versatility and capacity to compete in various positions, and that’s a big blow.
Mikel Merino applauds the Arsenal fans (Photo by Justin Setterfield/Getty Images)
“It’s a very rare injury so we have to wait and see once we have the surgery, how that reacts daily, obviously monitor it throughout the week for the surgery and see.
“I know Mikel is going to do absolutely everything that he possibly can to come back as quick as possible. But as well you have to respect the healing process and the fact that obviously it’s an injury that is quite rare.”
Mikel Merino will be missed by Arsenal and Spain
Anyone who’s watched him closely will surely agree that Merino is one of the most underrated footballers in today’s game.
The 29-year-old has put in a series of superb displays whether playing in midfield or as a makeshift striker for Arsenal, and he has a surprisingly good scoring record.
With 15 goals in 77 appearances for Arsenal, and eight goals in his last ten games for Spain, Merino has shown how valuable he can be as he really starts to establish himself quite late on in his career.
Spain have fellow Arsenal midfielder Martin Zubimendi as another key part of their midfield, as well as other big names like Manchester City’s Rodri and Barcelona’s Pedri, so they certainly aren’t short of other quality options in that area of the pitch.
At the same time, however, Merino offers some unique qualities that a lot of others can’t, and Arsenal fans will have to hope he can perhaps return earlier than expected, and that his absence doesn’t prove too costly as they compete for the Premier League and Carabao Cup in the months to come.
Samsung Galaxy S26 series is unveiling on February 25 in San Francisco. Before the Unpacked reveal, several reports related to the Galaxy S26 series price have emerged, and we’ve compiled a comparison guide with the S25 series.
Pricing rumors have been all over the place, ranging from mild increases to claims of eye-watering hikes touching €500. After digging through sources and cross-checking with information specific to France, the situation is finally clearer.
Prices are going up, yes, but not in the dramatic way some rumors suggested. And interestingly, one model in the lineup may actually end up looking like the safest buy.
That Bulgarian list caused panic, but context matters.
It’s worth mentioning that Bulgaria only adopted the euro recently, and local pricing quirks often do not translate cleanly across Europe. Dealabs confirms that those extreme numbers will not apply to France or most of Europe.
Here is how the Galaxy S26 compares to the Galaxy S25 at launch:
Base variant – 256GB
Galaxy S26 256 GB: €999 vs €959 for the S25
Galaxy S26+ 256 GB: €1269 vs €1169 for the S25+
Galaxy S26 Ultra 256 GB: €1469, unchanged from the S25 Ultra
Upper tier – 512GB
Galaxy S26 512 GB: €1199 vs €1079
Galaxy S26+ 512 GB: €1469 vs €1289
Galaxy S26 Ultra 512 GB: €1669 vs €1589
Location specific – 1TB
Galaxy S26 Ultra 1 TB: €1969 vs €1829
Is the S26 Ultra really the best deal?
The Galaxy S26 and S26+ see clear increases across the board. Storage upgrades now cost more, and the lack of a cheaper base option makes the jump from the S25 feel even steeper.
The base 256 GB Galaxy S26 Ultra costs exactly the same as last year’s model. If you were already considering the Ultra, Samsung has effectively softened the blow.
Considering the expected upgrades in performance, battery life, and overall refinement, that pricing stands out.
As always, launch prices are only part of the story. Samsung is known for aggressive pre-order bonuses, trade-in offers, and carrier deals.
The Foxtron Bria has (shyly) landed in the Taiwanese charts.
Stable market in Taiwan in January at +0.03% to 35,073 units. Back from record-setting year-ago results, Toyota (-9%) and Lexus (-11.6%) both recede this month. In contrast Honda (+90.2%) and Ford (+115.3%) excel and rank #3 and #5 respectively. Mitsubishi (+55%) and Hyundai (+32.6%) also impress while CMC (+5.8%) lodges a positive score and is back up to #4. Up to a record #2 with 11.7% share in December, Tesla only sells 6 units in January.
Model-wise, the Toyota Corolla Cross (+6.2%) continues to vastly dominate with 13.1% share, its best since last July. The Toyota RAV4 (-13.5%) is a little weaker as the transition towards the 6th generation has started. The CMC J Space (+11.8%) holds its own at #3 ahead of the Lexus NX (-2%) back up eight spots on last month to #4. Launched in December, the locally-produced Ford Territory climbs to a solid 5th place with 3.8% share. The Honda HR-V (+267%) shoots up year-on-year but drops four ranks on last month to #8. We welcome the locally assembled Mitsubishi Xforce at #12. Finally, a (shy) new entrant is local manufacturer Foxtron’s first model, the Bria compact SUV, which sold 14 units in January.
Peugeot sales are up 27.5% in a devastated market.
Horrible start of the year for the Belgian new car market at -18.7% to 32,997 units. This is on top of January 2025 volumes being already down -13% on the year prior. One of the explanations of this poor result is the new EURO norm implemented on January 1, 2026 and that pulled sales forward to December. On note is the 36.7% share of BEVs.
In the brands ranking, Volkswagen (-12.7%) lodges its first monthly win since last September wth a solid 9.6% share. BMW (-47.8%) implodes on a particularly strong year-ago result when it broke its share record at 14.8%. Mercedes (-16.5%) returns to the third place it held over the Full Year 2025, ahead Peugeot (+27.5%) delivering a splendid score. Below, BYD (+92.7%), Fiat (+68.3%), Skoda (+46.9%) and Opel (+38.9%) also defy the negative context with double-digit YoY gains.
Audi holds 4.9% of the Croatian market in January.
The Croatian new car market suffers in January at -11.5% year-on-year to 3,946 units. Skoda (-2.6%) and Volkswagen (-6.2%) both improve their share and are separated by only one sale. Toyota (+13.8%) defies the negative context at #3 like last month, followed by Suzuki (-25%) and Opel (-26.9%) both cratering. Audi (+9.7%) is the only gainer in the remainder of the Top 10, reaching a record 6th place (previous best: #7 in March 2025). Renault (-50.6%), Dacia (-49%), Ford (-30.7%) and Hyundai (-25%) are hit particularly hard below. MG (+120%), Forthing (+106.7%) and Volvo (+24.2%) shine.
Model-wise, the VW T-Cross (-27.8%) is the best-seller like one year ago but sees its sales plunge. The Skoda Octavia (-11.4%) follows the market at #2 while the Suzuki Vitara (-29.8%) is in trouble at #3. In contrast, the VW Tiguan (+37.3%), Skoda Kamiq (+25%) and Suzuki S-Cross (+16.7%) all deliver excellent performances. The MG ZS (+142.9%), Toyota Yaris (+121.7%) and Skoda Karoq (+97.1%) all impress.
Omoda-Jaecoo holds a record 11.6% of the Israeli market in January.
According to data shared with us by our local partner cartube.co.il, new car sales in Israel are down -10.7% year-on-year in January to 41,618 units, however the year-ago comparison point was particularly high. Hyundai (-9.5%) is back to the #1 brand spot for the first time since February 2025, but the event of the month is in 2nd place: just one unit below, Omoda-Jaecoo (+157%) smashes its share record to 11.6%, with its previous best being 8.5% last May. This is also the carmaker’s highest ranking and volume. Toyota (-3.2%) and Kia (-11.5%) follow, while last month’s leader Chery (+55.7%) sports astounding growth at #5. Deepal (+412.9%), Citroen (+41.4%) and BYD (+27%) also impress below. All in all, Chinese manufacturers account for 37.6% share vs. 29.7% over the Full Year 2025.
The Russian new car market falls -9.5% year-on-year in January to 80,604 units. Lada (-28.7%) collapses and fall from 30.9% share in January 2025 to just 24.4% now. Haval (-9.3%) follows the market to 13.3% share while newcomer Tenet smashes its share record from 8.9% in December to 11.1% this month. Tenet is a China-Russia joint venture which assembles rebadged Chery vehicles at the Kaluga plant, previously owned by Volkswagen. Geely (-24.1%) disappoints at #4 ahead of Belgee (+62.2%) up significantly year-on-year but down one spot on December to #5. Toyota (+79.2%) repeats at #7 and scores a 6th consecutive Top 10 finish. Surprise at #9: we have Mazda (+970.4%) which isn’t officially present in Russia… This is a record ranking for the brand, also hit in January 2021.
Model-wise, the Lada Granta (-33.5%) sinks but stays on top ahead of the Haval Jolion (+5.5%). The new Tenet T7, a localised version of the Chery Tiggo 7L, improves to 5.2% share in third place while the Tenet T4 (aka Chery Tiggo 4) is up to 5.1%. Below a freefalling Lada Vesta (-62.1%), the Niva Travel (-3.2%) contains its loss and is up two spots on last month to #6. The new Lada Iskra, slotting between the Granta and Vesta within the carmaker’s lineup, continues to gear up and progresses from #10 in December to #8 with 2.7%. Justifying the stunning performance of the Japanese brand, the Mazda CX-5 (+1449.2%) shoots up to #9, which is actually the nameplate’s very first incursion in the Russian Top 10, with its previous best being #14 in February 2021.
The ninth edition of the Sharjah Entrepreneurship Festival (SEF) concluded on a high note after witnessing a record 15,000 attendees, including 5,000 founders,who gainedfirst-hand insights and inspiration from over 300 global speakers sharing success stories from entrepreneurial and innovative sectors across industries.
SEF 2026 broke a personal record with its hosting of 17 MoU signings at the festival’s exclusive VIP lounge ‘SEF Vault’, which was powered by the Emirates Petroleum Company – Emarat. The sectors spanned Manufacturing, Edtech, Creative Industries, and Sustainability, unlocking financing deals worth AED 100 million, among others, and offered many key opportunities to support startup growth, innovation, and scalability.
Together, more than 250 fireside conversations, thought-provoking panel discussions, in-depth presentations,hands-on workshops, masterclasses and other immersive activities were featured across 10 curated zones. Additionally, at the SEF Investor Lounge, 400 exclusive investor-founder meetings were held to explore funding and mentorship opportunities between ventures, investors and enablers. SEF 2026 also featured a prominent showcasing platform for 150+ startup pods across the festival venue.
Across the two days, 294 founders applied to redeem an exclusive offer and launch their business journey under the Business Kickstarter Package, a business licensing initiative starting from AED 1,000, launched through a collaboration between Sheraa, Sharjah Research, Technology and Innovation Park (SPARK), Emirates NBD, and du.
Through SPARK, eligible founders attending SEF were able to obtain a standard business licence for AED 1,000, valid for the first year, for single-owner businesses covering up to three activities. A multi-owner licence was also available for AED 3,000, covering up to five activities for the first year. Standard immigration and visa fees apply in accordance with existing regulations.
Beyond licensing, the Business Kickstarter Package was designed to support founders as they begin day-to-day operations. du, through its operating sub-brand ‘du Business’, provided a special connectivity offer. Emirates NBD provided founder-friendly banking support, including a waiver of monthly account maintenance fees for one year, and salary transfer fees waived for six months, with unlimited transfers.
Sheraa further supported founders through complimentary access to its coworking spaces for one year, connecting newly-licensed businesses to Sharjah’s wider entrepreneurial ecosystem.
SEF as a powerful catalyst for entrepreneurship
Sheraa CEO H.E. Sara Abdelaziz Al Nuaimi said following the success of SEF 2026, the 10th edition next year will continue the story “as a deeper chapter, guided by what has come before and open to what is still unfolding.”
“The milestones reached at SEF 2026 reflect the visionary leadership of our Chairperson, Her Highness Sheikha Bodour bint Sultan Al Qasimi, whose unwavering commitment to entrepreneurship continues to shape Sharjah as a global hub for innovation and creative enterprise,” she further noted.
“Through Sheraa, we are proud to advance Sharjah’s mission of empowering founders with the platforms, capital, and networks they need to build scalable, impact-driven businesses. SEF has once again proven to be a powerful catalyst, bringing together ideas, talent, and opportunity to accelerate startup growth and reinforce Sharjah’s role at the forefront of the region’s entrepreneurial future,” the Sheraa CEO concluded.
The closing evening on February 1 featured standout performances by some of the region’s leading music and comedy artists, with the highlight of the night being a show-stopping performance by Saudi singer Tamtam.
Recognizing impact, and awarding excellence of startups and founders
Across its two days, SEF 2026 celebrated standout innovation and ecosystem leadership through the SEF × 1Tank Startup Pitch Competition and the SEFFY Awards, presented during the SEF Reception Night at the Impact Zone, powered by Arada. Grants of AED 50,000 were awarded across four competition tracks — EdTech (powered by du business), Tech and Industry 4.0 (powered by Emarat) Sustainability (powered by Emirates NBD), and Creative Industries (powered by Emaar), alongside a Best Female Pitch Award (powered by Sharjah Business Women Council), valued at AED 50,000 and a Crowd Favorite Award (powered by Crescent Enterprises), of AED 25,000, with winning startups also gaining access to potential investor funding of up to AED 500,000 to support market expansion and new service launches. EvolveCareers claimed the EdTech category, The AM Lab won Tech and Industry 4.0, Tathmeer was named Sustainability winner, and Arusto secured the Creative Industries award as well as the Crowd Favorite Award, while Thinkerbell Labs received the Best Female Pitch Award.
Through the SEFFY Awards, SEF 2026 also honored individuals and organisations shaping the region’s entrepreneurial ecosystem. The Rising Star Award (powered by Emaar) went to Abdullah AlSalmani, Co-Founder and CEO of SpacePoint, while the Outstanding Mentor Award (powered by Emirates NBD), was received by Yahya Iqelan of the Incubation and Entrepreneurship Center at Mohamed bin Zayed University of Artificial Intelligence. The Technology Award (powered by du business), was presented to Noor Alasadi, CEO and Founder of Lisan AI; the Ecosystem Enabler Award (powered by the Emirates Petroleum Company – Emarat), was given to the Abdulla Al Ghurair Foundation; and the Social Impact Award (powered by Arada), was won by Dr. Karthika Gopi, Founder and CEO of Carbelim.
The SEF Reception Night also honoured SEF 2026 partners on stage. The Ecosystem partners included Sharjah Commerce & Tourism Development Authority; Sharjah Foundation to Support Pioneering Entrepreneurs (RUWAD), Crescent Enterprises Ventures, Al Marwan Group, Sultan Bin Ali Al Owais Real Estate LLC, Emirates Development Bank, and Majid Al Futtaim.
Those honored as Government partners were Sharjah Chamber of Commerce and Industry, Sharjah Airport. Meanwhile, the Hydration partner was Wisewell.
The Media partners for SEF 2026 were Publicis, National Network Communication (NNC), Inc. Arabia, Smashi Business, and Entrepreneur Middle East. Additionally, the honorees included Travel partners Emirates Airline and Air Arabia and SEF Pitch Competition partner 1Tank.
As Community partners, Electra, Forsan of Emirates Volunteering Society, Sharjah Retail, Floward and Teel Floral Studio were also honoured during the awards ceremony.
Over two days, SEF 2026 brought together a rare mix of global icons, regional leaders, and high-impact founders, positioning Sharjah as a convening ground for ideas shaping business, culture, and technology. Headline conversations featured four-time Formula One World Champion Sebastian Vettel, UFC legend Khabib Nurmagomedov, technology thinker and author Mo Gawdat, alongside trailblazing Arab women, serial entrepreneurs, and senior executives from companies such as IBM, Kitopi, and Yango Play. The festival also welcomed high-level VIP guests, ecosystem leaders, investors, and policymakers, reinforcing SEF’s role not only as a startup festival, but as a platform where global perspectives meet regional ambition under the theme “Where We Belong.”
Samsung Galaxy S26-related leaks are not just limited to the phones, but also software, earbuds, and Qi2 charger. We are now seeing more official images of Samsung’s upcoming 25W Qi2 charger coming from a seasoned leaker.
RolandQuandt posted half a dozen images of the 25W Qi2 Magnet Charger from Samsung. The product is shown in official press shots, which are pulled from Samsung Mobile Press and the company’s e-Store.
The retail box features the product’s appearance like others. It terms the gadget as “Magnet Charger,” with “Qi2 25W” is tagged along. The power delivery side is a circular chip, and the input has a USB Type-C connector.
From the specs, the charger will be compatible with the Galaxy S26 Ultra. It will offer faster charging at a speed of up to 25W. The other two siblings will also get upgraded charging, but the maximum speed is said to be 20W.
Source – Roland Quandt
It’s widely rumored that Samsung installed Qi2-compatible magnets inside the Galaxy S26 phones. Meanwhile, recently leaked cases brought bad news to fans as they might have to attach Qi2 cases to achieve a faster charging speed.
A retailer leaked images of cases of the S26 and S26 Ultra. The cases were in two varieties, with one having a magnetic ring, while the other lacked one. With cases getting Qi2 ring, it seems the phones still lack magnets inside the body.
The only good news is faster wired and wireless charging on the Galaxy S26 Ultra. If Samsung retained its old charging mechanism, the Galaxy S26 series phones would be capable of sharing power through their coils as before.
Samsung’s pre-orders phase for flagship Galaxy S-series phones has become an eye-catching event in the past few years, but it might not be the case with the Galaxy S26 Ultra and its sibling models.
Usually, phone makers start the pre-order phase right after the phone’s official unveiling. It means customers can hurry and secure a unit of the latest release and get it delivered before the open sale.
However, only getting the device early wasn’t enough for customers, as they could wait for the wider availability. So, Samsung started offering extra buyer benefits that could be claimed if the user purchases the new flagship through pre-order.
The Korean tech company first gave away some discounts on early purchases. Last year, the company did something different; instead of throwing a discount, it offered double the storage at the same price as the base model. Simply put, a Galaxy S25 Ultra buyer purchased the 512GB version at the price of the 256GB variant. Many consumers have welcomed this pre-order strategy.
According to the previous reports, this offer may get slashed to nothing for the Galaxy S26 series during the pre-order phase. While this disclosure remains unconfirmed, we suspect that this may happen and there’s a reason behind it.
The entire electronics industry is facing a huge challenge from the memory suppliers. All are chasing profits from high bandwidth memory (HBM) in the face of sky-high demand from the AI industry.
To fulfill these orders, companies, not exempting Samsung, transformed their memory production lines to HBM. Therefore, creating a big shortage of DRAM and chips for smartphones and other devices. Despite being part of the problem, Samsung itself cannot overcome this challenge; its smartphones are expected to get costlier in 2026.
This situation may hinder the production target, and the company may have to sell each variant at its original price with some discounts or with free accessories.
If this happens, the Galaxy S26, S26+, and S26 Ultra pre-orders will be proven as a big downgrade for customers compared to the predecessor. However, we’ll have to wait for the official announcement on February 25, 2026, when this lineup will get an on-stage debut.
As smartphone fans wait for the new Galaxy S26 Ultra,Samsung is offering amazing deals on its current Galaxy S25 series. These offers make upgrading now more attractive, mainly compared to Apple’s refurbished iPhone 16 models.
Samsung is giving buyers multiple reasons to choose the Galaxy S25. In addition to the discounts, the company offers instant trade-in credits, allowing customers to exchange their old phones for extra savings. This makes upgrading to a new Galaxy phone easier and more affordable than ever.
The Galaxy S25 is now priced at $779.99, down from $859.99. The Galaxy S25 Plus costs $899.99 instead of $999.99, and the flagship Galaxy S25 Ultra has the biggest drop, now $1,049.99, reduced from $1,299.99, on the Samsung official store.
With these prices, buyers get brand-new phones packed with premium features such as high-quality cameras, fast performance, long battery life, and sleek designs.
Credit – Samsung, Apple
Meanwhile, Apple has launched refurbished iPhone 16 models in the U.S., including iPhone 16, iPhone 16 Plus, iPhone 16 Pro, and iPhone 16 Pro Max. Prices range from $619 to $929, offering savings compared to new models.
Refurbished iPhones come unlocked, with a new battery and outer shell, a USB-C cable, and a one-year warranty. While Apple’s refurbished phones are cheaper, they are used devices, unlike Samsung’s new Galaxy S25 phones.
Samsung’s Galaxy S25 deals give buyers more value for money. Compared to Apple’s refurbished iPhone 16, the Galaxy S25 provides premium features, new hardware, and excellent savings, which makes Apple’s refurbished models look overpriced.
Samsung will reportedly launch the Galaxy S26 series later this month. The new phones are expected to bring big upgrades, mainly in AI features. The most exciting is a new system, EdgeFusion, which can make images using AI in just one second.
EdgeFusion is made in collaboration with a South Korean company called Nota AI. It is based on a popular AI model called Stable Diffusion, which is used to create pictures.
Samsung has made it smaller and faster so it can work well on a smartphone. This means users can generate images very quickly, much faster than before.
Source – DUXDUCIS
EdgeFusion will work best with Samsung’s Exynos 2600 chip, which will be in the Galaxy S26 and Galaxy S26+ in most countries. Reports say that it may be faster than similar AI features on phones with Snapdragon chips.
We will know how fast it really is only after testing the phones. Compared to the Galaxy S25 series, this is a big improvement. EdgeFusion will be useful for people who like creating art, editing photos, or just trying out AI creativity on their phone.
The Galaxy S26, Galaxy S26 Plus, and Galaxy S26 Ultra are expected to be announced on 25 February 2026. Stay tuned for more information.
Last week, Blizzard Entertainment announced a flurry of showcase events, one for each of its major titles: World of Warcraft, Overwatch 2, Hearthstone, and Diablo IV. The World of Warcraft showcase happened at the end of last week, with Blizzard digging into its World of Warcraft roadmap for 2026. Today, it followed up with the Overwatch Spotlight, announcing what to expect for the coming year, and a significant change to the game going forward: it's no longer called Overwatch 2, and will instead just be called 'Overwatch' once again. Towards the end of the 35-minute spotlight, Overwatch game director Aaron […]
Some Android users are seeing a strange problem with the latest Google Play system update. People on Android phones report that after updating, their phones show an older version instead of the January 2026 update.
Phones that were on the January 1, 2026, update got a new update notification. After installing it, the phone showed November 1, 2025, as the update date. This seems confusing, but it does not appear to cause any serious problems.
Some users found that uninstalling the November 2025 update brought back the January 2026 version. This makes users think that Google may have accidentally labeled a new update, probably February 2026, as November 2025. It seems like a simple mistake with the date, not a real downgrade.
Image via Android Authority
The issue has been reported mostly by Pixel users, but other phones, like OnePlus and Samsung, might also see it. It affects phones on both stable and beta versions.
There is no need to worry. The update does not seem to cause any bugs or problems. The best advice is to stay on the latest update, even if it shows the wrong date. If Google needs to fix anything, it will release a new update.
For now, just make sure your phone has all updates installed. This looks like a labeling mistake, and everything should work normally. Stay tuned for more information.
Take-Two CEO Strauss Zelnick was asked by GamesIndustry.biz whether developer Rockstar Games had used AI to build Grand Theft Auto 6, and the answer was negative: the state of Leonida, a fictionalized version of Florida, has been entirely handcrafted. That said, Zelnick mentioned that GenAI-powered tools are being used all across Take-Two's studios to "drive costs and time efficiencies". On the topic of AI, I've been enthusiastic since the very beginning. This company's products have always been built with machine learning and artificial intelligence. We've actually always been a leader in the space, and right now we have hundreds of […]
Samsung has started hyping the Galaxy S26 series launch with event teasers, which is a major change in its promotion strategy, while ending years long tradition.
Warming up the launch event boosts consumer interest in the upcoming device, and it’s an essential part of the marketing. As for Samsung, the Galaxy S-series stands as the highest money maker.
Each year, the company launches a dedicated advertisement campaign for this lineup that highlights upcoming features and technological advancements. All of that happens without revealing any specific information or design detail.
You should know that its annual Galaxy flagship is launched under the “Unpacked” umbrella. For years, Samsung has begun the promotional campaign with an invitation press release. This official announcement doens’t reveal the device name, but readers get the idea what’s heading their way.
The press release also highlights the theme of the conference, for example, focusing on AI is the current trend in Samsung’s device innovation dictionary. The process was accompanied by an Unpacked video teaser posted on YouTube and social media sites.
2025 Unpacked Invitation (Source – Samsung)
Galaxy S26 Series
With the Galaxy S26 series, Samsung has changed its way of promotion. In late January, the phone maker published a press release about the display technology, which will debut with the next-gen Galaxy devices.
In this case, it’s the Galaxy S26 lineup. However, there was nothing to note about the Unpacked event, except for the official post’s tags. Later on, we discovered these shorts ended up on YouTube, Instagram, and TikTok. However, this time, as shorts, reels, and portrait videos.
In the past few years, short content has taken the world by storm. Given this content’s popularity, Samsung chose to blend into the modern approach to promote new devices rather than staying conventional.
Earlier today, Samsung published three teasers of the Galaxy S26 Ultra, teasing its upcoming camera features and upgrades. Previously, the company used to share teasers once a day, but this time, it’s using this new short video format to gain diverse attention.
What’s different this time is that these videos don’t promote the Unpacked event. Instead, they’re feature-specific.
Late launch
The Galaxy S26 series launch event is delayed compared to its predecessor. This could be due to the supply chain issues, especially the memory chips. Reduced production has caused an industry-wide turmoil, and Samsung is no exception.
However, these new ways of promoting the Galaxy S26 series not only differ from tradition but also give Samsung some time to offset the disappointment with the delay.
These teasers could be taken as a soft-launch of the Galaxy S26 series promotional campaign, and Samsung could intensify promotional efforts after the Unpacked invitation comes online. We’ll keep you posted with more details.
Samsung is reportedly preparing to launch its next Galaxy S series, Galaxy S26, on 25 February 2026 at the Galaxy Unpacked event. The Galaxy S26 is expected to use a new processor – Exynos 2600, mainly in South Korea and European markets. Now, new information reveals more about Exynos 2600.
The Exynos 2600 has appeared on the Basemark Ray Tracing leaderboard, which is a test that measures how well a chip handles advanced graphics. These graphics include realistic lighting, shadows, and reflections that are often used in modern games. The Exynos 2600 ranked number one in this test, which is a very strong result.
Based on the score, the Exynos 2600 is said to be 10 to 15% faster in ray tracing performance than Qualcomm’s upcoming Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5. Ray tracing helps games and visuals look more real, so better performance means smoother gameplay and better-looking graphics on phones.
Source – Samsung
A major reason for this performance is Samsung’s new GPU, the Xclipse 960. Early results suggest that this graphics chip is very powerful, especially for gaming and heavy visual tasks.
If these early tests reflect real-world performance, the Exynos 2600 could be a big improvement for Samsung. In the past, Exynos chips often lagged behind Snapdragon chips, but this new processor may change that. While things like battery life, heating, and everyday use still matter, the early signs for the Galaxy S26 look very promising. Stay tuned for more information.
Samsung announced that Galaxy S25 Ultra devices will be hardwired into the Opening Ceremony broadcast on February 6, working alongside Olympic Broadcasting Services (OBS) to capture angles traditional cameras can’t reach.
The Korean tech giant is doubling down on its Olympic partnership with a technical integration that goes well beyond logo placement to include the Galaxy S25 Ultra and AI.
Galaxy S25 Ultra units will be positioned on jibs, in stadium stands, and inside athlete entrance tunnels at Milano San Siro Olympic Stadium. All footage streams wirelessly over 5G directly into the live broadcast feed.
OBS CEO Yiannis Exarchos says the goal is to “complement core broadcast coverage” with perspectives that feel native to how fans already consume content on their phones.
Over 75,000 people will be in the stadium, but millions more will watch on screens where mobile-first framing actually makes sense. The real story here is how Samsung is deploying Galaxy AI across Milano Cortina’s geography.
Volunteers stationed in high-altitude or remote venues will use Galaxy AI’s Interpreter to communicate with athletes and officials. Since translation happens on the device itself, it works even when network coverage is not available.
Source – Samsung Mobile Press
Samsung House
Samsung is opening Samsung House at Palazzo Serbelloni in Milan. The space will host National Olympic Committee events, live competition viewing, and catering by Michelin-starred chef Enrico Bartolini.
It runs from February 4 through 22, then reopens for the Paralympic Games from March 6 to 15.
Charging stations, monitors for short-track speed skating officials, and the usual operational tech round out the package. Samsung’s Olympic involvement now stretches back to Nagano 1998 and continues through LA 2028.
Samsung has started teasing the new features of its upcoming flagship phones. The official unveiling is expected on February 25, and a new rumor sheds light on the potential Galaxy S26 Ultra price in India and launch offers.
According to X user Phonenurd, Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra could come with a maximum retail price of INR 140,000 in India. It’s a substantial increase over the prices of the Galaxy S25 Ultra, which started at INR 129,000 in the market.
If accurate, the Galaxy S26 Ultra prices are going up by INR 11,000 in India. Meanwhile, Samsung may soften the blow with early purchase offers, which include a flat discount of INR 10,000 toward the Galaxy S26 Ultra.
The upgrade discount will take the Galaxy S26 Ultra price down by INR 10,000. The MRP of INR 140,000 would be slashed to INR 130,000. Besides, fans could be offered a cashback of INR 3,000 with the Buds 3/4 Pro bundle.
It seems the Korean tech giant is keeping the free storage upgrade alive in India. The rumor also mentions a possible availability of a free storage upgrade, meaning you get an upper-tier memory version at the lower price tag.
Galaxy S26 Camera Teaser
Earlier, Samsung dropped a set of new teasers of the Galaxy S26 series. The videos primarily focused on highlighting the camera capabilities of the new flagships.
The upcoming Galaxy flagships bring a better zoom camera, nightography, and night videos. This is just the beginning of official teasers, with an Unpacked invite likely coming next week.
New vehicle sales in Australia start the year in a timid way with a tiny +0.1% increase to 87,753 units. This is a counter performance as January 2025 sales were negatively impacted by a shipping port strike and biosecurity delays. Private sales edge up 0.5% to 44,150 while business sales drop -2.9% to 32,851 and short term rentals surge +47% to 5,258, denoting an artificial overall market growth. Government sales are off -11.7% to 2,364. Note this excludes Polestar, Tesla and heavy commercials. Excluding heavy commercials again, petrol sales are down -14.7% to 33,144, diesel is down a measured -3.7% to 24,439, HEV is up a shy 2% to 15,131 and we’ll see why shortly, BEVs shoot up 93.3% to 7,409 and 8.4% share (this is till below the 9.5% reached in January 2023. Finally PHEVs soar 170.5% to 5,161.
SUVs edge up 0.7% to 53,666 and 61.2% share vs. 60.8% in January 2025 and 55.5% two years ago, light commercials fall -2.5% to 17,0995 and 20.5% share vs. 21.1% last year and 22.9% in 2024, passenger cars bounce back up slightly at +4.2% to 13,623 and 15.5% share vs. 14.9% in January 2025 and 18.3% two years ago. Heavy commercials are up 2.8% to 2,469. Looking at sales by State and Territories (excluding Tesla and Polestar), three are in positive: Victoria up 6.3% to 24,222, New South Wales at +2.3% to 26,305 and Australian Capital Territory at +2% to 1,160. The rest suffer, with Northern Territory hit the hardest at -18.1% to 628, Western Australia off -12.7% to 8,952, South Australia down -3% to 5,619, Tasmania down -0.8% to 1,424 and Queensland off -0.7% to 18,782. As for country of origin, Japan is down -24.6% to 22,943, China up a tremendous 62.9% to 20,921 and 23.8% share vs. 14.7% a year ago (impacted by biosecurity delays in Australian ports), Thailand is down 7.7% to 17,072, South Korea up 3.6% to 11,277 and Germany up 20.5% to 4,346.
The Mazda CX-5 is on the Australian podium for the first time in four years.
It’s a month to forget for Toyota at -22.3% year-on-year to 14.1% share, its lowest in almost three years: since March 2023 (13.6%) which was affected by stock shortages and quarantine-related issues. Mazda (-7.6%) is traditionally stronger in January, but not this year: it holds 7.6% of the market, just above the 7.4% it commanded over the Full Year 2025. Kia (+15.4%) posts a splendid score and climbs to #3, a ranking it last reached last September. Ford (-10.5%) is relegated to 4th place while Hyundai (+6.9%) is solid and rounds out the Top 5. BYD (+640.9%) surges (year-ago volumes impacted by shipping issues) to #6 and #1 Chinese brand like last month. Fellow Chinese GWM (+31.3%) also impresses but Chery (+105.8%) hits a record monthly volume for the 12th consecutive time! It is also at its best ever share (3.7%). Geely (#22) and Omoda Jaecoo (#23) both hit record rankings. We welcome Chinese van-maker Farizon at #52 with its first 7 sales.
Over in the models charts, the Ford Ranger (-20%) reclaims the top spot despite a harsh year-on-year fall, it distances the Toyota Hilux (-15.2%) also hit hard as the new generation trickles into dealerships. The Mazda CX-5 (+22.3%) is the surprise of the month: although due to be renewed later this year, it delivers a record third place (also hit in August 2020 and January 2022) and #1 SUV, a spot it held for many years before being toppled by the Toyota RAV4. Talking of which, the RAV4 (-65.4%) collapses to #10 as stock of the outgoing generation is dwindling in the wake of the new model hitting dealerships in March. The RAV4 will surely fall further down over the next few months as there won’t be any additional shipments of the old gen. Meanwhile the Chery Tiggo 4 (+119.4%) is back to an all-time high #4 also hit last November, and the Mitsubishi Outlander (-5.5%) is back up six spots on last month to #5 despite a YoY loss. At #6, the Ford Everest (+13.9%) once again outsells its archenemy the Toyota Prado (-51.1%) down to #14. The Hyundai Kona (+41.4%) is back up to an outstanding #7, with the GWM Haval Jolion (+39.1%) also very strong at #9.
Conflicting rumors are creating confusion about the pricing of Samsung’s Galaxy S26 series. In a recent development, two early inputs emerged, but they clash: one claims no hike, while the other warns of a 40 percent jump.
Greece – No price hike
A new report from Techmaniacs indicates that the Galaxy S26 series may not see substantial pricing changes. Industry sources claimed that the S26 Ultra may not go pricier, and Samsung either has no plans to launch it at a lower price.
Regarding the Galaxy S26 and S26 Plus, the report suggests that the pricing decision is yet to be made. The decision is pending, probably pushed by Apple’s price freeze for the iPhone 17 series released in September 2025.
Samsung will not bring a 128GB version of any Galaxy S26 series model this year. The base storage will be 256GB across all models. The flagship phones will be widely paired with 12GB of RAM, with some countries getting up to 16GB.
Bulgaria – 30 percent jump
Credible leaker MysteryLupin revealed Galaxy S26, S26+, and S26 Ultra prices for Bulgaria, terming them “concerning.” As termed, the pricing info is literally concerning as it indicates a notable jump of up to 40 percent.
The standard base Galaxy S26 with 256GB could start at €1,199 (~ $1,417), while the 1TB version of the Galaxy S26 Ultra could come with a price tag of €2,329 (~ $2,754). Here’s the price chart as shared by tipster MysteryLupin:
Galaxy S26 12/256 – €1199
Galaxy S26 12/512 – €1429
Galaxy S26+ 12/245 – €1499
Galaxy S26+ 12/512 – €1729
Galaxy S26 Ultra 12/256 – €1739
Galaxy S26 Ultra 12/512 – €1969
Galaxy S26 Ultra 12/1TB – €2329
However, the source further added that the country, Bulgaria, adopted the Euro (currency) this year only. The pricing information shared above isn’t the same as planned for other European markets such as France.
The Kia K4 SW ranks inside the Top 10 for its first month of sales.
New car sales in Sweden are down a daunting -18.3% year-on-year to 16,041 units. The decrease is due, among other things, to the large increase in ethanol cars in January last year, ahead of changed tax rules that came into effect on February 1, 2025. This resulted in a record high share of ethanol cars of 8.5%, which will fall back to 0.5% this year. It also resulted in a surprise third place of Subaru in the brands ranking. The share of plug-in cars is at 64.2% vs. 51.6% a year ago, with BEVs up 18.6% to 41.8% share vs. 28.8% a year ago while PHEVs drop -18.8% to 3,582 but keep their share stable at 22.3% vs. 22.7% last year.
Local behemoth Volvo (-25.9%) drops faster than the market to a weak 14.3% share to be compared with 19.3% in December and 17.9% over the Full Year 2025. Volkswagen (-35.2%) fares even worse to 11.5% vs. 15.9% last month. Toyota (+0.9%) is stable, a good performance in the current context and reaches 10% share vs. 8.1% over FY 2024. However the next two carmakers do much better: Kia is up 12.6% and Mercedes up 46.5%. Tesla (+26.4%), Skoda (+10.8%) and BMW (+0.2%) are also up in the remainder of the Top 10. Below, Seat (+120.8%), Citroen (+112.9%), Fiat (+98.1%) and Renault (+59.9%) are among the best performers.
The Volvo EX/XC40 (+115.1%) surges to the pole position for the second time in the past 3 months with 5.1% share, albeit below the 5.8% it commanded in December. Leader over the Full Year 2025, the Volvo XC60 (-54.8%) collapses year-on-year but still manages a strong 2nd place. The Tesla Model Y (+68%) bounces back up to #3, distancing the VW ID.7 (-42.7%) and Polestar 4 (+123.3%) faring in totally opposed ways. The Toyota bZ4X (+260.5%) is up 27 spots to break into the Top 10 for the first time at #8. The Kia K4 SW does the same for its very first appearance in the charts at #9, probably all demo sales as the model hasn’t officially launched just yet. Notice also the Renault 5 (#19), BMW iX1 (#22), VW Tayron (#24) and Mercedes A Class (#29).
The Skoda Octavia is up to a record 2nd place in January.
Mediocre start of the year for the Romanian new car market with sales down a painful -33.5% year-on-year to just 7,927. In all European markets we have covered so far (France, Spain and Italy), Dacia has endured appalling falls. It’s even more true at home where the brand is off a devastating -64% to just 18.2% share, which points at potential supply issues on top of unfavourable market conditions in Romania (December was particularly high and may have triggered pull forward sales). This is Dacia’s weakest market share since February 2021 (16.1%). Toyota (-19.4%) and Skoda (-22.6%) are both up one spot on last month to #2 and #3 respectively, taking advantage of Renault’s freefall (-64.9%), falling from #2 to #10. Volkswagen (-21.7%) is up two ranks to #4 while Mercedes (-13.3%) resists and gains 6 spots to #5, a record last reached almost 10 years ago in March 2015. BMW (-13.9%) and Ford (-18.3%) also contain their loss somewhat but the hero of the month is BYD (+311100%) cracking the Romanian Top 10 for the first time at #9 with 3.9% share, its previous best being #12 and 1.9% just last month.
Looking at the models charts, the Dacia Duster (-41.9%) is the faraway leader, selling more than twice as much as any other vehicle in market. It share (8.2%) is however below its Full Year 2025 level at 9%. The Skoda Octavia (-31.5%) is up six spots to #2, a record for the nameplate, last reached in April 2017. This means perennial leader the Dacia Logan (-75.7%) – #1 for the past 21 straight years – is down to #3, its lowest ranking at home since September 2022 (#4). The Toyota Yaris Cross (+27.8%) is up 8 spots on last month to a best-ever #4 (previous best #9), followed by the Toyota Corolla (+12.8%), both models actually up year-on-year. The new Dacia Bigster is down just one rank on December to #6 while the Tesla Model Y is up 333.3% to #8 and the new BYD Seal U breaks into the Top 10 at #9.
One thing is common in all three teasers: the camera bump design. Samsung has crafted a pretty camera island for its 2026 flagships. The new teasers give us our first official look at the design in the most brilliant way possible.
Samsung’s latest teasers focus on camera capabilities. The video starts from a distance, with the text “CLOSER,” “GROOVE,” and “GLOW” turning “CLOOOSER,” “GROOOVE,” and “GLOOOW,” respectively.
The triple O comes into focus and evolves into the camera design of the upcoming flagships.
The second teaser puts night videography of the devices on display. The device is shown capturing a lady enjoying celebratory moments somewhere at an event where a lighting environment isn’t favorable.
Image – Samsung Galaxy S26 Nightography Teaser
The third teaser potentially spotlighted camera presets that turn regular videos into cinematic clips. The text here used is “GLOW,” which signals at night videos that don’t look dull, and other phones can’t match the level.
Image – Samsung Galaxy S26 Night Camera Teaser
Samsung is preparing to hold the Galaxy Unpacked on February 25. It will be an in-person event in San Francisco, with the Buds 4 series also coming. Expect the general sale to open on March 11, the day the new devices hit market shelves.
If you are planning to buy a new premium smartphone, now may be a great time.Amazon has dropped the price of its flagship phone, the Galaxy S25 Ultra, ahead of the launch of the upcoming Samsung Galaxy S26 series, which is expected later this month.
SamsungGalaxy S25 Ultra originally priced at $1,299.99. Right now, it is available on Amazon for $973.41, saving buyers more than $325. This big discount brings Samsung’s top smartphone below the $1,000 mark, which makes it a very attractive deal.
This deal is for the 256GB storage model in Titanium Gray color. Other color options are also on sale, but the Titanium Gray version has the highest discount and offers the best value at the moment.
Source – Samsung Mobile Press
The Galaxy S25 Ultra comes with a premium design and powerful performance. It is built for users who want a fast phone, a high-quality display, an advanced camera, and the latest AI features.Even though Samsung is preparing to launch the Galaxy S26 series, the Galaxy S25 Ultra is still a very capable device that can easily handle everyday tasks, gaming, photography, and multitasking.
With the Galaxy S26 launch just around the corner, deals like this may not last long. If you want a premium Samsung phone at a much lower price, this Galaxy S25 Ultra discount is worth checking out. Click here to visit the deal page.
Samsung has released the January 2026 security update for four more Galaxy devices – Galaxy M06, Galaxy F06, Galaxy M36, and Galaxy Tab Active 5. This update keeps your phone safe and makes it run smoothly, rather than adding new features or changing how it looks.
Users of these devices can verify the latest update via the One UI build versions given below.
Galaxy M06 – M066BXXS4BZA1
Galaxy F06 – E066BXXS4BZA1
Galaxy M36 – M366KKSS4BZA1
Galaxy Tab Active 5 – X306BXXS9CZA3
Samsung usually releases updates gradually, so users in other markets should receive the same update within one or two weeks.
Image – Samsung
January 2026 security patch fixes 55 security vulnerabilities found in the previous software version. Google has contributed fixes for one critical issue and 20 high-risk issues, making this update very important for device safety.
Samsung has also added 30 Samsung-specific security fixes (SVEs) that address high and moderate security risks. Phones powered by Exynos processors receive extra protection as well, ensuring better overall security and stability.
To download the update manually, go to Settings >> Software update >> Download and install. Once the download is complete, tap Restart/Install now to finish the installation. Make sure your phone is connected to a stable Wi-Fi network and has enough battery.
Since moving on from the Gamebryo engine, which powered The Elder Scrolls IV: Oblivion, its faithful remake (which proved successful even without having great player retention) and Fallout 3, Bethesda used its Creation Engine for all its games, including The Elder Scrolls V: Skyrim and Fallout 4. Despite powering what is widely considered one of the best role-playing games of all time, the engine caught some flak from gamers for how it manages the sprawling worlds of the games it powers, forcing dated, immersion-breaking loading screens, as seen in Starfield. For this reason, many wish Bethesda would leave this engine […]
Samsung is getting ready to launch its new wireless earbuds, the Galaxy Buds 4 and Galaxy Buds 4 Pro. These new earbuds are expected to arrive later this month along with the Galaxy S26 series. This time, Samsung aims to avoid the problems it faced with its previous earbuds and focus on making a more reliable product.
The previous model, Galaxy Buds 3, launched in 2024. Many users faced problems with them. The earbuds were weak, had small gaps, and broke easily.
Because of these issues, Samsung stopped selling them soon after launch. This caused disappointment among customers.Now, Samsung wants to regain user trust with better quality.
For the Galaxy Buds 4 series, Samsung is working on a simple and strong design. The new earbuds are expected to look more practical and feel more durable. The stems may be flatter and smoother, which can make them stronger and more comfortable to wear.Samsung may remove extra design elements, like LED lights, to keep things simple.
Image via Android Authority
Aside from this, the charging case may also get a new design.Instead of holding the earbuds upright, the case may let them lie flat. This can make the case easier to use and help protect the earbuds from damage. Samsung may also add a Find My Phone button, so users can find their phone using the earbuds.
The Galaxy Buds 4 Pro may include easy touch controls. Users could pinch the stems to play or pause music, change volume, or answer calls. There may also be head controls, like nodding to accept or reject a call or use the voice assistant.
Even with these changes, Samsung is not expected to increase the price. The Galaxy Buds 4 and Buds 4 Pro may cost the same as the Galaxy Buds 3 series. Samsung wants the Galaxy Buds 4 to be simple, strong, and reliable for everyday use.
Funcom has announced that Dune: Awakening Chapter 3, the game's biggest update yet, is live now. This patch continues the main story following the events of Chapter 2 and significantly revamps the previously lackluster endgame content, introducing numerous new locations, systems, and gear. Wccftech watched a remote presentation by the developer to learn the key details and features of Chapter 3; you can read our in-depth report below. In This Article: New Landsraad Mission System To start, the Landsraad system has been completely overhauled. It is now a contest between the Atreides and the Harkonnen to gain support from minor […]
The Fiat Grande Panda is up to a record 4th place at home in January.
It’s a solid start of the year for the Italian new car market, with sales up 6.2% to 141.980 units. However private sales drop -3.8% to 81,585 and 56.9% share vs. 63% a year ago. Artificial sales channels pull the market up: self registrations soar 29.2% to 14,525 and short term rentals surge 188% to 12,460 and 8.7% share vs. 3.2% in January 2025. Meanwhile long term leases are up 3.2% to 27,526 and 19.2% share vs. 19.8% last year. Petrol is down -25.4%, diesel down -16.6% and LPG down -32.8%. HEVs gain 23.7% to 74,742 including 20,604 full hybrids (+32.8%) and 54,138 mild hybrids (+20.6%). PHEVs shoot up 152% to 12,502 and 8.7% share vs. 3.7% and BEVs advance 40.6% to 9,446 and 6.6% share vs. 5% a year ago.
In the brands charts, Fiat (+20.5%) finally posts a strong month at 13.5% share vs. 8.6% in December, its highest level at home since January 2023 (14%). Toyota (+0.3%) and Volkswagen (+3%) camp on their FY25 positions to round out the podium. Peugeot (-2%) is down year-on-year but up 8 spots on December to #4 ahead of Audi (+2.6%) at #5, its highest ranking since May 2024. Like in France and Spain, Dacia (-40.8%) is hit hard at #6. Below, Leapmotor (+594.4%), Omoda+Jaecoo (+357.1%), BYD (+329.6%), Cupra (+51.8%), Mini (+40.7%), Mercedes (+30.2%) and Opel (+11.3%) stand out.
Model-wise, the Fiat Panda (-0.2%) is stable year-on-year and accounts for 9.4% of its home market vs. just 5.8% in December and 6.7% over the Full Year 2025. The Jeep Avenger (+9.6%) is back up to a record 2nd place, also hit in April, May and September 2025. The Citroen C3 (-23%) falls heavily year-on-year but is up seven spots on last month to #3. Last year I highlighted the fact the Fiat Grande Panda had disappointed, finishing the year at a paltry #37. This month proves me wrong: the model is up 16 ranks on December to land at a record 4th position, beating its previous best of #8 hit last September. The Grande Panda sells at 95% in its HEV variant. The next few months will tell whether this was just a fluke or the start of a long term trend and a much needed 2nd success for the brand at home. Meanwhile the Toyota Aygo X (+72.3%) is up spectacularly to #5, simply the nameplate’s first incursion inside Italy’s Top 5.
The Peugeot 208 is the best-selling vehicle in Spain in January.
Spanish new car sales edge up 1.1% year-on-year in January to 73,103 units, which is a much lower growth rate that this market had got us used to in the past few months. It can be partly explained by the extra 4,000 year-ago sales linked to insurance replacements in the wake of the devastating 2024 floods. Without these sales the market would be up 7% this month, which is more in line with current evolutions. The market is single handedly pulled up by sales to rental companies surging 63.5% to 10,016. Indeed private sales are off -6.4% to 35,775 and company sales down -2.4% to 27,312. Rechargeable cars (BEV+PHEV) soar 48.3% to 15,212 units and 20.8% share vs. 14.8% a year ago and believed to be a new record. La rioja (+23.2%), Cantabria (+17.8%), Galicia (+16.2%) and Madrid (+12^) are the best performing regions.
Looking at the brands ranking, Toyota (-5.5%) reclaims the lead it held over the Full Year 2025 with a splendid 9.7% share vs. 7.2% last month. Seat (+36.7%) posts a very satisfying score and climbs to #2 and 6.9% share, its best showing since March 2025. Peugeot (+43.6%) does even better and surges to third place vs. #8 over the FY2025. Rounding out the Top 5, Volkswagen (+10.6%) and Mercedes (+4%) both beat the market, with the latter hitting a new ranking record at #5. BMW (+21.7%), Skoda (+19.1%) and Audi (+11%) also shine below, but Dacia (-36%) is in total freefall at #10 as it also is in neighbouring France. At #19, local Chery assembler Ebro (+566.4%) hits a new share record at 2.3%.
The Peugeot 208 (+109.3%) more than doubles its sales year-on-year to spectacularly take the lead of the models charts with 2.8% share. As a reminder, it ranked #9 over the Full Year 2025. This is the first time in almost 5 years (since March 2021) that the 208 is the most popular vehicle in Spain. Seat places two models on the podium – a very rare feat: the Ibiza (+42.2%) is up two spots on December to #2 while the Arona (+79.6%) is up 15 to #3. The Toyota C-HR (+5.9%) also shines at #4, the nameplate’s highest since last September. Below the Toyota Corolla (-3.5%), the Dacia Sandero (-40.2%), #1 annually since 2023, falls to a paltry 6th place. Reversely, notice the success of the VW Tiguan (+78.1%), Peugeot 2008 (+56.6%), Seat Leon (+35.5%) and Opel Corsa (+33.5%).
Google is finally admitting what Pixel users have known for years. With Android 16 QPR3 Beta 2, Adaptive Connectivity is no longer a single, vague toggle buried in network settings. It is now split into two clear controls, each with a specific job and a clearer promise.
Until now, Adaptive Connectivity lived as a lone on-off switch under Settings, Network and internet. Google said it would extend battery life and manage connections automatically. You flipped it on and hoped the phone made the right call when Wi-Fi turned unreliable or power drain lagged in.
In QPR3 Beta 2 (via 9to5Google), Adaptive Connectivity becomes two separate toggles, both enabled by default.
One focuses purely on stability. Auto switch to mobile network does exactly what the name suggests. When Wi-Fi quality drops, the phone prioritizes staying connected, even if that means jumping to mobile data.
The second toggle is about restraint. Optimize network for battery life chooses the most efficient connection with power savings in mind, not raw reliability.
Technically, the change appears tied to an update of Adaptive Connectivity Services, recently pushed via Google System Services as version p.2026.01.
In Android 16 QPR3 Beta 2, the old single toggle is gone. In its place sit the two new options, described in plain language, inside the same Network and internet menu.
This split matters more than it may look at first glance. One more QPR3 beta is expected later this month. The stable Android 16 QPR3 release is still lined up for March.
February 2026 version of the Samsung update roadmap has brought bad news for the users of the Galaxy S21 series, S22 series, and S21 FE. Notable reshuffle has been carried out, with some getting ousted and others getting downgraded.
Galaxy S21 series (moved from Quarterly in January, completely removed in February):
Galaxy S21 5G
Galaxy S21+ 5G
Galaxy S21 Ultra 5G
Samsung launched the Galaxy S21 series in January 2021. The lineup has received four years of regular security updates and an additional year of quarterly updates. Samsung ended the support after the 5th anniversary.
Even though the software support has ended, your device will remain as functional as before. It would stop receiving new Android and One UI patches, rendering your privacy and data less secure and vulnerable to threats.
Galaxy S22 series (demoted from Monthly to Quarterly):
Galaxy S22
Galaxy S22+
Galaxy S22 Ultra
Galaxy S21 FE 5G (remained in Quarterly, but was in Monthly in January)
Galaxy S22 series and S21 FE have been downgraded from Monthly to Quarterly tier. The devices have completed their 4-year monthly updates support. Now, Samsung will offer a new security update once every three months.
If you own a Galaxy S22 series device or the S21 FE, February 2027 would mark the end of software updates support. Your device will remain secure through software patches through January 2027, with no impact on functionality.
Samsung today released the February 2026 patch details and software roadmap. This month’s roadmap carried out major changes, removing 2021’s flagship lineup from support and demoting the 2022’s premium phones alongside an FE.
Galaxy S21 series will no longer receive software updates. The Galaxy S22 series will now get new updates on a quarterly basis. The S21 FE has also been transferred to the Quarterly schedule, demoted from the Monthly tier.
Current Models for Monthly Security Updates
Premium Samsung devices are eligible for new updates every month. The chart is dominated by Galaxy S and Z series phones. However, Samsung also provides monthly updates to select Galaxy A and Tab series devices.
Galaxy Foldable Series
Galaxy Z TriFold
Galaxy Z Fold4, Galaxy Z Fold5, Galaxy Z Fold6, Galaxy Z Fold7, Galaxy Z Fold Special Edition
Galaxy Z Flip4, Galaxy Z Flip5, Galaxy Z Flip6, Galaxy Z Flip7, Galaxy Z Flip7 FE
Galaxy S24, Galaxy S24+, Galaxy S24 Ultra, Galaxy S24 FE
Galaxy S23, Galaxy S23+, Galaxy S23 Ultra, Galaxy S23 FE
Galaxy A Series
Galaxy A56 5G
Enterprise Models
Galaxy A53 5G, Galaxy A54 5G, Galaxy A55 5G
Galaxy Tab Active5 Pro
Galaxy XCover6 Pro, Galaxy XCover7, Galaxy XCover7 Pro
Current Models for Monthly Security Updates
Non-flagship devices, such as mid-range and budget devices, get updated once every quarter. This tier also features Samsung’s flagship tablets. In addition, Samsung shifts Monthly devices to Quarterly chart after a certain period.
Samsung’s Biannual software update tier has officially shut down this month. As of January 31, 2026, the category had two devices, including the A03 and Tab A8. Now, there are just two categories: Monthly and Quarterly.
Samsung has made the details of its February 2026 security update public. Galaxy phones, foldables, and tablets will receive over three dozen CVE and SVE items combined.
February 2026 update brings 37 patches to Samsung devices, including smartphones, foldable phones, and tablets. Among the total improvements, 25 come from Google for Android and 12 are provided by Samsung Mobile.
Android CVEs
Google no longer introduces “critical” patches in the monthly bulletin. The company has tweaked the mechanism to benefit a wide range of Android devices. The February patch features 25 “high” level CVEs for Samsung devices.
Here’s a list of CVEs included in the February update:
One UI is based on Android, yet Samsung specifically brings SVE items to further cement Galaxy’s security and reliability. The latest iteration carries 12 Samsung Vulnerabilities and Exposures items for Galaxy device users.
Samsung’s February 2026 SMR has 12 patches for One UI labeled as “High” and “Moderate.”
SVE-2025-1140(CVE-2026-20977)
Improper access control in Emergency Sharing prior to SMR Feb-2026 Release 1 allows local attackers to interrupt its functioning.
SVE-2025-1217(CVE-2026-20983)
Improper export of android application components in Samsung Dialer prior to SMR Feb-2026 Release 1 allows local attackers to launch arbitrary activity with Samsung Dialer privilege.
SVE-2025-2226(CVE-2026-20978)
Improper authorization in KnoxGuardManager prior to SMR Feb-2026 Release 1 allows local attackers to bypass the persistence configuration of the application.
SVE-2025-2289(CVE-2026-20979)
Improper privilege management in Settings prior to SMR Feb-2026 Release 1 allows local attackers to launch arbitrary activity with Settings privilege.
SVE-2025-2473(CVE-2026-20980)
Improper input validation in PACM prior to SMR Feb-2026 Release 1 allows physical attacker to execute arbitrary commands.
SVE-2025-2705(CVE-2026-20981)
Improper input validation in FacAtFunction prior to SMR Feb-2026 Release 1 allows privileged physical attacker to execute arbitrary command with system privilege.
SVE-2025-2706(CVE-2026-20982)
Path traversal in ShortcutService prior to SMR Feb-2026 Release 1 allows privileged local attacker to create file with system privilege.
Note that some of the SVE items may not be included in this package, in case these items were already included in a previous update. Some SVE items included in the Samsung Android Security Update cannot be disclosed at this time.
Samsung will begin rolling out the February 2026 security update soon.
Samsung Galaxy S26 Global version has now appeared on Geekbench, revealing the Exynos 2600’s CPU and GPU performance benchmarks.
Galaxy S26 and S26 Plus will launch with Exynos 2600 in the Global market, whereas the Galaxy S26 Ultra will go solo with Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5. Samsung’s in-house chip has made great improvements in CPU and GPU stats.
Galaxy S26 Exynos CPU performance
The Galaxy S26 vanilla model has spotted on Geekbench with the Exynos 2600 chipset. The device scored up to 3336 points in single-core CPU performance tests and up to 11369 in multi-core CPU performance tests.
Galaxy S26 Exynos GPU performance
The base Galaxy S26 was also tested on Geekbench’s GPU benchmark. The phone benchmarked at 27478 points in Vulkan, indicating strong performance. This is backed by Samsung’s Xclipse 960 GPU powered by AMD graphics.
Source – Geekbench
The Exynos 2600 chipset features a deca-core CPU, consisting of a tri-cluster architecture. It has a prime core clocked at 3.8 GHz, 3 performance cores hitting 3.26 GHz, and six efficiency cores peaking at 2.76 GHz.
Additional info revealed in the benchmark test includes Android 16-based One UI skin and 12GB of RAM. The device is set to launch with One UI 8.5 preinstalled and storage options start from 256GB; there’s no 128GB version.
The device was tested a handful of times on the Geekbench platform. Scores remained stable, indicating that the company has finally achieved reliability. From this point, only further improvements are likely till release.
Samsung will introduce the Galaxy S26 series on February 25 in San Francisco.
Samsung Galaxy S26 series is widely expected to bring Qi2 wireless charging upgrade. Samsung also has a new Magnet Charger with Qi2 support, which could launch this month, but a new leak signals troubling info for fans.
Recently, NewMobile leaked images of the S26 Ultra’s S Pen along with official cases and screen protectors. The leaks indicate that the transparent cases may or may not have a magnetic ring for wireless charging.
This revelation suggests that the Galaxy S26 series may not have Qi2 magnets inside. If true, it’s a massive letdown after a long streak of leaks of arrival. Fans would have to rely on official cases to support Qi2 wireless charging.
Case with magnets is to support Qi2 charging, while the regular transparent case that lack magnetic field on the back is the point. If there’s a case exist without magnets, it’s simply telling us that there is no native Qi2 magnet inside.
Source – nieuwemobiel
In the past, we’ve seen leaks of upgraded wireless charging standards and Qi2-compatible power banks. The recently leaked Magnet Charger also signaled the upgraded charging standard, but that’s not going to happen.
Meanwhile, it’s said that the Galaxy S26 Ultra may charge at up to 25W wirelessly. Samsung could be bringing 15W or 20W charging to the Galaxy S26 and S26 Plus.
Galaxy S25 series and later flagships are already Qi2 charging-ready. Buy a Qi2-compatible case, and your phone will begin supporting Qi2 charging. The same could have to be done with the new Samsung Galaxy flagships.
It’s been a year since the Samsung Galaxy S25 series entered sales, and after shipping millions of units worldwide, the lineup’s stock has started a reverse countdown.
It’s always a good time to buy a Galaxy device right before the launch of its successor. Samsung customers know this strategy and wait until the last moment to turn this situation into an opportunity.
The reason behind this thinking is based on the price discounts on the outgoing model. Hence, the company doesn’t want to keep selling the old unit in the face of a new release. Now, Samsung is emptying its inventory of the Galaxy S25 series.
The change has appeared on the online order page of the base and the Plus variants. As some of the color options are already out of stock. Among these, the 128GB variant is receiving extra attention, with its three online store colors – Mint, Icyblue, and Silver Shadow- no longer available. Yet, the online exclusive colors of the Galaxy S25 series are still in stock.
The same changes are also observed on the locked model for at least two color variants. However, this scenario remains irrelevant to the S25 Ultra, as all of its versions are still open for orders, at least for now.
This is a completely usual practice for the phone maker, as it phases out the existing stock of the concurrent flagship phones. Samsung may restock the outsold models, but it remains highly doubtful.
On the other hand, a teaser leak has confirmed that the Galaxy S26 series will launch on February 25, 2026. Given this revelation, Samsung may drain the stock further as we near the next Unpacked event. Still, if you want to sweep a unit of the Galaxy S25, S25+, or S25 Ultra, this is the best time for you to advance with the existing discount.